world bank documentdocuments.worldbank.org/curated/en/... · 1 chapter 1: introduction to the sri...
TRANSCRIPT
1
SFG4010
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
2
1 Table of Contents 2 Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................ 5
1 Chapter 1: Introduction to the Sri Lanka Emergency Solid Waste Management Project
(ESWMP) ..................................................................................................................................................... 7
1.1 Introduction and Background........................................................................................................ 7
1.2 Situations of Urgent Need of Assistance or Capacity Constraints ................................................ 8
1.3 The project objective and description ......................................................................................... 10
1.3.1 The project development objective (PDO) ......................................................................... 10
1.3.2 Project Components ............................................................................................................ 10
1.4 Objective of the Environmental Management Framework (EMF) and Action Plan .................. 15
1.5 Due Diligence Principles ............................................................................................................ 16
2 Chapter 2: Introduction to Prevailing Environmental Conditions in Project Area .................. 18
2.1 Brief Description of Salient Features of the Colombo Metropolitan Region ............................. 18
2.1.1 Climate ................................................................................................................................ 18
2.1.2 Topography and Geology .................................................................................................... 18
2.1.3 Hydrology ........................................................................................................................... 18
2.1.4 Forest Cover ........................................................................................................................ 19
2.1.5 Environmental Sensitive/Important Areas already under Legal protection ........................ 19
2.2 Solid Waste Management in Colombo ....................................................................................... 19
3 Chapter 3: Environmental and Social Legislation, Regulatory and Institutional Framework in
Sri Lanka ................................................................................................................................................... 21
2.1 Overview of Environmental Legislation ..................................................................................... 21
2.2 Detail Review of Key Environmental and Solid Waste Management Related Legislation ........ 21
3.1 Specific Laws and Regulations with Regard to SWM ................................................................ 30
3.2 Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for the SWM Sector in Sri Lanka ....................... 31
3.3 Environmental Standards Associated to SWM ........................................................................... 32
3.4 Assessment of Roles of Key Institutions Within the Solid Waste Management Sector ............. 33
3.5 Compliance with World Bank Operational Policies ................................................................... 37
3.5.1 World Bank Safeguard Policies .......................................................................................... 37
3.5.2 Compliance with OP 4.01 Annex C Environmental Action Plans (or Environmental
Management Plans) ............................................................................................................................ 39
3.6 Adequacy of GOSL Environmental Clearances ......................................................................... 40
3.6.1 WB ESH Guidelines ........................................................................................................... 41
4 Chapter 4: Generic Assessment of Environmental and Social Impacts ...................................... 43
4.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 43
4.2 Component Specific Environmental Impacts .............................................................................. 43
4.2.1 Component-1 ....................................................................................................................... 44
3
4.2.2 Component-2 ....................................................................................................................... 46
4.2.3 Component-3 ....................................................................................................................... 46
4.3 Presentation of Generic Impacts Associated with project Interventions ..................................... 46
4.3.1 Construction Phase Impacts ................................................................................................ 46
4.3.2 Key Impacts Associated with the Operation of Solid Waste Management Facilities, Waste
Sorting Facilities, Transfer Station and Composing Plants. ............................................................... 48
5 Chapter 5: Environmental and Social Management Framework ............................................... 53
5.1 Environmental Screening of Identified Physical Subprojects ..................................................... 53
5.1.1 Screening Method ............................................................................................................... 53
5.2 Environmental Safeguard Assessments, Management and Monitoring Instruments .................. 55
5.2.1 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)/Initial Environmental Examinations (IEE) ....... 55
5.2.2 Site Contamination Audits .................................................................................................. 55
5.2.3 Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) ........................................................................ 57
5.2.4 Compliance Monitoring and Reporting .............................................................................. 58
5.2.5 Environmental Monitoring During Construction and Operation of SWM Facilities .......... 59
5.2.6 Requirements for Operational Monitoring of SWM Facilities, Sanitary Landfills and Post
Closure Environmental Monitoring of Closed Open Dumpsite and Closed Sanitary Landfill Facilities
60
5.2.7 Precautionary Procedure for Management of Chance Found Physical Cultural Resources 60
5.2.8 Project Level Environment Audit ....................................................................................... 61
5.2.9 Information Disclosure ....................................................................................................... 62
5.2.10 Grievance Redressal Mechanism ........................................................................................ 62
5.2.11 Consultation Plan ................................................................................................................ 62
5.2.12 Diagrammatic representation of Sequencing Environmental Management Steps .............. 63
5.3 Sequence and Action Plan of Safeguards instruments for subprojects to be financed under the
project. .................................................................................................................................................... 63
5.3.1 Timeframe for planning and carrying out safeguards assessment ...................................... 63
5.3.2 Project Components, Environmental Safeguards Requirements and Timeline for Planning
and Preparation ................................................................................................................................... 65
5.4 Clearance Procedures with IDA .................................................................................................. 68
5.5 Safeguards Training .................................................................................................................... 68
6 Chapter 6: Institutional Arrangements for Implementation of the Project ............................... 70
6.1 Overall Project Institutional Arrangements ................................................................................ 70
6.2 Institutional Arrangement for Implementation of the EAMF ..................................................... 72
6.3 The Roles and Responsibilities of IDA ....................................................................................... 75
6.4 Rough Cost Estimates of Safeguards Instruments ...................................................................... 75
7 Annexes ............................................................................................................................................. 77
7.1 Annex-1: Map Showing Locations of Key Project Sites ............................................................ 78
4
7.2 Annex 2: Suggested Format for Environmental Screening Form ............................................... 79
7.3 Annex-3: Policy Framework: Environmental Assessment and Impact Mitigation .................... 87
7.4 Annex 4 : Basic Information Questionnaire for the CEA ........................................................... 93
7.5 Annex 5: Guidelines for Conducting Site Contamination Audits (SCAs) .................................. 96
7.6 Annex-6: Format for Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) ................. 100
7.7 Annex-7: Guidelines for Environmental Closure of Small Open Dump Sites (Less than 10 feet in
height and 500m in surface spread area) .............................................................................................. 103
7.8 Annex 8: Generic EMP for Environmental Closure of Large to Medium Open Dump Facilities
Using Capping System ......................................................................................................................... 107
7.9 Annex 9: Generic EMP for Construction and Operation of Composting/Organic Waste
Processing Facilities. ............................................................................................................................ 118
7.10 Annex 10: Generic Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Construction of Ancillary
Facilities as New Infrastructure and/or Rehabilitation of Existing Infrastructure. ............................... 142
7.11 Annex 11: Guidance Note on Selecting Mitigation Measures to be Included in the Environmental
Management Plan for Construction Projects in Sri Lanka ................................................................... 172
7.12 Annex 12: Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Burrow Pits .................................................... 181
7.13 Annex 13: Environmental Guidelines for Decommissioning and Demolition of Existing
Buildings ............................................................................................................................................... 183
7.14 Annex 14: Guidelines for Health and Safety of Workers, Communities and Visitors ............. 186
7.15 Annex 15: Chance find procedure for Physical Cultural Resources ......................................... 188
7.16 Annex-16: Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines ......................................................... 189
7.17 Annex 17: Special Monitoring Checklist for Ensuring Safe Conditions for Workers and Public.
221
7.18 Annex-18: Environmental and Social Monitoring Checklist for Project Activities as per EMPs
223
7.19 Annex 19: Generic Monitoring Plan for Environmental Parameters for Construction Phase of
Subprojects ........................................................................................................................................... 224
7.20 Annex 20: Requirements for Post Closure Environmental Monitoring of Environmentally Closed
Open Dump Sites .................................................................................................................................. 228
7.21 Annex 21: Guiding Principles for Development of Operational and Post Closure Environmental
Monitoring and Recording Plans for Sanitary Landfill Operations ...................................................... 231
7.22 Annex 22: Terms of Reference for Recruitment of Contractor Environmental Safeguard Officer
238
7.23 Annex 23: Terms of Reference for the Project Level Environmental Audit ............................ 239
7.24 Annex 24: Generic Session Plan for Project Implementation Agency Staff Training on EMF and
Environmental Safeguard Instrument Implementation, Monitoring and Reporting. ............................ 241
7.25 Annex 25: Example of Disclosure Advertisement for Safeguards Instrument ......................... 244
5
2 Abbreviations and Acronyms
AIIB Asian Infrastructure Development Bank
BP Bank Policy
CCD Coast Conservation Department
CEA Central Environmental Authority
CMC Colombo Municipal Council
DWC Department of Wildlife Conservation
EA Environment Assessment
EIA Environment Impact Assessment
EMF Environmental Management Framework
EMP Environment Management Plan
ESSC Environmental Specialist and Safeguards Coordinator
EO Environmental Officer
ESWMP Emergency Solid Waste Management Project
FD Forest Department
FFPO Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GHG Greenhouse Gas
GoSL Government of Sri Lanka
GPS Geographical Positioning System
GSMB Geological Survey and Mines Bureau
IA Implementing Agency
IDA International Development Association
IEE Initial Environment Evaluation
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
KWP Kerawalapitiya Waste Park
LA Local Authority
LG Local Government
MoEMD Ministry of Environment and Mahaweli Development
6
MPCLG Ministry of Provincial Councils and Local Government
MoF Ministry of Finance
MoMPWD Ministry of Megapolis and Western Development
MCUDP Metro Colombo Urban Development Project
NWSDB National Water Supply and Drainage Board
NEA National Environmental Act
NGO Non-Governmental Organization
NWPEA North Western Provincial Environmental Authority
OP Operational Policy
PAP Project Affected Person
PDO Project Development Objective
PMU Project Management Unit
SCA Site Contamination Audit
SCDP Strategic Cities Development Project
SLLRDC Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation
SLR Sri Lanka Railways
SWM Solid Waste Management
WMA Waste Management Authority
UDA Urban Development Project
7
1 Chapter 1: Introduction to the Sri Lanka Emergency Solid Waste
Management Project (ESWMP)
1.1 Introduction and Background
Disposal of municipal solid waste has become a national issue in Sri Lanka. The rapid growth of
urbanization leads to large quantities of solid wastes generated without proper management and sustainable
waste disposal measures. Open dumping remains the most common disposal measure in the country. There
are about 250 operational open dump sites around the country, among which 25 are in the Western Province.
Based on international experience, open dumping is not an appropriate and sustainable waste treatment
practice, which could cause contamination of soil and groundwater, threatening human health directly and
indirectly.
Based on government data, the whole country generates 6,000-7,000 tons of solid waste every day, and
more than 50% is generated in the Western Province. Within the Western Province, around 60% of the solid
wastes are generated by Colombo District (2000-2100 tpd1), followed by Gampaha District (900-1000 tpd),
and Kalutara District (350-400 tpd). While the overall waste collection rates are low in Sri Lanka, waste
collection efficiency in the Colombo Municipal Council (CMC) area is relatively high at approximately
75%. However, the collection rate in the Colombo and Gampaha Districts averages about 54%. Waste
collection is door-to-door, curbside, and through few communal collection areas. The importance of waste
segregation at source, waste reduction and composting is well recognized and practiced, and efforts to stop
illegal dumping and waste separation at source have been made intermittently with mixed results. These
efforts have been intensified recently, with the CMC not collecting unsegregated waste. A limited amount
of sorting is done by the CMC to recover recyclable material for sale to waste traders. Collection is
privatized in all but three of the 47 wards.
Since current disposal is mostly open dumping, sector costs relate mainly to collection and transportation
activities. The sector is financed through a combination of general municipal revenue (property tax), waste
fees levied on the construction sector, and a central transfer (for salaries). The general population
(households) does not pay for waste services. The waste fee on businesses is not volumetric.
Responsibility for SWM is fractured. LGs under the purview of Provincial Councils, have the statutory
responsibility for provision of municipal services, including solid waste management, within their
jurisdictions, except for water supply and wastewater services2. Yet multiple authorities and agencies are
involved in facilitation and implementation of SWM investments and services including, (i) the Waste
Management Authority of the Western Provincial Council, develops high-level sectorial plans, operates
some facilities, including a 500 tpd controlled dumpsite at Karadiyana in the Gampaha District, which
levies a tipping fee; (ii) the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation (SLLRDC) has
established the Kerawalapitya Waste Park, and is developing a 500 tpd composting facility; (iii) the
Ministry of Megapolis and Western Development (MOMPWD) has the mandate to implementation of large
capital investments, including solid waste management; (iv) the Ministry, Ministry of Provincial Councils
and Local Government (MPCLG) works with Provincial Councils to set policies, provide funds and support
to improve SWM in the Provinces; and (v) the Central Environmental Agency (CEA) set up and operates
the Dompe sanitary landfill.
1 tpd stands for tons per day. 2 The National Water Supply and Drainage Board (NWSDB) is responsible for water supply and wastewater services in urban centers nationwide.
8
There is a Regulatory Framework for Solid Waste Management. The SWM sector in the Western Province
is governed by the National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000, the National Solid Waste
Management Policy (2007). The Western Provincial Government has established the only Waste
Management Authority (WMA) in the country. The legal framework for SWM in the Western Province
Strategy (2020) embraces two key principles of 3R (reduce, reuse recycle), and ‘polluter pays’. The WMA
has developed sectorial plans for SWM for LGs to follow. However, LGs are unable to comply due to the
lack of long-term planning, weak management and finances. Plan implementation is coordinated by the
MOMPWD, MPCLG, and the Central Environmental Agency. Even though the legal and strategic
framework in place establishes the waste hierarchy and polluter pays principles, they are not followed.
There is no household tariff or other incentives, e.g., regulations, fiscal or economic means, to minimize
waste generation. There are no plans to introduce a waste tariff, and there is no integrated approach to solid
waste management, which is exacerbated of the multiple agencies involved.
After the waste landslide occurred at the Meethotamulla dump site in Colombo on April 14, 2017, GoSL
prioritized the waste agenda to find long-term sustainable solutions for waste disposal. The incident claimed
the lives of 32 people, left 8 people missing, and destroyed 79 homes, affecting lives of 264 families. The
Ministry of Megapolis and Western Development (MOMPWD) has been assigned to take responsibilities
of the emergency response after the above-mentioned incident, including the safely closure of collapsed
dump site, interim solution of the temporary waste diversion and disposal, and establishment of the
integrated solid waste management system for Colombo and Gampaha Districts, from the collection at
source to final deposal. The MPCLG has been assigned to establish the National Waste Management
Authority, which will be responsible for the nationwide waste management going forward through
MPCLG’s administrations to the provincial LGs.
Short-term Measures for Waste Disposal. After the collapse of the Colombo dumpsite, diversion of waste
to other existing dumpsites was considered, but ruled out due to community resistance to accept waste from
outside. Three short-term actions are planned to stop dumping waste in the sensitive wetlands in the shortest
possible, to limit the environmental damage that is taking place. Faced with no choice, the MOMPWD
allowed CMC to dump its non-biodegradable waste on the land adjacent to SLLRDC compost plant site as
a temporary measure, and the divert biodegradable waste to the Kerawalapitiya Waste Park compost plant,
as a temporary emergency measure, until permanent solutions are found, and to divert. GoSL recognizes
the consequences of this decision, with regard to the environmental damage taking place to the sensitive
wetlands, and has commenced several short-term and long-term actions to dispose solid wastes, which are
(i) a controlled landfill, with a mobile leachate treatment plant, with adequate capacity for about two years,
will be constructed at Kerawalapitiya Waste Park in approximately six months, and closed after the landfill
and rail connectivity are ready; and (ii) GoSL will make best efforts to have the first cell of the sanitary
landfill completed in about one year, and commence transport of waste by road to Aruwakkalu, until the
transfer station and rail infrastructure (locomotives, wagons, and containers) is ready. For this temporary
waste transport, a transfer station will be constructed at Kerawalapitiya Waste Park, and transportation will
be done using transport contractors, if feasible.
1.2 Situations of Urgent Need of Assistance or Capacity Constraints
Collapse of the Meethotamulla Dumpsite. On April 14, 2017, a landslide of waste at the Meethotamulla
dumpsite occurred, after several days of heavy rain, which led to its collapse onto the adjacent community.
The collapse ultimately resulted in the death of over 30 people and directly affected 264 families. The
incident generated much anger, public outcry, and revived debate over the practice of open dumping of
waste, particularly in areas close to human settlements.
9
History and Current Status of Meethotamulla Dumpsite. The Meethotamulla dumpsite is located in the
middle of a residential area of Colombo, in close proximity to houses and settlements. Since the mid-1990s
and until April 2017, the Colombo Municipal Council (CMC) and one other Local Authority (LA) in the
MCR had used the Meethotamulla dumpsite to dispose of approximately 750 tonnes of waste daily, with
little environmental protection. The dumpsite is large, contains about 1.2 million cubic meters of dumped
waste over 20 acres, without an underlying barrier, leachate capture, landfill gas extraction, cover and
compaction. After more than two decades in operation, the dumpsite had far exceeded its capacity and the
waste pile was dangerously high, at 43 meters with steep slopes. The dumpsite had many risks, including:
stability, fire, biological and chemical contamination, and health and safety. The resulting contamination
continues to affect nearby surface water bodies and the surrounding soil. Health and safety risks were
associated with the presence of waste (gas, odors, etc.) as well as lack of safety equipment for informal
waste pickers. Following the April 2017 slope failure, there was an immediate need to stabilize the
Meethotamulla dumpsite to prevent additional waste landslides, which presented critical risks to the
population living in the immediate proximity of the site. The GoSL requested the World Bank to provide
emergency technical support with the stabilization and closure of the site, as well as with the overall
management of the waste stream.
Emergency Diversion of Waste. Overnight, the LAs that used Meethotamulla as their primary solid waste
disposal facility had no place to dispose their daily 750 tonnes of collected waste. The first alternative was
to temporarily divert waste to other existing dumpsites sites while a permanent solution was identified and
implemented. However, consultation with local communities resulted in strong citizen opposition, and
residents living near the open dumpsites forcefully prevented the disposal of waste from CMC. As all other
options were exhausted the GoSL decided to divert waste to the Karadiyana controlled dumpsite, the
Dompe pilot sanitary landfill, and Kerawalapitiya Waste Park (KWP). The Dompe pilot sanitary landfill
and Karadiyana dumpsite were able to take a small quantity of the waste. Hence, most of the waste was
diverted to KWP located 15 km north of Colombo on 28 acres of land close to the Muthurajawela wetlands,
and owned by the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation (SLLRDC). A composting
facility was set up at KWP to process the separated biodegradable waste and the residual waste is being
disposed at the KWP and Dompe pilot sanitary landfill. Bank technical experts recommended, and GoSL
agreed, the construction of a temporary engineered disposal cell at KWP, with leachate treatment, to
mitigate potential environmental impacts at KWP on the sensitive wetlands. Residual waste accumulated
in the Kerawalapitiya Interim landfill platform site will be transported via vehicle to be disposed at the
Aruwakkalu Sanitary Landfill as soon as the first cell is completed. The transport will be conducted inline
with the operational Environmental
The Meethotamulla emergency catalyzed a strong, multi-agency effort to improve solid waste
management operations from generation to disposal. Insufficient waste disposal capacity at the only two
available sites in the MCR prompted the GoSL to promote a reduction of the volume of waste to be disposed
daily. A widespread campaign for waste segregation in MCR is being led by the national government in
association with local authorities, focusing on messaging that improperly segregated waste would not be
collected from residential or commercial premises.
Prevention of Further Disasters. The emergency waste management actions put in place by the GoSL
following the Meethotamulla collapse could have unintended consequences if collection and disposal do
not continue to be managed in a safe manner. Sri Lanka is particularly vulnerable to dengue epidemics
every year during the wet season. The risk of a dengue outbreak, for instance, is likely to be exacerbated
with interruption of waste collection, if waste is allowed to accumulate in neighborhoods or is illegally
dumped without safety precautions. There is also a risk that some of the existing dumpsites around the
region are increasingly used to illegally dispose of waste, increasing the risks of further human health
exposure and environmental degradation.
10
Request for World Bank Technical Support. In April 2017, responding to an urgent GoSL request to
address the immediate emergency (the failure of the dumpsite and the lack of an alternate environmentally
adequate solid waste disposal facility), the Bank mobilized several technical and financial experts to assess
the damage and propose remedial actions for the Meethotamulla dumpsite. Experts provided technical
recommendations to address the following: (i) stabilization of the Meethotamulla dumpsite and prevention
of further collapses; (ii) emergency waste diversion strategy; and (iii) potential alternatives for permanent
disposal of solid waste in the MCR. While the Bank agreed with the GoSL on the urgent need to put in
place an adequate waste disposal facility, it also stressed the need to address the sector challenges for long-
term solutions, including legal, institutional, technical, financial, environmental, and behavioral aspects of
citizens that will ensure an integrated and sustainable solution.
Rationale for World Bank Assistance. The collapse of the Meethotamulla dumpsite highlighted the need
to take immediate action to safely manage waste, thereby preventing further environmental and human
health disasters. The GoSL declared sustainable management of solid waste a top national priority
including: (i) the stabilization and closure of existing dumpsites; (ii) the establishment of an adequate
sanitary landfill for the MCR; and (iii) the establishment of a governance structure (including financial
mechanisms) for the solid waste management sector. The GoSL requested assistance from the Bank to
address this priority. Having been involved for years in local service provision in Sri Lanka , specifically
in the solid waste management sector, and with deep knowledge of the challenges and opportunities, the
World Bank is well positioned to support the GoSL during this emergency. Moreover, the Bank’s
involvement at this stage, given the current strong GoSL support for an immediate solution for the sector,
will be critical for the long-term development of an integrated solid waste management sector. With the
World Bank’s support, it is likely that the sector challenges are approached in an integrated manner, and
that the focus will be not only on short-term solutions to the most visible issues, but also on enhancing the
governance of the sector to establishment of an effective and sustainable solid waste management system.
1.3 The project objective and description
1.3.1 The project development objective (PDO)
The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to address the solid waste emergency in the Metro Colombo
Area, and to build capacity for an integrated solid waste management system in Sri Lanka.
1.3.2 Project Components
Component 1: Emergency Response
1.1 – Safe Closure of Meethotamulla Dumpsite. The objective of this subcomponent is to eliminate or
reduce the remaining risks identified at the recently collapsed dumpsite. Remaining risks include (i) stability
risk, (ii) risk of fire, (iii) risk of biological and chemical contamination from leachate, and (iv) other health
and safety risks associated with the presence of waste (gas, odors, etc.). Risk elimination and reduction is
achieved by applying international standards for landfill closure3, by placing a closure cap system on the
compacted and regraded waste deposit. This approach, also called in-place reclamation, allows for
vegetation growth and may support post-closure passive end-use activities such as parks or recreation area
(further addressed by sub-component 2.2). Closure works consist of regrading and compacting 150,000 m3
of waste over a total of 1.1 million m3, to achieve the desired profile, and placing the final cover layer over
3 Roadmap for closing Waste Dumpsites -International Solid Waste Association - 2017
11
a surface of 16 acres. Provision for leachate and landfill gas management is also included. This activity
does not involve any population resettlement.
1.2 Waste Diversion. This sub-component aims to develop emergency interim waste processing and
disposal capacity at Kerawalapitiya Waste Park (KWP), until the new landfill is constructed at Aruwakkalu.
The project will finance the construction of a two-year capacity landfill meeting minimum engineering
standards, equating to a volume of nearly 700,000 m3 of mixed waste. Since the site is located in a sensitive
environment (wetlands and potential visibility from main expressway), the total height of the waste deposit
is limited to 10 meters above ground, over a surface of 15 acres. Design is based on the construction of a
cell with a sheet pile curtain and a bentonite membrane at the base. The waste collected in this cell will be
residual waste and will be environmentally closed on site as soon as the first landfill cell in Aruwakkalu
has been completed.
Since the new facility is located in a wetlands area that is periodically inundated by seasonal rains, the need
to prevent contamination was identified as a major concern. The project includes procurement of a Mobile
Leachate Treatment Plant (MLTP), equipped with membrane filtration technology to treat leachate from
the landfill, and from the composting plant. This state-of-the-art unit may be relocated to other sites
including the new Aruwakkalu landfill or Kelaniya transfer station in the future.
This facility will also include with a composting platform for biodegradable waste, which is currently
collected separately in CMC. The capacity of the plant will be 300 tpd of biodegradable waste and will
consist of a 15-acre platform for aerobic windrow composting. The project will finance equipment required
for operating the site, comprising one windrow turner, equipment and dump trucks.
1.3 Rehabilitation of Karadiyana controlled dumpsite
The project includes support for rehabilitation and closure of the Karadiyana dumpsite. The project includes
a technical and environmental evaluation, followed by a rehabilitation program definition and
corresponding works. The program will primarily address immediate risks such as stability and surface
water contamination by leachate. The project will finance the rehabilitation works and closure of the
dumpsite.
1.4 Improvement of operations at Dompe landfill
Waste diversion activities seek full mobilization of existing waste treatment capacity. In this perspective,
the Dompe Landfill, a fully-fledged engineered facility commissioned in 2014 with financial assistance
from the Korean International Development Agency (KOICA), will be equipped with a 40-ton landfill
compactor. This equipment will improve compaction to increase capacity and effectively divert 50 tpd of
mixed waste until the new landfill is commissioned. The project will finance the purchase of 40-ton landfill
compactor, and other equipment necessary to improve operations.
1.5. Sanitary landfill at Aruwakkalu including two intermodal transfer stations
This subcomponent intends to provide long term waste treatment solutions by supporting the construction
of two intermodal transfer facilities in Kelaniya and Aruwakkalu, and a sanitary landfill. Both sites were
earmarked for the construction of truck-to-train and train-to-truck transfer, with a 1,200 tpd capacity and
7,900 yearly operating hours. In Kelaniya, the loading facility is composed of several elements: (i) tipping
floor and waste compressors, (ii) a platform for loading and unloading containers and (iii) dedicated railway
spurs and, (iv) an administration building. The facility will operate according to the following functional
sequence:
• Weighing of incoming waste collection vehicles;
• Emptying of vehicles on tipping floor;
• Compaction of waste into 20-foot container boxes by three compressors;
12
• Unload empty containers from railway carriages by two bridge cranes;
• Load full container boxes onto railway carriages;
Dispatch train to Aruwakkalu.
At Aruwakkalu, the transfer station will be located 1/2 mile from the new landfill. Design capacity is similar
to Kelaniya and comprises the following elements (i) a platform for unloading full containers and loading
empty ones, (ii) a washing bay and (iii) a dedicated railway spur and (iv) administration building. Site
operation involves the following functional sequence:
• Unload full containers from train to trailers;
• Transport containers to landfill and empty container;
• Wash empty containers at washing bay;
• Reload empty clean containers on railway carriages;
• Dispatch train to Kelaniya for next loop.
Advanced Landfilling: The sub-component will also support the construction of a waste disposal facility
based on advanced landfilling techniques. The site is located 170 km North of Colombo city. The site is a
reclaimed limestone quarry, serving the cement plant, both owned and operated by Siam City Cement
Public Company Limited (INSEE). The design incorporates state-of-the-art detailing provisions for ground
and surface water protection as well as proper coordination with mining activities. The landfill will be
developed over a total footprint of 257,000 m2, of which 197,500 m2 will be used for waste storage. The
total capacity is 4,700,000 m3, leading to a lifespan of 11 years. The project will finance the construction
of the first cell to rapidly provide 2,700,000 m3 storage capacity over a total footprint of 185,000 m2. The
corresponding lifespan is calculated to be approximately 6 years. The landfill will also be equipped with a
leachate treatment plant of 200 m3 per day treatment capacity. Potential for future expansion of the landfill
exists, as mining activities progress.
1.6. Railway rolling stock and waste haulage equipment for intermodal transfer of waste to
Aruwakkalu
Rolling stock for transport of waste is funded by the project and consists of diesel locomotives and 28# flat
cars designed for intermodal applications. Each car can carry two 20-foot ISO containers corresponding to
a 40 ton payload. Rolling stock will be entirely managed by Sri Lanka Railways (SLR) under a separate
arrangement. A total of 120# 20-foot ISO containers will also be acquired as part of this sub-component.
The containers will be designed and reinforced to prevent deformation and ensure durability in respect of
the extremely demanding operating conditions. The maximum payload for each box is 20 tons.
1.7. Vehicles and haulage equipment to CMC to transport waste to Aruwakkalu until rail
connectivity is operational
Immediately after the commissioning of the first cell at Aruwakkalu landfill, mixed waste will no longer be
treated at Kerawalapitiya Waste Park, and will be transferred to the new facility by road. Since railway
transfer infrastructures will still be under construction, waste will be hauled in trucks. For this operation, a
fleet of 40# hook lift trucks equipped with hook lift hoists, and 40 hook lift containers of 30 m3 capacity,
will be purchased.
1.8. Construction Supervision Consultant
A provision for works supervision costs is included. This consultant will be financed by the GoSL. The
amount was estimated to be USD 4.0 million equivalent to 3% of the total value of works.
Component 2 – SWM Service and Operations Improvement
2.1 Waste collection, sorting, transport and processing for CMC
13
The project intends to bring collection rate from the current average of 60% in the project area, up to 78%.
In the same perspective, composting and material recovery are respectively expected to go up from 20% to
40% and 3% to 7% of the waste collected, respectively. To attain these goals, collection equipment will be
deployed within the project area, to progressively increase collection rate and collection efficiency. Support
for separating, processing and recycling will be provided by constructing new small scale recovery facilities
at the local level, along with machinery and equipment required for processing and transport of recyclables.
Design of the new small scale facilities will be based on the existing sorting centers currently operating in
CMC.
The project will finance procurement of vehicles and equipment CMC for collection, transportation,
inspections, public awareness, comprising: household waste bins, 8 m3 and 12 m3 compactors; loaders, 10-
wheel tipper trucks, 3.5 m3 tipper trucks, inspection vehicles, baling machines for waste sorting centers,
equipment for public awareness campaigns.
2.2. Waste collection vehicles and processing facilities for nine SWM clusters in the Provinces, and
Metro Colombo LAs. The project will support waste minimization, collection and processing in SWM
clusters in the nine Provinces. Funds will be provided for the purchase of 100# tractor-trailers (with
compartments), and buildings for nine compost plants to be set up in the SWM clusters, and 35# 5m3
collection vehicles for 5 Metro Colombo LAs (Kelaniya, Kolonnawa, Kaduwela, Wattala and Peliyagoda).
The MPCLG has commenced procurement of the compost plant equipment under separate arrangements,
2.3. Bloemendhal dump site Closure including waste reduction. Bloemendhal dump site is no longer in
operation, but was identified as presenting potential risks of slope stability, ground and surface water
contamination, and atmospheric pollution. The situation is rendered more critical by the presence of a large
number of illegal settlers in the immediate vicinity. The objective of the subcomponent is to: (i) eliminate
or mitigate the risks associated with the site; and, (ii) develop a reclamation plan, in collaboration with
UDA, optimizing the re-use of reclaimed areas through a mixed development. This activity could benefit
from the proximity of the Harbour Rail Line, to remove and transport all or part of the waste to the new
Aruwakkalu landfill. The Project will finance all activities necessary to complete the reclamation i.e.
preliminary investigations, engineering design, social management and reclamation works. Other activities
of site planning and development for commercial or industrial redevelopment will not be financed under
this sub component The quantity of waste at Bloemendhal was calculated to be in excess of 700,000 m3
over a footprint of 13 acres.
2.4. Development of urban park on reclaimed land at Meethotamulla dumpsite. Following the closure of
the Meethotamulla dumpsite, a surface area of 16 acres will be available for redevelopment as park and
recreation area. This sub-component intends to further enhance the environmental and social performance
of the reclamation works by ensuring a strong buy-in from all key stakeholders. The Project will finance
rehabilitation works as well as a set of activities specifically designed to foster positive and appropriate
engagement of stakeholders for the proposed redevelopment, as well as direct involvement of local
communities and affected parties in site equipment and maintenance. More specifically, activities will seek
to (i) map stakeholders, (ii) initiate discussion of proposals, (iii) implement proposals, (iv) define
complementary activities such as training, equipment installation including minor works as well as site
maintenance.
Component 3 – Solid Waste Management Institutional Development
3.1 Comprehensive review of SWM sector, consultations and consensus building for sector reform
The component will finance the updating and strengthening the National Strategy for Solid Waste
Management (NSSWM) which was drafted as part of the National ‘Pilisaru’ Solid Waste Management
Project such as the GoSL’s Pilisaru Program. While most efforts have focused on the development medium
14
and small scale facilities at the local level, the proposed instruments would focus on: (i) improved
diagnostics of SWM system nationwide; (ii) encourage regional integration of collection, transport, and
disposal systems; (iii) institutional modernization through the transfer of service provision to
professionalized operators via a series of stakeholders consultations; and (d) the promotion of waste
minimization and value recovery activities.
3.2. Support to SWM Institutions. The current institutional framework is built on the principle of separate
roles between the Central Government responsible for sector policy, regulation, and control through the
Central Environmental Authority, and LAs are responsible for the provision of public services with the
support of the National Solid Waste Management Support Center in the Ministry of Provincial Councils
and Local Government. This component would finance the establishment of an overarching entity providing
operational support in the objective of conducting necessary sectoral reforms for the implementation of the
National strategy for Solid Waste Management and participate in the development of an inter-agency
institutional structure for strategy, policy, planning and implementation of solid waste management, and
environmental controls. Following the recommendations of the SWM sector Study (3.1 above), the sub-
component will finance: consultant services support for (i) realigning institutional responsibilities;
developing sector specific standards, regulations and expertise; (ii) developing an information
communications technology performance management system with reporting mechanism; (iii) the
developing public education and enforcement programs, and (iv) building capacity of the newly formed
national agency regarding, inter alia, sectoral reforms, advanced technologies, private sector involvement,
sector financing and environmental monitoring.
3.3. Planning and Capacity Building in Local Authorities
The purpose of this subcomponent is to provide Local Authorities with tools for planning and
operationalizing the SWM strategies at the local and regional level. Activities focus on planning tools, and
practical use of these tools in municipal settings. Capacity building will describe the most adapted SWM
strategies, emphasizing the need for sustainable use of resources, seeking waste reduction, reuse and
recycling opportunities both at every level, while securing adequate resources through the development of
fiscal tools. Activities will seek participation of a wide range of stakeholders from municipal officials to
individuals, and take the form of workshops, formal training as well as on-the-job training. A series of site
visits will also be organized to provide concrete feed-back on similar activities.
3.4. Support to GoSL to engage private sector and job creation initiatives in SWM
Private sector participation is one of the main areas that the Government wants to strengthen. This sub
component will focus on identifying the critical factors for viable private sector and create enabling
conditions for the development of private initiatives seeking to capture the economies of scale and improved
efficiency associated with private operations and transfer the associated benefits to final users. Activities
include: (i) specifying technical and commercial norms for the management of solid waste services through
the use of specialized operators, modem management practices, and a full cost recovery tariff model; (ii)
finalizing and implement a comprehensive tariff model for the waste sector, with the objective to ensure
financial viability of the service leading to explicit incentives for waste reduction; (iii) facilitating pre-
feasibility studies for incorporating the private sector specifically disaggregating and calculating costs for
collection, transport and disposal functions in order to identify; (iv) encouraging the consolidation of service
provision by coordinating with large cities and LAs to create larger scale business opportunities where
probability of having both supply and demand relatively close will decrease transportation costs, and thus
increase its viability.
3.5. Audit of existing dumpsites nationwide and development of guidelines
This subcomponent intends to establish a national inventory of dumpsites in order to identify the risks
associated with each site and further develop a national closure and reclamation strategy, targeting dumps
the highest risk rating. Activities consist of collecting comprehensive baseline data for all identified
15
dumpsites involving (i) topographical survey, (ii) landfill gas emissions, (iii) groundwater levels (iv) water
balance and, (v) slope stability. Information will be collated and made available to the public under the
form of GIS based maps and databases. The second activity consists of developing a national strategy and
guidelines for the management, closure and reclamation of dumpsites, including technical, environmental
and social guidelines to support implementation.
Component 4 – Project Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation.
4.1. Public Awareness and Citizen Engagement Programs.
This subcomponent will finance a well-planned and professionally implemented communication program
aimed at ensuring that project opportunities are well understood by the various stakeholders and that there
is enough support at all levels for the sectoral reforms to be smoothly carried through. The component will:
(a) support the implementation of Citizen Engagement mechanisms, which will include the concept of co-
responsibility among citizens, private operators, and government entities for solid waste service delivery to
stakeholders. In particular, community-based monitoring tools (scorecards, web -based reporting
mechanisms such as the use of text messaging and social media platforms) to ensure accountability by
allowing the reflection of users’ different interests during project activities under preparation and
implementation; (b) support communication programs to encourage waste minimization, source separation,
and value recovery, built on the current source separation of biodegradable waste which showed notable
traction across the country and in Colombo Metropolitan area;(c) provide incentives required to motivate
social change based on a specific baseline with clear objectives, indicators, and target segmentation to
understand the perceptions and predispositions of stakeholders groups, of factors affecting their behavior .
4.2. Consultant Support for Project Design, Implementation, and Capacity Building for PMU and
PIAs. Consultant services support to: (i) the PMU for project implementation including: project
management, financial management, design preparation and review, construction supervision, progress
reporting, project monitoring and evaluation, technical and financial audit of PIA implementation and
expenditures, and preparation of a management service contract(s) for Aruwakkalu Landfilll and waste
transfer system; and (ii) PIAs for design, subcomponent implementation monitoring and reporting. Services
would be provided by consulting firms and individuals.
4.3. Support for safeguards implementation an compliance monitoring, and incremental operating
costs of the PMU and PIAs. This subcomponent will support for independent compliance monitoring of
safeguards implementation, and incremental operation costs including day-to-day operating cost of the
PMU and all PIAs for training of staff; office equipment; vehicle maintenance, seminars, travel, etc.
1.4 Objective of the Environmental Management Framework (EMF) and
Action Plan
Projects and Programs financed with IDA resources need to comply with World Bank Operational
Policies. Therefore, components and related activities eligible for funding under this project will be
required to satisfy the World Bank’s safeguard policies, in addition to conformity with environmental
legislation of the GoSL.
However, since details of sites and specific investments of the project are not available at this stage,
site-specific Environmental and Social Assessments cannot be conducted. What is possible at this stage
would be to carry out an identification of generic issues that are typically associated with activities that
would potentially be funded by the project and apply the information to site specific environmental
assessments, as and when the need arises.
16
Therefore, the purpose of this document is to outline a framework for environmental assessment and
management, giving details of potential environmental issues and guidelines on what type of
environmental assessment tools to be applied for various sub-project activities. This will serve as the
basis in the preparation of, site-specific specific Environmental Assessments (EAs) and/or
Environmental Management Plans (EMPs). As stated earlier, it is being submitted in lieu of a project
environmental and social assessments and has formed the basis for appraising the environmental and
social aspects of the project. It will be made available for public review and comment in appropriate
locations in Sri Lanka and in IDA’s Public Information Center in accordance with World Bank’s policy
of Access to Information.
It is expected that detailed environmental assessments for sites and/or for activities will be carried out
(in accordance with this Framework) by the implementing agencies and will be reviewed and cleared
by the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) where applicable, or any other agency, as applicable,
under prevailing national environmental legislation in Sri Lanka.
In addition, for all physical activities, prior to the approval of disbursement of funds, IDA will also
clear all safeguards documentation including site specific EAs and EMPs.
The objectives of this Environmental Management Framework and Action Plan are:
a. To establish clear procedures and methodologies for environmental and social
planning, review, approval and implementation of subprojects to be financed under the
Project
b. To carry out a preliminary assessment of environmental and social impacts from
project investments and propose generic mitigation measures.
c. To specify appropriate roles and responsibilities, and outline the necessary reporting
procedures, for managing and monitoring environmental and social concerns related
to subprojects
d. To determine the training, capacity building and technical assistance needed to
successfully implement the provisions of the EMF
e. To provide practical resources for implementing the EMF
f. To outline and sequence safeguard activities that will commence with project
implementation
1.5 Due Diligence Principles
This EMF considers and incorporates principles of due diligence that will be applied during project
preparation and implementation in managing potential environmental and social risks that may be
encountered. The key due diligence principles are as follows:
Principle 1: Review and Categorization. All physical interventions will be subject to a social and
environmental review and shall be categorized based on the magnitude of potential impacts and risks in
accordance with environmental and social screening criteria.
Principle 2: Environmental Assessment. As per the GoSL regulatory requirements, where necessary Initial
Environmental Evaluations (IEEs) or Environmental Impact Assessments (ESIAs) will be undertaken to
address, as appropriate, the relevant social and environmental impacts and risks. The Assessment will also
propose mitigation and management measures relevant and appropriate to the nature and scale of the
proposed project as described earlier.
17
Principle 3: Applicable Environmental Standards. The EMF will refer to the applicable World Bank
Operational Policies and Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, as well as policies and
standards of the GoSL. The Assessment will establish the project's overall compliance with, or justified
deviation from, the respective World Bank Operational Policies, Performance Standards and EHS
Guidelines where applicable. The Assessment will address compliance with relevant Maldivian laws,
regulations and permits that pertain to social and environmental matters.
Principle 4: Environmental and Social Management System. For all physical activities, an Environmental
Management Plans (EMPs) and monitoring indicators will be developed which addresses the relevant
findings, and draws on the conclusions of the assessments. The EMPs will describe and prioritize the actions
needed to implement mitigation measures, corrective actions and monitoring measures necessary to manage
the impacts and risks identified in the assessments. These actions will be costed and reflected as part of the
contractual documents of the civil works contracts.
Principle 5: Consultation and Disclosure. For all activities affected communities will be consulted within
a structured and culturally appropriate manner. If principle project activities or subproject activities are
assessed to have significant adverse impacts on affected communities, the process will ensure their free,
prior and informed consultation as a means to establish whether those activities have adequately
incorporated affected communities’ concerns. In order to accomplish this, this framework as well as all
other safeguard instruments will be made available to the public by the borrower for a reasonable minimum
period. The process will be documented and account will be taken of the results of the consultation,
including any actions agreed resulting from the consultation. For projects with adverse social or
environmental impacts, disclosure will occur early in the assessment process, and on an ongoing basis.
Principle 6: Grievance Redress Mechanism. To ensure that consultation, disclosure and community
engagement continues throughout project implementation, a grievance redress mechanism will be
established, scaled to the risks and adverse impacts of the project or subproject, as part of the management
system. The grievance redress mechanism will allow for concerns and grievances about the project‘s social
and environmental performance raised by individuals or groups from among project‐affected communities
to be received and to facilitate resolution of those concerns and grievances.
Principle 7: Monitoring and Reporting. All EMPs will be monitored based on the monitoring schedule
identified in the EMP by the relevant responsible party. The Environmental Specialist of the Project
Management Unit (PMU) will be responsible to ensure the monitoring activities have taken place including
his/her monitoring and consolidate monitoring report is prepared bi-annually.
Principle 8: Training. Training to ensure project staff, staff of civil contracts and other parties who would
play a role in managing environmental and social impacts will be necessary to ensure successful
implementation of this EMF. Necessary budget should be allocated to carry out the training plan.
18
2 Chapter 2: Introduction to Prevailing Environmental Conditions in Project
Area
2.1 Brief Description of Salient Features of the Colombo Metropolitan Region
The Colombo Metropolitan Region (CMR) is located along the western coast of Sri Lanka and includes the
Colombo District of the Western Province. It dominates the settlement system of Sri Lanka with the Capital
city of Colombo and a network of sprawling urban and sub-urban areas proliferating around the center of
Colombo. It includes the legislative capital, Sri Jayewardenepura Kotte and is the most densely populated
area of the Island. It is also the foremost administrative, commercial, and industrial area and the hub of the
transport network of Sri Lanka. Urban settlements outside this area are much smaller and less diversified
in functions.
The present population, as per the census conducted in 2012, is about 2.5 million living in the Metro
Colombo Area and its suburbs with a large population influx in to the city due to it being the main financial,
education, administrative and entertainment center. While the Western Region only constitutes about 6%
of the total land area in Sri Lanka, it accommodates the highest population, which is about 28% of total
population of Sri Lanka.
2.1.1 Climate The entire western region, including the CMR belongs to the wet zone except for a small area, close to the
Northern boundary (which is a part of the Intermediate Zone). The average annual air temperature ranges
from 26.2-29.7 0C. The average annual minimum and maximum temperature varies from 22.2-26.7 0C and
29.9-32.7 0C, respectively. The period between November to January and April to June are considered as
the coolest and hottest periods of the Region. Mean annual rainfall in the CMR ranges from 1,500 to over
4,500 mm.Over 70% of rainfall is received from the South-West Monsoon and Second Inter Monsoon. The
Western Region is usually wet and humid, where the mean monthly day time and night time relative
humidity of the Region ranges from 68-77% and 83-91%, respectively.
2.1.2 Topography and Geology The western region covers a flat area along the coastline, with areas of undulating terrain towards the eastern
and southern part. Paddy fields, marsh land, coconut and rubber plantations dominate the landscape of the
region. The city center of the CMR is heavily build up with many high-rise buildings with the area spreading
out. The geology of the Region is dominated by Precambrian rocks of the South- Western group, consisting
of Schists, Gneisses, well as Migmatite and Granitic Gneisses. Redyellow Podzolic soils are the main soil
type in the Western Region, with sub-groups. Soil in the Colombo and Gampaha districts include the sub-
group with soft or hard laterite rolling and undulating terrain. The ill-drained lands in the lower coastal
plain of the Region include wetland areas, coastal peat bog and half-bog soils with flat terrain (i.e. in
Muthurajawela and Attidiya marshes). The beach areas from Negombo to Mount Lavinia consist of a
narrow stretch of Latesols and Regosols on Old Red and Yellow sands. Narrow strips of Alluvial Soils
occur along the floodplains of Kelani River, Dandugam Oya and Kalu River.
2.1.3 Hydrology Out of the total extent of the Western Region, 91 km2 (2.5%) is occupied by inland water bodies. The
Kelani river basin borders the CMR to the north with the rivers sea outlet located in Modara in the north of
Colombo. The Ecological Features and Sensitive Habitats in Western Province Biogeography Sri Lanka is
divided in to 15 bio-regions (MFE, 1999) based on climate, geo-physical conditions and the distribution
patterns of fauna and flora. The inland area of the Western Province belongs mainly to the lowland wet
zone bioregion (region 4 with an altitudinal variation of 0-1,000 m, annual rainfall of 2,500-5,000 mm,
19
tropical lowland wet evergreen forest and a high percentage of endemic species among both fauna and
flora) while a small fraction in the Northern region falls within the intermediate zone (region 3). The coastal
zone belongs to the Chilaw to Hikkaduwa bio-region (region 12 with coastal marshes, lagoons, estuaries,
pockets of mangroves, rocky habitats, sandstone reefs and sandy beaches).
2.1.4 Forest Cover Out of all nine provinces of Sri Lanka, the Western Province has the lowest natural forest cover
(7%). The total forest cover Colombo is 2085ha which includes natural forests, plantation forests and
mangrove forests. These figure converts to 3.11% of forest cover in the Colombo District respectively.
2.1.5 Environmental Sensitive/Important Areas already under Legal
protection Some of the areas in the CMR are legally protected under the Forest Ordinance, Fauna and Flora Protection
Ordinance and the National Environmental Act. There are 4 Sanctuaries located in the Colombo District,
namely the Bellanvila Attidiya Sactuary, Muthurajawela Wetland Sancturay and the Sri Jayawardenapura
Kotte Sanctuary which are declared under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance and come under the
jurisdiction of the Department of Wildlife Conservation under the Ministry of Sustainable Development
and Wildlife. In addition to the above, several environmentally sensitive areas have been declared as
Environmental Protection Areas under the National Environmental Act. These include the Muthurajawela
Wetland Buffer Zone, Thalangama Tank, Walauwatta Wathurana Wetland, and Bolgoda North and South.
The project will be implemented predominantly within the Western Region of Sri Lanka though the precise
locations where the various project activities will be carried out, is not known. Broadly, the dump-sites,
transfer stations, and the waste diversion sites, will all be in the Western Province (mainly, Colombo and
Gampaha districts), while the new sanitary landfill, and transfer station/unloading facility will be
constructed in Arruwakalu which is located in Puttalam District (170 km north of Colombo). The
Aruwakkalu site is a naturally recovering sparse and open shrub forest on an abandoned limestone quarry
site, that has regenerated over a period of 2 decades since mining operations seized. The extent of the
proposed Sanitary Landfill site is 47 hectares. The site is located within the area formally demarcated to
Siam City Quarries, Pvt Ltd that operate limestone quarry on site. Kelaniya transfer station site is a partly
degraded wetland/marshy ecosystem hydrologically connected to the Kelani river basin and is located in
the Kelaniya Municipal Council Area in the Colombo District. The Kerawalapitiya interim landfill site was
allocated to the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation (SLLRDC), to establish a
project titled “Waste Park” which will showcase environmentally friendly waste management activities.
Kerawalapitiya is located North of Colombo, adjacent to the Colombo-Katunayake Expressway. It is
located about 500m from the buffer zone of the Muthurajawala Wetland Complex, which is an
Environmentally Protected Area as per the National Environmental Act and hydrologically connected to
the respective sensitive ecosystem. The site has already been filled and prepared for development. The
stabilization and closure work of the Meethotamulla dump site will be conducted within the existing
footprint of the closed dump site, which is isolated from the surrounding area and on Urban Development
Authority land.
2.2 Solid Waste Management in Colombo
Sri Lanka’s solid waste management challenge is linked to the rapid pace of urbanization, and waste
generation is characterized by distinct geographic patterns, with higher volumes being generated in more
prosperous urban areas and provinces. Thus far, Sri Lanka’s solid waste management has generally been
poorly managed. There are about 250 operational open dumpsites across the country, among which 25 are
in the Western Province. These open dumpsites are one of the major sources of soil and groundwater
contamination thus directly and indirectly threatening human health. The country does not have any major
20
sanitary landfill sites except a small-scale one (90Mt/day) at Dompe, and the GoSL has identified a site at
Kerawalapitiya to be constructed as a temporary engineered landfill, with an operating horizon of about 2
years.
Collection rates across the country are low though waste collection efficiency in the CMC area is relatively
high at approximately 80 percent but drop rapidly in other parts of the Western Province. Following the
Meethotamulla disaster, the importance of waste segregation at source, waste reduction and composting
has been well-recognized and practiced, and efforts to stop illegal dumping and waste separation at source
have been made intermittently with mixed results. Citizens have also been instructed to segregate their
waste into compostable, recyclable, and mixed waste, the effects of which is yet to be determined.
Currently, approximately half of the collected waste is organic, suggesting there is scope for reducing the
pollution load of waste requiring ultimate disposal. There is also scope for employment generation through
complementary composting activities. A limited amount of sorting is done by the CMC to recover
recyclable material for sale to waste traders.
Waste collection in Sri Lanka is door-to-door, curbside, and through few communal collection areas. The
general population (households) does not pay for waste services and the waste fee on businesses is not
volumetric. Owing to the differing collection rates across the country, the practice of open dumping, often
within or near populated neighborhoods, and the risk of further dump collapse is particularly high.
21
3 Chapter 3: Environmental and Social Legislation, Regulatory and
Institutional Framework in Sri Lanka
2.1 Overview of Environmental Legislation
Sri Lanka is one of the leading countries in the South Asian region in enacting environmental legislations.
Its concern for environment dates back to over two and a half millennia. The constitution of the Democratic
Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka under chapter VI Directive Principles of State policy and Fundamental
duties in section 27-14 and in section 28-f proclaim “The state shall protect, preserve and improve the
environment for the benefit of the community”, “The duty and obligation of every person in Sri Lanka to
protect nature and conserve its riches” thus showing the commitment by the state and obligations of the
citizens.
The overall environmental concerns are addressed by the National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980 (and
subsequent amendments by act no 56 of 1988 and act no 53 of 2000). It is the umbrella legislation for
environmental protection in the country. In addition, several other sectoral legislative enactments are in
place. The national organization that has the mandate to protect and take measures to safeguard the
environment is the Central Environmental Authority. It currently operates in the entire country except in
the North Western Provincial Council (NWPC), where the NWPC has enacted a separate statute under the
13th amendment to the Constitution of Sri Lanka and had created a separate provincial institute.
There are several other key national agencies with a mandate for environmental management and
protection. The Forest Department, the Department of Wildlife Conservation, Department of Archeology,
Department of Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management, Disaster Management Center and
Geological Survey and Mines Bureau have their regional offices and staff to cater to and monitor the
environmental safeguards as per the policies and regulations governing them. In addition there are several
national agencies that are impacting on the environment and adopting environmental safeguards as well.
They are the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation, Urban Development Authority,
Water Supply and Drainage Board, Water Resources Board and Irrigation Department.
The Local Authorities (LA) are also have provisions under their respective acts to safeguards and provide
useful facility and maintain the same for the convenience of the public in their respective areas. The
Municipal Council (MC) Act No. 19 of 1987 & Urban Council (UC) Act No. 18 of 1987 provide for the
establishment of MCs and UCs with a view to provide greater opportunities for the people to participate
effectively in the decision making process relating to administrative and development activities at a local
level and it specify the powers, functions and duties of such LAs and provide for matters connected
therewith or incidental thereto. These acts contain sixteen and eight parts respectively, several schedules
and 327 & 249 sections respectively. The MC act, spell out its status, powers & functions in Section IV,
Section V and Section VI in sections 34 to 154 and covers public health, drainage, latrines, unhealthy
buildings, conservancy & scavenging, nuisance etc. Further the respective local authorities have mandate
regionally to implement the project activities and monitor the progress of compliance work.
2.2 Detail Review of Key Environmental and Solid Waste Management Related Legislation
T h e Constitution of Sri Lanka & the 13th Amendment
The Constitution of Sri Lanka contains several provisions, relating to the environment 9 Article 27 (14)
and article 28 (f). The 13th amendment to the constitution introduced a new level of institution for
22
environmental protection and management. Therefore, the provincial government also has legislative and
executive power, the North Western Provincial
Environmental Authority to control, prevent and monitor all environmental related activities.
Application to ESWMP: Overall responsibility of individuals and organizations to protect and conserve
the natural environment. All project proponents/implementers and public are responsible.
The National Environmental Act. No. 47 of 1980 & its amendments
The National Environmental Act (NEA) provides conservation and development guidelines for natural
resources including water, soil, fisheries resources, forest, flora and fauna in Sri Lanka. It also paved the
way for the creation of the Central Environmental Authority (CEA). Further it spells out the creation of an
Environmental Council in collaboration with the respective line agencies to advise the CEA (Section7) and
provide necessary guidelines to establish District Environmental Agency under the chairmanship of the
District Secretary. The NEA is the basic national decree for environmental protection. The three main
regulatory tools implemented under the NEA are Environmental Impact Assessment/Initial Environmental
Examination, Environment Protection License (EPL) and Schedule Waste Management License supported
by standards for discharge and waste disposal guidelines.
A comprehensive description of EIA/IEE process is given in the Annex 6. It is the key regulatory tool
enabling any developer to implement the development activity in line with the NEA and thereby assuring
the long term sustainability of the development undertaken while paying due respect to the environment.
The second regulatory tool under the provisions of the National Environmental Act is the Environmental
Protection License (EPL). The EPL procedure has been introduced to prevent or minimize the release of
discharges and emissions in to the environment from industrial activities in compliance with national
discharge and emission standards, to provide guidance on pollution control for polluting processes and to
encourage the use of pollution abatement technology such as cleaner production, waste minimization etc.
Here the industries are classified into three lists named A, B and C. List A is comprised of 80 potentially
high polluting industries, List B is comprised of 33 medium polluting industries and List C is comprised of
low polluting industrial activities. The operational details are given in CEA website (www.cea.lk).
The third regulatory tool deals with the disposal of scheduled waste. The gazette notification No 1534/18
of 1stFebruary 2008 made by the Hon. Minister under section 23A and 23B of the National Environmental
Act No. 47 of 1980 is referred to as the National Environmental (Protection & Quality) regulations No. 1
of 2008. It deals with waste from specific and non-specific sources. The notification has three parts and
eight schedules. The Part I deals with the Issue of Environmental protection License for Emission of
Disposal of waste. Part II deals on issue of license for the management of scheduled waste (Hazardous
Waste) and Part III on General matters including definitions and the effectiveness and validity of the
license issued under National Environment (Protection & Quality) regulation No 1 of 1990 published in
extraordinary gazette No 595/16 of February 1990. The eight schedules include the tolerance limits,
applications, formats for reporting, categorization of non-specific and specific waste etc.
The 1994 amendment delegated the authorization to the local authorities to issue EPL for low polluting
industries. The CEA’s environmental management functions are holistic and they are very well set out in
section IV of the act. Along with the EPL procedures several standards also have been gazette with regard
to disposal of effluents to land and water bodies.
Annex 3 contains a detail description of the EIA/IEE procedure in Sri Lanka. For further information of
prescribed projects please visit: www.cea.lk
23
Permission and License related to Environment
The Environmental Protection License (EPL) is Sri Lanka’s major regulatory program for control of
industrial pollution stipulated in the National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980, which was amended by
Acts No.56 of 1988 and No. 53 of 2000. Industries and activities that have to be issued EPLs are classified
under three categories: Category A, B and C. If a proposed project falls under Category A, the project
proponent requires an EPL from the CEA, while Category C projects require EPLs from the respective local
authorities. Like Category A, Category B projects require EPLs from the CEA, but the EPLs can be
processed though the regional office of the CEA.
In Sri Lanka, solid waste is categorized into three groups mainly according to the generation sites:
Municipal solid waste, health-care waste and hazardous waste. In the actual disposal and treatment, health-
care waste is divided into either municipal solid waste (non-hazardous waste) or hazardous waste
(NSWMSC and JICA 2008). Municipal solid waste is managed by Local Authorities (LAs). While the
disposal and treatment of hazardous waste is the responsibility of the discharger, the CEA is responsible
for the supervision of hazardous waste management. As for municipal solid waste (non-hazardous waste),
the CEA asks LAs for site clearance of municipal solid waste facilities, including landfills. A facility that
receives over 100 tons/day has to perform an EIA and receives approval while one that receives less than
100 tons/day needs only an environmental recommendation from the CEA. In addition to an EIA, a facility
that receives over 10 tons/day has to obtain an EPL.
Application to ESWMP: As per the initial screening, majority of sites selected where solid waste
management is undergoing are required to obtain an EPL from the CEA. However most open dumpsites
that are to be closed will not hold a valid EPL due to the open dumping that has been continued on site,
thus the closure activities will facilitate in ensuring the environmental impacts on site are mitigated thus
the need for CEA clearance may not be requisite. However, all new composting sites, recycling facilities,
transfer stations, sanitary landfill sites will require environmental clearance from the CEA as per the EPL
requirement.
The North Western Provincial Environmental Statute No. 12 of 1990
Provincial Environmental Act (PEA) of 1991 implemented by the North Western Provincial Council applies
for areas coming under the North Western Province. Environmental Assessments are required for
prescribed projects that have been gazetted in Gazette Extraordinary 1020/21 of 27th March, 1998. It
specifies two lists of project types (a) where EIA/IEE is mandatory and (b) where the EA can be requested
if the PAA decides so. The process is similar to that of the NEA and will be headed by one of the two listed
PAAs; (a) Provincial Environmental Authority or (b) Provincial Ministry of Fisheries and Aquaculture.
Application to ESWMP– Similar to IEE/EIA regulations applicable under the NEA. In areas of the North
Western Province, this Act will supersede the NEA if it is not an area under the DWC or CCD.
State Land Ordinance Act No 13 of 1949
The State Lands Ordinance provides necessary guidelines to:
• The protection of the source, course or bed of any public stream
• The protection of springs, reservoirs, lakes ponds lagoons, creeks, canals, aqueducts etc.
• The construction or protection of roads, paths, railways and other means of internal communication.
• The prevention of the erosion of soil.
• The preservation of water supplies.
24
In addition, section 75 of the State Land Ordinance highlights on riparian proprietors activities. The
occupier of land or the bank of any public lake or public stream shall have the right to use the water in that
lake or stream for domestic purpose and shall not be diverted through a channel, drain or pipe or by means
of a pump or other mechanical contrivance but shall be removed in a bucket or other receptacle.
Application to ESWMP: While the provisions of this act will be applicable it is expected that none of the
project investments are in violation of its provisions.
4. The Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Act No.49 of 2011 (Amendment)
The Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Act (CCCRMA) makes provisions for the
regulation and control of development activities within the coastal zone as well as formulates and executes
schemes of work for coast conservation. Under the section 6 of the act, there is provision to appoint a Coast
Conservation Advisory Council (CCAC) which would advise the Coast Conservation and Coastal
Resources Management Department (CCCRMD) on all development activities proposed to be
implemented in the coastal zone and review its coastal zone management plans. The law specifies that
projects located wholly or partly within the coastal zone (the area lying within a limit of three hundred
meters landwards of the Mean High Water line and a limit of two kilometers seawards of the Mean Low
Water line and in the case of rivers, streams, lagoons, or any other body of water connected to these either
permanently or periodically, the landward boundary shall extend to a limit of two kilometers measured
perpendicular to the straight base line drawn between the natural entrance point thereof and shall include
waters of such rivers, stream and lagoons or any other body of water so connected to the sea) must undergo
the approval process that is laid down in the Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Act
irrespective of its size.
Only those projects located totally outside the Coastal Zone will be subject to the approval process laid
down in the National Environmental Act. Therefore, any development work taking place within this zone
falls under the jurisdiction of CCCRMD. According to the CCA, Director of the CCCRMD has the
discretion to request for an EIA/IEE from the project proponent if the initial screening reveals significant
impacts in the coastal areas by the project. The process is very much similar to the NEA excepting that the
Director of the CCCRMD reserves the right to request for an EIA/IEE depending on the nature and scale
of anticipated impacts of the proposed investments rather than on pre-determined prescribed limits as in
the NEA and also to make a final decision. The Director is advised by the CCAC on the findings of EIA/
IEEs.
Application to ESWMP: Since most sub-project activities are likely to take place within terrestrial
landscapes and existing solid waste management areas, application of CCARMA is unlikely. However, any
activity with potential to cause negative impacts on the coastal zone need to comply with the EIA/IEE
regulations of the CCARMA in addition to NEA.
5. The Flood Protection Ordinance Act No.22 of 1955
This act provides room for the Minister to declare any area in the country as flood area. It has provisions
to prepare scheme for protection of flood area, creation of flood authority, regulations for management of
flood area and acquisition of land for the purpose of the ordinance. The flood authority is usually the District
Secretary of the affected area. In case of a large area of a Municipality is coming under flood the Minister
may substitute the District Secretary by appointing the Mayor of the Municipality.
Application to ESWMP: Overall, knowing the experiences in the past, this need to be considered. The
city of Colombo has experienced high intensity rains and subsequent floods. Flood mitigation measures are
to be built in to the essential design of subprojects as well as storm water management interventions and
25
improve drainage which need to be built in to the sub-project designs to ensure potential impacts are
mitigated. Site selection procedures will ensure that sub-projects are located well away from flood plains
and areas known as high risk inundation areas.
6. The Fauna & Flora Protection Ordinance Act No. 49 of 1993 & its amendments
This act provides the protection, conservation and preservation of the fauna and flora of Sri Lanka. Under
the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance (FFPO), five categories of protected areas are established viz.
Strict Nature Reserves, National Parks, Nature Reserves, Jungle Corridors and Intermediate Zones
including sanctuaries. According to this Act, any development activity of any description what so ever
proposed to be established within a national reserve or within one mile from the boundary of any national
reserve, is required to be subjected to EIA/IEE, and written approval should be obtained from the Director
General, Department of Wildlife Conservation prior to implementation of such projects. The FFPO follows
a similar process as the NEA in conducting scoping, setting the TOR, preparation of EA, review of EA and
public consultation and disclosure. The decision of project approval or disapproval is finally granted by the
Director General of the Department of Wildlife Conservation.
Application to ESWMP: Any activity which will be implemented in close proximity of protected areas/
wildlife reserves will require clearance from the relevant authorities, no Solid Waste Management activities
may be conducted in buffer zones of protected areas designated under the FFPO. No resources can be
extracted, for project purposes, from within or adjacent to designated areas under the Fauna and Flora
Protection Ordinance and declared Forest Reserves/Sanctuaries under the Forest Ordinance.
7. The Sri Lanka Land Reclamation & Development Corporation Act No. 15 of 1968
The Act provides the formation of the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation & Development Corporation
(SLLRDC). The latest amendment to this act is the No 35 of 2006 which incorporated section 2A-
Prohibiting filling or developing and reclaiming land, section 2B-Declaring areas as low lying marshy or
swampy and section 20 C- stipulating that pollution of canal as an offence. In addition Section 28 of the
principal enactment has added new definition– retention areas. The gazette regulations under this act also
had declared several areas as wetland.
Application to ESWMP: The SLLRDC, who implements this act, will be involved as a designer in the
project the Kerawalapitiya site and Kelaniya transfer station are SLLRDC acquired areas.
8. The Urban Development Authority Act No. 41 of 1978
This act has provided provisions to establish the Urban Development Authority (UDA), declaration of areas
as urban development area. Its Part II outlines 22 point powers and functions of the UDA. Under Part IV it
has power to acquire immovable property and sale of land belonging to the authority. The act provides
room to make regulations for the purpose of carrying out or giving effect to the principles and provisions
of this law. The amendment brought in Act no 2 of 1980 under special provisions provided room to declare
lands urgently require for urban development projects and remedies to affected parties and the uphold the
power of Supreme court. The amendment brought under Act No 4 of 1982 in its Part II A describes the
planning procedure, appointment of planning committees, preparation of draft development plans, approval
of the same also provide room for subsequent amendment. It also provides room to issue permits for
development work, and delegation of the powers of the authority and procedures to be followed if activity
takes place in contrary to the permit issued. Further the principle enactment amended by the addition of
section 29 by adding a schedule, indicating the matters for which provisions may be made in the
development plan. The subsequent amendments deal with levies, joint venture development projects etc.
26
Application to ESWMP: Many areas to be covered under the project fall under the UDA jurisdiction
including the Colombo Metropolitan Region. Project activities need to maintain consistency with the UDA
regulations. The UDA is an IA within the project.
9. The Mines and Mineral Act No.33 of 1992
The Geological Survey and Mines Bureau established under the Mines and Minerals Act No. 33 of 1992.
Under this act, mining falls within the purview of the Geological Survey and Mines Bureau (GSMB).
Mining and exploitation for minerals, including sand, must be licensed under the act by the GSMB. Mining
licenses are issued only to a qualified individuals and companies registered to do business in Sri Lanka.
Mining is not permitted within Archaeological Reserves and within specified distance of monuments. New
mining licenses are subject to the EIA process, if the type and extent of mining is listed under the EIA
regulations. Additionally, the GSMB has power to stipulate conditions including the taking of deposits and
insurance for the protection of environment. Regulations made by the GSMB under the act cover a variety
of environmental stipulations, criteria and conditions for licensing and operating mines.
This also covers the disposal of mine wastes. The act also deals with the health, safety and welfare of
miners. Reclamation of mines is a major problem in Sri Lanka and due to current practice requires the
mining enterprise to make a deposit to cover costs of recovery. The deposit however is inadequate for the
purpose. Large extents of mined areas, particularly areas mined for clay and sand remain open. Mining
rights on public and private land are subject to licensing by the GSMB and all minerals wherever situated
belonging to the state. The right to mine particular parcels of public lands may be subject to EIA procedures
as well as to lease for permit conditions.
Application to ESWMP: Earth and quarry material will be needed for the development work undertaken
by the respective implementing agencies through contractors. In such cases quantities specified need to be
extracted and permission from the GSMB is required. Alternatively, the project contractors can procure
them from the open market but they will have to make sure that such sources/traders are operating with
valid licenses.
10. Local Authorities Acts
The Municipal Council (MC) Act No. 19 of 1987 & Urban Council (UC) Act No. 18 of 1987 provide
provisions for the establishment of MCs and UCs with a view to provide greater opportunities for the people
to participate effectively in decision making process relating to administrative and development activities
at a local level and it specify the powers, functions and duties of such Las and provide for matters connected
there with or incidental there to. These acts contain sixteen & eight parts respectively, several schedules
and 327 & 249 sections respectively. The MC act, spell
out its status, powers & functions in Section IV, Section V and Section VI in sections 34 to 154 and covers
public health, drainage, latrines, unhealthy buildings, conservancy & scavenging, nuisance etc. Further the
respective local authorities have mandate regionally to implement the project activities and monitor the
progress of compliance work.
Application to ESWMP: Since local authorities are involved the collection and management of solid waste
and will be involved in project implementation in the long run, these acts are relevant.
11. Water Resources Board Act No. 29 of 1964 Main responsibility under this act highlighted are control, regulation and development including the
conservation and utilization of the water resources of the country. In addition, the promotion of
afforestration, control of soil erosion, prevention of the pollution of rivers, streams and other water sources
are also required to be considered. Mainly, the Water Resources Board is the key player of the formulation
27
of national policies relating to the control and use of water resources of the country, as well as coordination
of projects undertaken by government departments, local authorities and public corporations relating to the
conservation, utilization development of the subterranean water resources of the country and the assessment
of the possibilities, benefits and economic feasibilities of such projects.
Application to ESWMP: This act will not be applicable under the current framework of planned project
interventions, however if water .
12. Forest Ordinance including Amendments The Forest Ordinance is one of the oldest ordinances in the country, first enacted in 1887 under which the
Forest Department was established in 1887. This act has been amended several times in the past. The Forest
Reserves gazetted under the provisions of the ordinance and all proposed reserves that are not gazetted
under these provisions but selected for conservation based on biological and hydrological importance
should be taken into account in implementation of this project.
Application to ESWMP: project interventions are not expected to be carried out in areas under the
jurisdiction of the Forest Department, any interventions conducted in proximity to buffer areas of Protected
areas should be obtained guidance from Forest Department prior to implement of the activities.
13. National Wetland Policy
The National Policy & strategies on Wetlands (2005) seeks to give effect to National Environment Policy
and other relevant national policies, while respecting national commitments towards relevant international
conventions, protocols, treaties and agreements on wetland protection to which Sri Lanka is a party. Among
the International Conventions, Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance (1971), the
Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (1979) and the Convention on
Biological Diversity (1992) are significant.
The definition given for Wetlands in the policy is “Areas of marsh, fen, peat and or water, where natural or
artificial, permanent or temporary with water that is static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salt, including areas
of marine water the depth of which at low tide does not exceed six meters and may incorporate riparian and
coastal zones adjacent to the wetlands and islands or bodies of marine water deeper than six meters at low
tide within the wetlands”.
The policy has six sections, Introduction, need for a national policy on wetlands, principles, objectives,
policy directions and explanation of key concepts. The policy directions address wetland management,
institutional arrangement, inter-sectoral linkages, research, development and education. The local level and
national level institutions are proposed to be established. All sectoral development plans should be based
on principles of wetland ecosystem management.
Institutional Arrangement to manage wetlands is well established at present. A multi- stakeholder National
Wetland Steering Committee has been established in the Ministry of Environment to advise on wetland
issues in the country and wetland management unit has been set up at the Central Environmental Authority
to oversee and facilitate policy implementation.
Application to ESWMP: Project investments identified so far have the potential to cause impacts to
wetlands unless properly mitigated, these include the Kerawalapitiya Interim Landfill site and Kelaniya
transfer station site. Specific mitigation measures as per the regulations are embedded in to the project
28
designed and environmental management aspects to ensure that they are managed within the purview of
these regulations.
14. Mahaweli Authority of Sri Lanka Act (Act No.23 of 1979) This act established the Mahaweli Authority of Sri Lanka, which is the authority responsible for the
implementation of the Mahaweli Ganga Development Schemes including the construction and operation
of reservoirs, irrigation distribution systems and installations for the generation and supply of electrical
energy.
Further, the functions of the authority include fostering and securing the full and integrated development
of any special area, conservation and maintenance of the physical environment within any special area,
optimizing agricultural productivity, employment potential and generation and securing economic and
agricultural development within any special area, promotion and securing the co-operation of Government
Departments, State Institutions, Local Authorities, public cooperation and other persons, whether private
or public, in the planning and implementation of the Mahaweli Ganga Development Schemes and in the
development of any special area etc.
Application to ESWMP: Development interventions proposed to be carried out in and around Mahaweli
Development area should obtain consents from Mahaweli Authority of Sri Lanka as per the Act. As of now
there are no sub-projects identified that fall within this area.
17. The Antiquities Ordinance
The Antiquities Ordinance (Revised in 1956 & 1998) is the main legislation dealing with Cultural Assets
Preservation in Sri Lanka. Section 16 covers Ancient Monuments and their declaration as well as the
declaration of specified trees as ancient monuments. According to Section 21, the restoration, repair,
alteration or addition in connection with any protected monuments has to be conducted in accordance with
the conditions of a permit issued by the Director General of Archaeology, or in accordance with an
agreement entered in to under Section 20. Section 24 prohibits or restricts subjects to certain prescribed
conditions, the erection of buildings or carrying out mining, quarrying, or blasting operations on any land
within the prescribed distance of any ancient monument situated on Crown land or any protected
monument. As per the ordinance the Director General of Archaeology “shall cause an impact assessment
survey to be undertaken at the expense of the sponsors of such project or scheme to assess the consequences
thereof upon the antiquarian, historical or archaeological aspects or value of the land in question or on any
antiquities upon it and shall, within such period of time as may be agreed on.
Application to ESWMP: Project interventions are located well away from known and demarcated sites of
archeological and cultural significant. Specific measures to ensure chance find physical cultural resources
are managed accordingly as per this ordinance, are embedded in to project environmental due diligence
procedures.
18. Disaster Management Act No. 13 of 2005
Under the Disaster Management Act No.13 of 2005, there is a provision to establish a National Council for
Disaster Management (NCDM). The Act defines “disaster” as an actual or imminent occurrence of a natural
or man-made event, which endangers or threatens to endanger the safety or health of any person or group
of persons in Sri Lanka, or which destroys or damages or threatens to destroy or damage any property, and
inter alia includes:
• An industrial hazard
• A fire
29
• An explosion
• A chemical accident
• Oils spills including inland oil spills
• Cyclones
• Tsunamis
Disasters may happen as the result of a malfunction of the normal operating procedures or precipitated by
the intervention of an outside force such as a cyclone, flood or deliberate acts of arson or sabotage.
The major objective of this act is to protect human life, property and the environment of Sri Lanka from
any event defined as a disaster. Therefore this act plays key role to protect the environment and provides
necessary guidelines for the protection of human life, property and the environment of the country.
Major functions of the NCDM include, to formulate a National Policy and Program on the management of
disasters which shall provide for the protection of life of the community and environment and the
maintenance and development of disaster affected areas; the effective use of resources for preparedness
prevention, response, relief, reconstruction and rehabilitation; and the enhancement of public awareness
and training to help people to protect themselves from disasters.
Section 10 of the Sri Lanka Disaster Management Act stipulates that “It shall be the duty of every ministry,
Government Department and public corporation to prepare a Disaster Management Plan with respect to
such ministry, Government Department or public corporation to counter any disaster or impending disaster
based on the National Disaster Management Plan and in accordance with such guidelines as may be
specified by the National Council for Disaster Management. As per the definition of public corporation
provided under Section 25 of the said act, a Disaster Management Plan is compulsory for coal-based
thermal power plant operations.
Application to ESWMP: The project itself is a response to an associated manmade disaster, which was
the failure of the objectives is ensuring manmade disasters in line with improper management of solid waste
are managed in the selected cities.
19. Prevention of Mosquito Breeding Act No. 11 of 2007
This act has been passed for the purpose of ensuring the prevention and eradication of all mosquito-borne
diseases. Under this act, it shall be the duty of every owner or occupier of any premises to cause, (a) open
tins, bottles, boxes, coconut shells, split, coconuts, tyres or any other article or receptacle found in or within
such premises, capable of holding water, to be removed, destroyed or otherwise effectively disposed; (b)
any well found in the premises and its surroundings to be maintained and kept in good repair so as to make
it mosquito-proof and thereby prevent the breeding of mosquitoes; (c) any artificial pond or pool found in
such premises to be emptied at least once every week; (d) any casual collection of water within the premises
which is conducive to mosquito breeding, to be regularly drained; (e) shrubs, undergrowth and all other
types of vegetation, other than those grown for the purpose of food or those which are ornamental, found
within or outside any building or structure within the premises used as a dwelling place which has become
a breeding place for mosquitoes, to be removed; (f) the removal and destruction of water plants having the
botanical name pistiastratiotes and commonly known as “diyaparandal”, “kondepasei”, “telpassy”,
“barawa-pasi”, “nanayaviraddi” and of any other water plant, or plants, found within the premises, which
may facilitate the breeding of mosquitoes. Hence, this act placed to eradicate or prevent mosquito borne
diseases and is mainly targeted at water sources.
30
Application to ESWMP: All project interventions during the construction and operational stages should be comply with Prevention of Mosquito Breeding Act requirements to control or mitigate or
avoid generation breeding sites.
20. Coconut Development Act 46 of 1971 amended by Coconut Development Law, No 24 of 1975 –
Section 63 Regulations stipulated in the Gazette Notification No 331 of August 18, 1978 of Palmyra
Development Board
Ministry of Plantation constituted by the Gazette Notification 331 of August 18, 1978 published in terms of introduction of amendments of 74 of 1975 to the Sri Lanka Coconut Development Act of 46 of 1921 to carry out all forms of cultivation and development in relation to Palmyra Plantation. Under this gazette notification, Palmyra Development Board established and its main office located in Jaffna
district. According to this gazette notification, engaging in the regulation, control, supervision, direction, management and inspection of the cultivation and utilization of land in Palmira plantation and the cultivation of land with Palmyra palms. Application to ESWMP: Any of interventions requiring use of Coconut and Palmyra cultivated lands, prior approval from the Palmyra Development Board must be obtained. 21. Occupational Health and Safety
Project interventions involve multifarious activities during construction and operation and maintenance
phases. These activities are also associated with problems of occupational health and safety. The problems
envisaged during construction and erection stages can mainly be due to exposure to dust, accidents and
noise. The problems envisaged during the operation and maintenance phase are accidents, exposure to heat,
noise, arc lights, chemicals etc.
The National Policy on Occupational Safety and Health in Sri Lanka is in the drafting stage. The Labour
and Labour Relations Ministry in collaboration with 25 ministries, trade unions, employers and other
authorities are involved in the drafting with the intention of reducing work place related injuries and other
mishaps (Ceylon Daily News; 14th November 2014).
Application to ESWMP: All project activities, during construction should comply with Factory Ordinance
requirements related to occupational, health and safety and International Labour Organization (ILO)
guidelines on the same.
3.1 Specific Laws and Regulations with Regard to SWM
In Sri Lanka, LAs are responsible for collection and disposal of waste generated by residents who live in
the region under their mandate, which is stipulated in the Municipal Councils Ordinances No.16, Urban
Council Ordinance No.61, and Pradeshiya Sabha Act No. 15. Each LA has been given the authority to
define the implementation rules necessary for the waste management and regulation and to impose
penalties. At the provincial level, as supervision right over LAs was handed over from the central
government to the PCs through the 13th Amendment of the 1987 constitution, its rights relating to waste
management were accordingly handed over to the PC in the Provincial Council Act No. 42. In 1980, the
MoMDE formulated the National Environmental Act (NEA) No.47 aiming to preserve the environment, to
maintain environmental quality and to prevent pollution.
Consequently, the CEA has been established and their jurisdictions, functions, and responsibilities are
defined in the NEA (See above). Furthermore, the Amendment to the NEA in 1993 requires an
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the establishment of such facilities as intermediate treatment
31
and final disposal site(s) with a capacity exceeding 100 ton/day. The legal frameworks related to SWM are
summarized in the following table.
3.2 Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for the SWM Sector in Sri
Lanka
Guidelines related to SWM have been developed by several relevant ministries. Among them, the
guidelines developed by the CEA are to provide guidelines on the basic waste treatment technology at the
national level. But the CEA hopes that the local governments will be able to review them and develop more
stringent guidelines by themselves in the future. The guidelines related to SWM in Sri Lanka are
summarized in the following table
While there are a number of guidelines that have been amended and updated time to time, application and
adherence to these guidelines have been poor.
32
3.3 Environmental Standards Associated to SWM The wastewater discharge standards are stipulated under the NEA according to the type of industries and
discharge methods. According to the list of “The prescribed activities for which a license is required” (NEA
No. 47, 1980 Section 23A amended by Act No. 1533/16 2008, CEA), Waste Water Treatment Plants
(WWTPs) as well as hospitals and factories using hazardous substances are required to register on an annual
basis. Amendments are also being proposed to the NEA to overcome delays in enforcement actions. No
amendment components address “wastewater” of any kind at present. National Environmental (protection
and quality) Regulation (EPL) -1990. Gazette Notification Number 595/16 in 1990 and its amendment of
Gazette Notification Number 1534/18 in 2008 provide the “General Standards for discharge effluents into
inland surface waters”. The EPL is applied for the following projects related to SWM;
• Common wastewater (industrial or sewage) treatment plants
• Incinerators with a feeding capacity of five or more metric tons per day.
• Water treatment plants with a treatment capacity of 10,000 or more cubic meters per day.
• Municipal solid waste and other solid waste composting plants with a capacity of 10 or more metric
tons per day.
• Solid waste recovery/recycling or processing plants with a capacity of 10 or more metric tons per
day.
• Solid waste disposal facility with a disposal capacity of 10 or more metric tons per day.
• All toxic and hazardous waste treatment facilities or disposal facilities or recycling/recovering or
storage facilities.
• The defined project for the SWML is Industries /facilities that generate scheduled waste.
The Scheduled Waste Management License (SWML) is stipulated in the in the Gazette Extra Ordinary No.
924/13 of 1996, No. 1159/22 of 2000, and No. 1533/16 of 2008. There is no penal clause for non-
compliance although legal action is always necessary against the violation of the regulations.
The standards concerning water reuse are published by the Sri Lanka Standards Institute but currently there
are no governmental requirements for the usage of sludge. The Sri Lanka Standard for Compost from
Municipal Solid Waste and Agricultural Waste - SLSI 1246 was published in 2003. However, the “Sri
Lanka Standard Specification for Organic Fertilizers” is still in the draft format. Moreover, the code of
practice for design and construction of Bio Gas System for domestic (household) use was published as SLS
1292 – Part 1 in 2006. The publication of Part 2 covering the farm scale system with capacity ranging from
10-100m3 is still in progress12. The environmental standards related to SWM in Sri Lanka are summarized
in the following table.
33
3.4 Assessment of Roles of Key Institutions Within the Solid Waste
Management Sector
Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction
Central Government Ministries
Ministry of Local
Government and
Provincial Councils
(MoLGPC)
The MoLGPC is responsible for the implementation of policies and plans for
Local Authorities (LA) through the nine Provincial Councils (PC).
They are mainly responsible for the coordination between the central
government and PCs, supporting the formulation and implementation of
national policy related to PCs and LAs, financial and technical assistance,
and assistance for human resources development and research for good
governance, including service delivery which includes MSWM
At the local level, as supervision rights over LAs was handed over from central
government to the PCs through the 13th Amendment of the 1987 constitution, the
rights relating to waste management were accordingly handed over to the PC.
LAs are responsible for collection and disposal of waste generated by residents who
live in the region. Only in the Western Province, the Waste Management Authority (WMA), founded under the Western Provincial Council, is in charge of the cluster
waste management system.
34
Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction
Ministry of
Mahaweli
Development and
Environment
(MoMDE)
They formulate a national policy in relation to waste management. In 1998, they have
prepared a municipal waste database in Sri Lanka and made a revision in 2005. While
preparing the database, they make use of LAs in waste generation amount surveys and
waste composition surveys so that the LAs can understand the importance of recycling,
proper waste collection, intermediate treatment, and final disposal. In addition, with
assistance from UNHABITAT a Comprehensive Integrated Solid Waste Management
Plan for Target Provinces in Sri Lanka was also drafter in 2016.
Ministry of
Megapolis and
Western
Development
(MoMWD)
The ministry oversees discovering solutions to resolve the garbage issue in the CMR.
Regarding SWM, since each LA is responsible for managing the regional activities by
legislations, the ministry is not directly involved but responsible for assisting LAs with
improvement of SWM. On the other hand, since there are a lot of projects related to
SWM being carried out by individual ministries and organizations, there was a need
for a mechanism for overall management of these activities.
The ministry as a decision-making organization in accordance with SWM therefore
established the Committee of Secretaries, which consists of the top of the following
secretaries; MoMWD, MoLGPC, Ministry of Water Supply and City Planning,
SLLRDC and the Provincial Council of Western Province (Chief Secretary of the
province and MoMDE They shall collectively manage the activities of the individual
institutions that are working individually and all of the SWM projects must be
approved by them.
Ministry of Health,
Nutrition and
Indigenous Medicine
(MoH)
They have jurisdiction over the policy-making, monitoring and management of
medical waste and they prepared the Healthcare Waste Management National Policy
to encourage proper disposal of medical waste.
They dispatch the Public Health Inspector (PHI) to all the cities and townsand some
of the villages and allocate a post called Chief PHI (CPHI) to senior PHI who is in
charge of supervision and management of PHIs.
The Divisional Secretary's Division has jurisdiction over the MedicalOfficer of Health
(MOH), and they are working together with the PHI to improve and preserve the health
and hygiene of the region.
Regulatory Agencies
Central
Environmental
Authority (CEA)
The CEA is one of the main implementing arms of the National Environmental Act
(NEA) under the MoMDE and is responsible for the supervision and management of
solid waste. They consist of six major divisions such as the Human Resource
Development, the Administration & Finance Division, the Environmental Pollution
Control (EPC) Division, the Environmental Management and Assessment (EM&A)
Division, the Environmental Education and Awareness (EE&A) Division, the Project
Division and the Provincial Networking Division. The Environmental Assessment
Unit under the Environmental Management and Assessment Division is responsible
for implementing the Environmental Impact Assessment process according to the
NEA. The Environmental Pollution Control Division is engaged in regulatory
activities associated with the contamination of air, water, soil and industrial pollutions.
These functions are performed by the following four units: Pollution Control Unit,
Waste Management Unit, Laboratory Services Unit and Monitoring Unit.
The Waste Management Unit is in charge of the Scheduled Waste Management. The
Project Division consists of the following four units: the Pilisaru Waste Management
35
Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction
Project Unit, the Waste Disposal Facility Construction Unit, the National Post
Consumer Plastic Waste Management Project (NPCPWMP) Unit and the Sanitary
Landfill Site Unit.
National Solid
Waste
Management
Support
Center
(NSWMSC)- Non
Regulatory
The NSWMSC was established by the MoLGPC in 2007, was recommended by “the
JICA Study on Improvement of Solid Waste Management in Secondary Cities (2002-
2003)” to assist LAs to improve the solid waste management problem.
Their main duties are as follows:
• To provide a variety of manuals and guidelines to facilitate LAs to implement
proper SWM.
• To provide a variety of technical assistance on solid waste management to
LAs.
• To collect and study information on the current SWM practices and the
practices in LAs, as well as those in foreign countries. The NSWMSC then
provides this useful information to LAs.
• To facilitate LAs to get technical and financial assistance from NGOs and
donors
• To promote, evaluate, and make recommendations to the National Strategy
for Solid Waste Management.
• To collect and analyze the waste management data of LAs.
Local Authorities
Provincial Councils There are nine PCs across the country. They provide substantial administrative
guidance to the District and LAs of the region. Their duty is to provide administrative
services for the basic daily life of citizens and community such as waste management.
Local Authority
(LA)
LAs, under the supervision of the PCs, are responsible for providing administrative
services in accordance with the regional environment such as health and hygiene,
waste disposal, regional environmental protection, and park management. Although
they are able to formulate the laws through parliament and to give instructions to the
regional police, it is said that the legislative system of local government is not fully
functional.
The CPHI (Chief PHI) or the Public Health Department in LAs that is directed by the
PHl conduct actual operations and management of municipal waste. The(C) PHl
conducts not only collection, transportation, and disposal of waste but also supervises
the health management of waste collection workers and gives guidance and training
on waste collection (e.g. health management guidance such as wearing gloves). In
addition, they are in charge of recording the attendance of waste collection workers
and their allocation for collection area(s), and grievance redressal from residents.
Jurisdiction and Role of Related Institutions in Western Province
36
Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction
Western Provincial
Council (WPC)
The Western Province consists of three districts; Gampaha, Colombo, and
Kalutara and there are 48 LAs within the region. There are 13 LAs in the Colombo
District that has the most serious SWM problems among all districts and they share
three disposal sites (Karadiyana, Meethotamulla, and Kaduwela). In the Western
Province, the Waste Management Authority (WMA) is responsible for supporting
LAs to improve their SWM.
The WPC provides substantial administrative guidance to the District and LAs of
the Western Province; however, SWM is delegated to the Waste Management
Authority (WMA), which was established under the WPC. All of LAs in the
Western Province are supposed to manage their wastes in accordance with the
MSW Management Rule No.1 (2008) formulated by the
WPC.
The Department of Local Government (DLG) under the WPC is responsible for
coordination between LA and the central government / WPC in the Western
Province, for monitoring the financial status of each LA and also for allocation of
subsidies from the central government and WPC to each LA taking into account
the sector-specific maximum expenditure (Ceiling) defined by Finance
Commission and the priority of expenditures.
The head of the DLG is appointed as the Commissioner of Local Government
(CLG), under which there are three Assistant Commissioners in charge of each
district in the Western Province.
Waste Management
Authority of Western
Province (WMA)
WMA, established in 2004 under Waste Management Statute No.9 of the Western
Provincial Council in 1999 is responsible for supervision of waste management of
the entire WP. The WMA Statute No.1 was formulated in 2007
and it specifies jurisdiction, function and responsibility of the WMA.
According to the statute, WMA is responsible for providing technical and financial
assistances to all Las of the WP to build their capacities in SWM, collecting waste
data in WP, developing common final disposal sites to LAs and also assisting to
LAs to inculcate waste management discipline among the public (through public
awareness activity and environmental education etc. ).
Seven LAs (Moratuwa MC, Boralesgamuwa UC, Kesbewa UC, Dehiwala Mount
Lavinia MC, Sri Jayewardenapura Kotte MC, Maharagama UC, Homagama PS)
out of thirteen LAs in the Colombo District are using Karadiyana cluster disposal
sites, and WMA is in charge of its operation and maintenance, including the
collection of tipping fees.
37
Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction
Colombo
MunicipalCouncil
(CMC）
CMC is in charge of operation and management of Meethothamulla disposal site
which is shared with Kolonnawa UC as well as waste collection in the area under
their jurisdiction.
Waste collection in CMC is conducted using 90 units of vehicles including 63
compactor trucks which were provided by JICA in the 1990s and collection
area is divided into six Districts. Waste collection, street cleaning and waste
transportation in the CMC are conducted by the outsourced two private companies
(Carekleen and Abans) according to the waste management guidelines formulated
by the CMC. The collection coverage area is approximately 100%.
3.5 Compliance with World Bank Operational Policies
3.5.1 World Bank Safeguard Policies
The World Bank has a number of Operational Policies (OPs) and Bank Procedures (BPs) concerning
environmental and social issues, which together are referred to as the Bank‘s Safeguard Policies‘. If, during
the development of a project, it is considered that it is possible that a proposed project activity could be the
subject of one of the safeguard policies, that policy is considered to have been triggered ‘. In the subsequent
development of the project, that activity must be considered in more detail to determine whether it is
actually of no concern or adequate mitigation can be applied to address the concern, or the activity should
be removed from the project (or the whole project should be dropped). The sections below address those
Safeguard Policies that have been triggered by the project under review, and the actions that have been
taken to ensure that the requirements of those policies will be satisfied in the further development of the
project.
Safeguard Policies Triggered by the ESWMP Yes No
Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01) √
Natural Habitats (OP/BP 4.04) √
Pest Management (OP 4.09) √
Physical Cultural Resources (OP/BP 4.11) √
Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12) √
Indigenous Peoples (OP/BP 4.10) √
Forests (OP/BP 4.36) √
Safety of Dams (OP/BP 4.37) √
Projects in Disputed Areas (OP/BP 7.60) √
Projects on International Waterways (OP/BP 7.50) √
38
Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01)
3.5.1 Compliance with OP 4.01 on Environmental Assessment
This policy is triggered if a project is likely to have potential (adverse) environmental risks and impacts in
its area of influence. The policy requires environmental assessment (EA) of projects proposed for World
Bank financing to help ensure that they are environmentally sound and sustainable, and thus to improve
decision making. Safeguard Instruments should consider the natural environment, human health and safety
and social aspects in an integrated way. It should also takes into account the variations in project and country
conditions, the findings of country environmental studies, national environmental action plans, the country's
overall policy framework and national legislation, the project sponsor’s capabilities related to the
environment and social aspects, and obligations of the country, pertaining to project activities, under
relevant international environmental treaties and agreements.
When OP 4.01 is triggered, the World Bank classifies proposed projects into one of four categories,
depending on the type, location, sensitivity, and scale of the project and the nature and magnitude of its
potential environmental impacts.
(1) A proposed project is classified as Category A if it is likely to have significant adverse environmental
impacts that are sensitive, diverse or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area broader than
the sites or facilities subject to physical works.
(2) A proposed project is classified as Category B if its potential adverse environmental impacts on human
populations or environmentally important areas including wetlands, forests, grasslands and other
natural habitats are less adverse than those of Category A projects. These impacts are site specific; few
if any are irreversible; and in most cases mitigatory measures can be designed more readily than for
Category A projects. The scope of an EA for Category B projects may vary from project to project,
but it is narrower in scope when compared with Category A projects.
(3) A proposed project is classified as Category C if it is likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental
impacts. For example, technical assistance projects on institutional development, computerization, and
training fall in Category C.
(4) A proposed project is classified as FI when the Bank provides funds to participating national banks,
credit institutions and other financial intermediaries (FIs) for on lending at the FIs’ risk to final
borrowers. In the case of such projects, the FI screens each subproject proposed for financing, and
classifies it into any one of three categories: A, B or C. FIs must prepare an Environmental and Social
Management Framework, following the Bank’s consultation and disclosure requirements as in the case
of other safeguards documents (e.g., EAs, RAPs, IPPs). The EMF, including the screening process for
categorization of subprojects, must be spelled out in the operational manual.
World Bank OP 4.01 is very clear that for all Category A projects and as appropriate for Category B projects
during the EA process, the project sponsor should consult project-affected groups and local non-
governmental organizations (NGOs) about the project's environmental aspects and take their views into
account. The project sponsor should initiate such consultations as early as possible. For Category A
projects, the project sponsor should consult these groups at least twice (a) shortly after environmental
screening and before the terms of reference for the EA are finalized, and (b) once a draft EA report is
prepared. The EA should particularly incorporate such comments to improve the project’s social
acceptability and environmental sustainability. In addition, the project sponsor should consult with such
groups throughout project implementation, as necessary to address EA related issues that affect them.
The overall project is categorized as an Environmental Category A. Broadly, the project is expected to bring
positive cumulative environmental benefits to the project area by ensuring that an environmentally sound
39
system for solid waste management is established. However, there remain risks associated with the
establishment, which include site specific remediable and reversible impacts that occur during civil works,
and operation of solid waste treatment facilities and final disposal that need to be managed in a manner that
is not detrimental to the environment. Thus, due diligence will need to be in line with the World Bank’s
environmental safeguard policies and World Bank Group Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines.
OP 4.01 – Environmental Assessment to ensure that any environmental impact associated with project
activities, especially physical interventions linked with the SWM infrastructure and operation of the system,
will lead to environmental impacts and that need to be identified upstream via due diligence instruments
and stringently mitigated and managed within the context of the project.
As the proposed project is processed under the exceptional deferral paragraph 12(a) of World Bank OP
10.00 and the guidance note for crises and emergency operations for application of IDA safeguards and
public disclosure policies, this EMF has been prepared and will also be subject to public consultation and
re-disclosure by the Borrower prior to project implementation. The EMF outlines the necessary safeguards
measures to be undertaken over the course of project preparation and appraisal. Due diligence measures
will include standalone Environmental Assessment (EAs) and Environmental Management Plans (EMPs)
for the proposed sites and technologies. In addition, the documents will also outline the requisite due
diligence measures to be taken at all steps of project implementation, including a stringent procedure for
environmental management at operation of solid waste management facilities and monitoring during the
operational phase. Operations are required to be in line with both national environmental guidelines as well
as the World Bank Group General and Solid Waste Management Sectoral Environmental and Heath
Guidelines.
All interventions to be conducted in existing waste sites, including environmental closure of dumpsites,
will warrant a Site Contamination Audit to identify the level of environmental degradation and identify
remedial measures to mitigate existing unsound environmental conditions via site specific EMPs.
All safeguards instruments to be prepared during project implementation are subject to subsequent
consultation, clearance and disclosure. No project interventions can commence on ground prior to safeguard
instrument clearance by the World Bank. Subsequent EMPs and punitive clauses on safeguards will be
included in all sub-project procurement instruments and contractual documents, respectively.
3.5.2 Compliance with OP 4.01 Annex C Environmental Action Plans (or
Environmental Management Plans)
According to Annex C of the World Bank OP4.01 an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is an
essential element of EA reports for Category A projects. The EMP should consists of a set of mitigation,
management, monitoring, and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation to
eliminate adverse environmental and social impacts, offset them, or reduce them to acceptable levels. The
plan should also include the actions needed to implement these measures. In preparation of an EMP, the
EA consultant should:
(a) Identify the set of responses to potentially adverse impacts;
(b) Determine requirements for ensuring that those responses are made effectively and in a timely
manner
(c) Describe the means for meeting those requirements.
More specifically, the EMP should include the following components:
40
• The EMP should identify feasible and cost-effective measures that may reduce potentially
significant adverse environmental impacts to acceptable levels. The plan includes compensatory
measures if mitigation measures are not feasible, cost-effective, or sufficient.
• The EMP should define monitoring objectives and specify the type of monitoring needed, with
linkages to the impacts assessed in the EA report and the mitigation measures described in the
EMP.
• To strengthen the project sponsor’s environmental management capability, EMPs should mention
any technical assistance that may be needed by the borrower.
• For all three aspects (mitigation, monitoring, and capacity development), the EMP should provide
(a) an implementation schedule for measures that must be carried out as part of the project, showing
phasing and coordination with overall project implementation plans; and (b) the capital and
recurrent cost estimates and sources of funds for implementing the EMP.
• The EMP must be integrated into the project's overall planning, design, budget, and
implementation.
During project implementation, the project sponsor should report on compliance with:
(a) Measures agreed with World Bank on the basis of the findings and results of the EA, including
implementation of any EMP, as set out in the project documents
(b) The status of mitigatory measures; and
(c) The findings of monitoring programs.
Natural Habitats (OP/BP 4.04)
The project interventions will be carried out in sites that have been anthropogenically altered and are
degraded, including existing dump sites. The policy is triggered as some project sites, as highlighted below,
are ecologically connected to sensitive sites that require specific measures to mitigate potential impacts to
these natural habitats and associated fauna and flora. The Kelaniya transfer station site is a wetland/marshy
ecosystem hydrologically connected to the Kelani river basin and the Kerawalapitiya interim landfill site is
hydrologically connected to the Muthurajawala Wetland Complex, which is an Environmentally Protected
Area as per the National Environmental Act designation. The Aruwakkalu site is a regenerated ecosystem
over two decades old and noted as an area where elephants have been observed to forage. Specific safeguard
measures to ensure any potential impacts to these sites are pre-identified and mitigated, will be built in to the
safeguards instruments to be prepared under OP 4.01. The overall project will not conduct any activities
within designated or on the buffer zones of protected areas and project interventions will facilitate in
mitigating pollution and degradation of such ecosystems due to inappropriate SWM in the long run.
Physical Cultural Resource (OP/BP/GP 4.11)
While the policy on Physical Cultural Resources has not been triggered as project activities are expected to
be carried out in known and existing agricultural and inhabited areas. In order to mitigate the risk, given the
uncertainty regarding the exact locations of activities to be carried out under the project, due diligence
mechanisms with regard to the identification and management of PCRs have been embedded within the
requirements under OP/BP/GP 4.01.
3.6 Adequacy of GOSL Environmental Clearances
The composite GOSL environmental clearance process, in principle, is consistent with World Bank
environmental and public disclosure requirements. The exception being the screening criteria adopted in
41
the GOSL process under the NEA, where project thresholds are used to determine the type of clearance
required and the content of public consultation. However, all activities with an impact on the environment
under the proposed project will be subjected to environmental analysis regardless of the project threshold,
prior to disbursement of funds. The CEA’s regulated EA procedure is more than two decades old and
substantial experience has been made by the CEA in evaluation of EIAs/IEEs. Hence, there will be no need
for the project to provide technical assistance to the CEA and other PAAs to provide support to the project
on environmental matters. Although the GOSL’s clearance procedure is adequate reliable, IDA will still
review Environmental Management Plans/Assessments/Screening Forms, prepared under the project
and provide necessary concurrence for the approval of disbursements of funds.
3.6.1 WB ESH Guidelines
The World Bank Groups Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines are technical reference
documents with general and industry specific examples of Good International Industry Practice (GIIP).
EHS Guidelines are applied as required by their respective policies and standards. These industry sector
EHS guidelines are designed to be used together with the General EHS Guidelines document, which
provides guidance to users on common EHS issues potentially applicable to all industry sectors.
The EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels and measures that are generally considered to be
achievable in new facilities by existing technology at reasonable costs. Application of the EHS Guidelines
to existing facilities may involve the establishment of site-specific targets, with an appropriate timetable
for achieving them. The applicability of the EHS Guidelines should be tailored to the hazards and risks
established for each project on the basis of the results of an environmental assessment in which site-specific
variables, such as host country context, assimilative capacity of the Defined as the exercise of professional
skill, diligence, prudence and foresight that would be reasonably expected from skilled and experienced
professionals engaged in the same type of undertaking under the same or similar circumstances globally.
The circumstances that skilled and experienced professionals may find when evaluating the range of
pollution prevention and control techniques available to a project may include, but are not limited to,
varying levels of environmental degradation and environmental assimilative capacity as well as varying
levels of financial and technical feasibility. Environment, and other project factors, are taken into account.
The applicability of specific technical recommendations should be based on the professional opinion of
qualified and experienced persons. When host country regulations differ from the levels and measures
presented in the EHS Guidelines, projects are expected to achieve whichever is more stringent. If less
stringent levels or measures than those provided in these EHS Guidelines are appropriate, in view of specific
project circumstances, a full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives is needed as part of the
site-specific environmental assessment. This justification should demonstrate that the choice for any
alternate performance levels is protective of human health and the environment.
Sectoral Guidelines Applicable to the Project
The EHS Guidelines for Waste Management cover facilities or projects dedicated to the management of
municipal solid waste and industrial waste, including waste collection and transport; waste receipt,
unloading, processing, and storage; landfill disposal; physio-chemical and biological treatment; and
incineration. Industry-specific waste management activities such as health care waste, also have a relevant
industry-sector EHS Guideline. The guidelines also provide performance indicators and industry
benchmarks on environmental performance and environmental monitoring.
42
When host country regulations differ from the levels and measures presented in the EHS Guidelines,
projects will be required to achieve whichever is more stringent. As the EHS guidelines are more stringent
to the measures present in Country, the EHS guidelines should be followed where applicable. In the context
of this project
The WB EHS guidelines, sectoral and general, will be applicable to all project interventions under this
project and applied accordingly.
43
4 Chapter 4: Generic Assessment of Environmental and Social Impacts
4.1 Overview The project is expected to bring positive environmental benefits to the project areas through ensuring a
sound system for solid waste management is established in the project regions. While the project activities
themselves will facilitate in curtailing the major impacts associated with improper management of solid
waste there still remain risks associated with the operation of solid waste management facilities and final
disposal of solid waste that need to be managed accordingly. In addition, there is also the uncertainty
regarding the exact locations of activities to be carried out under the project and project interventions that
will involve physical alterations to the environment.
This EMF has been designed to achieve sound environmental practice within the purview of the ESWMP.
The EMF provides the mechanism to allow program implementation by screening out or enhancing
acceptability of sub-project proposals on the basis of environmental criteria. By a simple process of
elimination, the first step in the screening process is to identify subproject activities not suitable for funding.
All processes described in the EMF can be adjusted based on implementation experience.
The EMF will be a living document and will be reviewed and updated periodically as needed.
It is recommended that the following types of subprojects are not financed and therefore should be
considered as a "Negative List":
• Open dumping of solid waste in an unsanitary manner as stipulated in the sectoral World Bank
EHS Guidelines
• Sub-projects that involve the significant conversion or degradation of critical natural habitats such
as designated terrestrial protected areas.
• Activities that could lead to invasion or spread of weeds and feral animals or the use of toxic
chemicals, intensive use of pesticides.
• Activities that could dangerously lead to the exposure of sensitive/critical/vulnerable habitats.
• Construction of large new infrastructure within or directly adjacent (in buffer zones) to protected
areas
• Illegal Activities as defined specifically under the environmental regulations of the Government of
Sri Lanka, as outlined in Chapter 3.
4.2 Component Specific Environmental Impacts
Investments under the project aim to reduce the current Solid Waste Management burden that has been
created post the failure of the Meethotamulla Dumpsite and provide sanitary means of final disposal for the
estimated 700tonns of waste currently collected within the CMR. The project is expected to bring positive
environmental benefits to the project areas through ensuring a sound system for solid waste management is
established in the project regions. While the project activities themselves will facilitate in curtailing the
major impacts associated with improper management. The project interventions include three specific sub
areas of interventions and potential environmental impacts for each component are outlined in detail below.
The project will not lead to large scale, irreversible environmental impacts and pose the potential impacts
that can be mitigated via adequate due diligence and management during project implementation.
Component Wise Impacts
44
4.2.1 Component-1
Sub-Components 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 2.3- The safe closure and Rehabilitation of Final Disposal Sites
The safe closure of the unused Meethotamulla dump site, closure of the Kerawalapitiya Interim dumpsite
and the rehabilitation of the Karadiyana controlled dumpsite aim to curtail ongoing environmental impacts
associated with existing unmanaged and unsanitary final disposal sites. The project interventions proposed,
will be predominantly environmentally beneficial as the activities focus on mitigating environmental
impacts that currently exist on site, such as; leachate contamination of ground water and surrounding water
ways, accumulation of and exposure to landfill gases, risk of fire, proliferation of disease causing vectors
and vermin, nuisances such as odor and aesthetic issues due to open dumping as well as public and
occupational health and safety issues and the high risk of waste mound collapse. The sub-project designs
itself will incorporate measures which include interventions such as the stabilization of existing waste
mounds; minimizing the risk of fires; prevention of people and animals from scavenging; control of
infiltration of rainwater/surface water and thus reducing leachate generation and treatment of collected
leachate; control of odor and gas diffusion and the reduction of waste exposure to wind and vectors, will
be incorporated in to the design of the intervention. Thereby mitigating the environmental impacts that exist
due to unsound operation of the project sites. Specific safeguards impacts due to project interventions will
thus be limited to potential risks associated with worker and public health and safety, sourcing, transport
and storage of material for the covering process as well as other construction phase impacts associated with
the physical intervention of dump site rehabilitation and closure, which would be localized and temporary
in nature and mitigatable with good construction, housekeeping, public safety and environmental
monitoring and management practices. Sub Component 2.3 will fall within the same purview of impacts,
while it will not be implemented as an emergency response.
While the Dompe Sanitary Landfill is currently in operation and managed to meet national safeguards
regulations, sub-component 1.4 will aim to further improve operations on site, which will not lead to any
major environmental impacts but rather ensure potential impacts from the operation of the sanitary landfill
are managed even more systematically and stringently.
Sub Component 1.2 -Controlled Landfill and Composting
As an interim measure and response to the emergency need, created post the Meethotamulla dumpsite
failure, solid waste collected from the CMR has been open dumped at a wetland site in Kerawalapitiya
which is a wetland area hydrologically connected to the larger Muthurajawala Wetland Complex. Due to
social issues and saturation of other open dumpsites in and around Colombo, the GoSL selected the existing
site. Thus, the open dumping and establishment of the composting facility have commenced on adjacent
sections of this site, which was year marked by the SLLRDC for development of a site that would showcase
waste management practices such as composting. Due to the open dumping that has occurred over a course
of 5 months and ongoing, the current site has notable impacts of leachate contamination, odor, proliferation
of scavenging animals such as crows and aesthetic damage that are degrading the surrounding wetland areas
and need to be urgently managed and will so via the project interventions. Composting activities are
currently carried out without any specific site preparation or equipment as well and it is expected that
composting operations will continue this site on the long term. It is estimated that this site should operate
as an interim location for disposal of residual mixed waste until the new regional landfill in Aruwakkalu
will be commissioned, which is expected to take at minimum 18 months. Until then, the GoSL seeks to
maintain the waste treatment capacity at the Kerawalapitiya site, however if current practices continue the
environmental degradation will not be curtailed. Therefore, the subcomponent looks at establishing a multi-
activity platform, which includes composting, sorting and storage of refuse. The platform is to be built per
minimal engineering standards to prevent unnecessary wetland degradation and ensure operational safety,
introducing leachate collection and mobile leachate treatment and thus curtail the wetland degradation that
45
is ongoing. The site being hydrologically connected to the Muthurajawala wetland complex which is a site
of high biodiversity and an environmentally protected area, the risks of surface water contamination, unless
leachate is treated, and any further spillage in to the wetland zones will lead to rapid transfer of the
contamination by direct advection, this remains the main threat. In addition, settlements located 500 m
South-East of the site requires specific attention be paid on aesthetic pollution, odor and pest control. As
wetland soils are known to be poorly consolidated, creating stability issues and a need for soil preparation
are also essential and thus the works will require significant quantities of earth material for filling and land
preparation.
Sub Components 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 and 1.8-Construction and Operation of the Transfer Stations and
Sanitary Landfill in Aruwakkalu
The combination of subcomponents will support the establishment of a sanitary landfill in Aruwakkalu in
Puttalam, approximately 3.5 hours from Colombo via road and 3 hours via rail, and two transfer stations in
Kelaniya and in Aruwakkalu. It is expected that residual waste will be hauled from Colombo first via truck
and then via rail to the sanitary landfill site. An Environmental Impact Assessment has been conducted for
the system, looking at all the relevant project sites and transportation corridor by the GoSL. The findings
of the EIA indicate the following impacts that are to be mitigated in addition to associated construction
impacts that will arise with the establishment of the sanitary landfill and the transfer stations. Construction
phase impacts will include air pollution, noise, debris disposal, public safety, occupational health and safety
of workers, inconvenience, restricted access, traffic congestion, removal of vegetation in the work sites,
extraction of construction material, etc. which would be localized and temporary in nature and mitigatable
with good construction, housekeeping, public safety and debris disposal practices.
The Kelaniya Transfer Station is to be set up in a heavily urbanized area, where traffic congestion has been
identified as a key issue. The subproject will involve the establishment of necessary infrastructure for waste
sorting, processing and for the rail transport extension in 17ha area. Due to the marshy nature of the land
there will be impacts on the ecological functions of the marsh if it is filled for development. The design has
incorporated adequate measures to ensure the transfer station is built in a manner that does not affect natural
water exchange regime of the marsh by building the facilities on a stilted structure. During waste receipt,
unloading, and processing, activities, leachate and waste water, pest nuisances, noise, dust and bio-aerosols,
odors, and vehicle emissions will prevail along with occupational health and safety hazards to the workers.
These will need to mitigated via a stringent operational management and monitoring plan as well as
adequate measures in the design, facilities of leachate and waste water management are included
accordingly. In addition, due to the location being close to pre-congested areas, the management of traffic
will be essential as there will be associated environmental impacts.
The Aruwakkalu Transfer Station and Aruwakkalu Landfill site are located close to each other. The site is
located within the area designated to the Siam City Cement (Lankan) Ltd for quarrying activities. The 46ha
demarcated for the landfill facility has been abandoned post quarry operations and has regenerated in to a
significant natural habitat. The EIA identified that the site is home to a number of endangered and threatened
small faunal and floral species, that have been proposed for relocation in the protected buffer area of the
Wilpattu National Park- 3km away from the site. This location has been pre-used for relocation of faunal
and floral species by the quarry operator as well. The EIA also indicates the site is an elephant foraging
ground and wild elephants have been observed on the site. While the existing quarry has a peripheral electric
fence on the property perimeter, which has not been effective due to improper management and
surveillance, the project design will include additional elephant fences around the landfill facility which
will need to be managed by the project entity to ensure there will be no Human Elephant conflict issues. As
the site, has been anthropogenically altered to a great extent, major impacts will only prevail during the
land clearance and construction phase. The landfill design includes adequate measure, as per the EIA to
manage operational phase impacts and no major impacts are seen in context with the contamination of
46
ground water aquifers or to surrounding areas due to its isolated location from human settlements and
sensitive areas.
4.2.2 Component-2
The component will support several complementary activities to support the waste management stream in
the CMR. The first subcomponent will support the collection, sorting, transport, and processing for CMC
and other LAs. Current management practices in the CMR are not conducted as per best practice guidance
for the sector, in a sound manner, from collection to processing prior to final disposal, thus typical
environmental and public health impacts that occur due to unplanned solid waste management practices do
prevail. Via an audit these impacts will be identified and the operation of the system will need to be
conducted as per the World Bank Group EHS Guidelines for the sector. Component 2.4 will involve the
development of an urban park at Meethotamulla, post the full environmental closure and stabilization of
the open dump site. As detailed designs of this investments are not available, potential impacts will be
identified during project implementation.
4.2.3 Component-3
No physical interventions will be financed via these interventions; thus, no impacts have been attributed to
this component.
4.3 Presentation of Generic Impacts Associated with project Interventions
4.3.1 Construction Phase Impacts
Impacts on soil at construction and material extraction sites and yard
Impact description Duration of the impact Level of impact
Loss of productive top soil due to site preparation work Long-term Moderate
Soil erosion caused by clearing and grubbing operations
which removes the vegetative cover in the immediate
surroundings
Long-term High
Soil erosion caused by mining and quarrying operations for
material-
Long-term Moderate
Contamination of soil by heavy metals and chemicals
discharged by construction vehicles and from material
storage sites
Short-term High
Erosion of uncovered temporary stock piles and soil dumps Short-term Low
Impacts on surface and ground water sources occur due to following activities
Impact description Duration of the
impact
Level of impact
Siltation of waterways due to modifications to surface
water flow and drainage patterns
Long-term Moderate
Degradation of surface water quality due to equipment
and material piling on the site
Short-term Low
47
Degradation of water quality due to waste water from
worker camps
Short-term Moderate
Degradation of water quality in water bodies in the
vicinity of quarry and borrow sites
Short-term Moderate
Reduction in groundwater recharge due to drainage and
excavation, especially in dry areas
Long-term High
Impacts on ambient air quality and noise within construction sites, material extraction sites
and yards
Impact description Duration of the
impact
Level of impact
Operation of construction vehicles and plants (AC
plant and concrete batching plants) that emit obnoxious
gases
Short-term Moderate
Exposure of soil surface due to excavation, clearing of
surface vegetation which generates dust
Short-term Moderate
Mining operations of metal and gravel for construction
material will emit dust and other particulate matter
Short-term Moderate
Improper storage of chemicals that could emit fumes of
stored chemicals
Short-term High
Increased noise nuisance and vibration issues to public
living close to construction areas and quarries
Short-term Moderate
Impacts on ecosystems, fauna and flora
Impact description Duration of the
impact
Level of impact
Clearing of vegetation for construction activities may
lead to disturbance to natural habitats (wetlands, forest
areas, lagoons, etc.)
Long-term High
Clearing of surface vegetation in quarry sites and
burrow sites may lead to the loss of land/ natural
habitats
Long-term High
Loss of important fauna and flora due to construction
works
Long-term Moderate
Disturbance to animal migration routes and patterns Long-term High
Changes to aquatic ecosystems due to siltation of
waterways, changes to speed and volume of water flow
Long-term High
Contamination of biota by emissions to air, water and
soil during construction and material extraction works
Short-term Moderate
48
Loss of standing crops, fruit trees and commercially
valuable trees due to construction works close to home
gardens, chena lands and paddy fields
Long-term Moderate
4.3.2 Key Impacts Associated with the Operation of Solid Waste
Management Facilities, Waste Sorting Facilities, Transfer Station
and Composing Plants.
The quantities and nature of waste material received and the, design and activities and siting of composting
and other waste processing facilities such as transfer stations and recycling facilities determine the nature
of potential pollutants that can be generated and the severity of the potential environmental risks as well as
the quality of the end-product. Poor environmental management of such facilities can result in one or more
of the following environmental impacts:
Odors
Waste storage at transfer facilities, soiled waste storage at recycling facilities and operation of passive and
windrow composting facilities are activities that typically generate odors. Odor problems associated with
operation of such facilities can be traced to problems with one or more of the following four processes:
process control; containment of odorous areas; odor control technology; and siting. Although various
feedstocks contain a variety of compounds, in many cases they will not be released as odor during
processing provided the process conditions are optimized.
4.3.2.1.1 Odor Causing Compounds During Compost Production
Typical odor causing compounds documented from waste treatment facilities are ammonia, sulfur
compounds, nitrogen compounds and volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
Specifically, during composting operations, the following are key impacts.
Under aerobic conditions, a well aerated composting pile, the main gaseous product of composting
and mulching is carbon dioxide, and the organics are characterized by an earthy or woody odor.
The most common gas compounds contributing to odors from aerated static pile composting of
organics containing bio solids include dimethyl sulfide, dimethyl disulfide, dimethyl trisulfide,
carbon disulfide, and benzothiazole. These chemicals can be toxic, although in open-air (aerobic)
composting situations they are not present in high enough concentrations to be considered a health
risk, per studies conducted, yet they can cause temporary discomfort to facility workers or
neighborhoods in the vicinity.
Under anaerobic conditions, when the biodegrading materials do not receive sufficient air due to
inadequate aeriation of stagnation of composting piles methane is generated, and this is
accompanied invariably by the production of strong and foul odors. These odors are caused by the
generation of ammonia, volatile amines (when the degrading organics have a high nitrogen
content), hydrogen sulfide and VOCs.
The absence of odors does not necessarily indicate that the process has not turned anaerobic: odors
may be diminished or removed during diffusion of the biogas mixture through fresh compost, odor
scrubbers or soil containing biological organisms. However, the presence of unpleasant odors is a
good indicator that the process has turned anaerobic.
49
4.3.2.1.2 Peak Periods and Wind Flow
If calm conditions are likely to occur frequently at the selected site for a waste treatment or transfer facility,
the topography and consequent drainage flows of air in the site can have a profound effect on the dispersion
of odors, the extent and intensity of odors and, consequently, the impact on local amenity. Calm conditions
are most likely to occur in the morning and evening. Locations likely to cause least the dispersion of odors
are those that have a predictable air drainage flow and no sea breezes or other winds to disturb the stable
wind conditions.
High peak odor emissions at composting and other processing facilities generally occur during loading,
unloading and in the case of composting during mixing and aeration procedures, such as preparation of the
feedstock, and during turning of biodegrading organics. Rapidly biodegrading organics present in municipal
solid waste such as food and animal organics, may already be giving off odors when they are received at
the facility or soon after receipt.
Odor related nuances from composting facilities can arise from poorly managed stockpiles of raw organics
and/or organic products. For instance, large stockpiles require more ongoing management and maintenance
to ensure that the potential for odor emissions and water pollution from anaerobic conditions is mitigated.
Poorly managed stockpiles can turn anaerobic because of lack of aeration through the piles. If excessive
moisture encounters the stockpiles it can cause leachate to be generated and drain from stockpiles,
potentially causing water pollution as well.
Air Emissions
Direct air emissions can include bio aerosols, particulate matter/dust, ammonia, amines, volatile organic
compounds (VOCs), sulfides, odors, etc.
4.3.2.2.1 Particulate Matter
Composting and related organics processing facilities may be sources of particulate matters in the
atmosphere. Particulate matter may be classified as per the following characteristics:
• size (including PM10, PM2.5, total, and inhalable dust)
• particle shape or phase they exist in- Example: fibers and aerosols
• their physical behavior in air- Either suspended in air or deposited from air
• their chemical species,
• biological activity- such as bioaerosols
The highest concentrations of particulate matter from composting and related organics-processing facilities,
occur during pre-treatment (shredding and mixing of waste) of fresh organics and the turning of
biodegrading organics, and can be higher under warm and dry climatic conditions. Gravel and unsurfaced
access roads and earthmoving equipment, including withdraw turners and other machinery, during
operation can also be sources of particulate matter at composting facilities.
The composting process is also dependent on the inter-related activities of a wide range of microorganisms
to convert organics into stabilized organic products. Thus, high concentrations of bacteria and fungi are
likely to be present in the process feedstock, during processing, and in the final products, which can be
dispersed in to the air. It is possible in the absence of control measures that pathogenic substances for
example such as Aspergillus fumigatus, Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Hantavirus infections may be
aerosol transmitted from composting and related organics and processing facilities and have the potential
to cause severe infections in humans and thus need to me monitored and managed adequately.
50
The principal types of particulate matter of concern to the community and the DEC are biological particulate
matter, PM10 (size range < 10 µm), PM2.5 (size range < 2.5 µm) deposited matter and total suspended
particulate matter (TSP) that are present at composting and related organics-processing facilities. The
human health effects of different-sized airborne particulate matter differ. Larger particles PM10 are trapped
in the nose and throat, whereas smaller particles (PM2.5) penetrate the lungs and are associated with a range
of respiratory ailments. Typically, labor working in composting facilities are often exposed to high levels
of particulate matter (for short periods) if certain design features are not employed and key operational
measures such an adequate occupational health and safety measures are undertaken to safeguard themselves
from continuous inhalation.
4.3.2.2.2 Biogas
Decomposition of most organics in the absence of oxygen yields biogas – a mixture of approximately 65%
methane and 35% carbon dioxide. Uncontrolled emission of biogas can pose a fire risk and other potential
hazards to humans. Biogas generated from the decomposition of ‘mixed residual waste containing
putrescible organics’ is likened to the biogas generated in landfills. Thus the principal key pollutants of
concern arising from the decomposition of ‘mixed residual waste containing putrescible organics’ are
methane, nitrogen oxides (NO2 and NO), sulfuric acid mist (H2 SO4), sulfur oxides (SO3 and SO2), and
non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOC). These pollutants are of concern because they can be
toxic or highly odorous at quite low concentrations.
Flaring of biogas from anaerobic composting processing minimizes the release of odors generated from
biogas and reduces the risk of fire and explosion. Alternatively, energy recovery systems can be installed
to recover energy from biogas depending on the nature of the composting activities, volumes and
technology used. Liquids condensed from biogas have the potential to cause pollution of waters and cause
amenity impacts (such as odor), so they must be effectively managed. Where possible, the generation of
condensed liquids from biogas should be avoided.
4.3.2.2.3 Methane and other Green House Gas Emissions
The emission of methane to the atmosphere is reported as the principal greenhouse impact of concern for
composting and related organics-processing facilities, because methane has more than 20 times the
greenhouse warming potential of carbon dioxide. In open windrow systems when an aerobic environment
is maintained with proper moisture content to encourage aerobic decomposition of the organics, the
composting process does not generate significant quantities of methane according to the United States
Environmental Protection Agency. Scientific studies have also confirmed that if isolated anaerobic pockets
deep within a compost pile release methane then it is likely to be oxidized in the aerobic areas of the compost
pile before any significant quantity is released to the atmosphere (e.g. Zeman & Rich 2001).
Other than Methane, which in most instances of composting is controlled as abovem, the only other GHG
of concern is carbon dioxide which is released in relation to the transport of material to the composting
facilities and by the use of fossil fuels (e.g. diesel and petrol) during transporting and processing contributes
to global warming, because the carbon dioxide produced during the composting process would have been
released in the longer term by the natural decay of the organic materials that are being turned into compost.
The well managed composting of organics will not produce methane, so this activity can contribute to a
reduction of global warming by keeping organics out of landfill where
the impacts would be far greater.
Leachate
51
Putrescible organics tend to generate leachates that need careful management, substances such as food and
kitchen waste contain high moisture that generates leachate without extra water being added. Other organic
matter such as garden materials, wood and fibrous materials generally form leachates only when additional
water (including rainfall) is introduced. Under anaerobic conditions the chemical properties of leachate can
be acidic, and can lead to the dissolution of metals and metallic compounds that may be present in organics.
Under aerobic conditions alkaline leachates can be formed from organics with low carbon/high nitrogen
ratios, such as food and animal organics. Leachates from composting and related organics-processing
facilities have the potential to pollute groundwater and surface water bodies (such as rivers, creeks and
other water ways). They can be high in nutrients; this makes them favorable host media for bacteria and
other microorganisms and gives leachate a high biological oxygen demand (BOD) and increases its
pollutive nature.
Stockpiles of raw organics and processed organics have the potential to pollute waters, because leachate
may be generated when the stockpiled organics contain excessive moisture, exposure to rainfall or if
stockpiled organics are not sufficiently aerated or turned impacts are elevated. Such stockpiles may also
exacerbate odor related impacts as excessive moisture will tend to cause the stockpiled organics to become
anaerobic if not managed competently and produce acidic leachate. In the case of in- vessel composting
very little leachate is produced and can be managed easily.
Surface Water Run-Off
Surface water run-off from composting and waste transfer facilities can cause unacceptable loads of
sediment and suspended solids in receiving waters, while surface water run-on can lead to excessive
generation of leachate Unvegetated exposed areas are a likely source of suspended sediment in surface
water.
Risk of Fire
Possible causes of fires at composting and related organics processing facilities, include: spontaneous
combustion, sparks from works activities such as welding, lightning strikes, cigarettes, build-up of
particulate matter near engine manifolds and exhaust pipes of processing equipment, bushfires and arson.
Cigarettes, sparks from welding activities and spontaneous combustion are reported as being the most
common causes of fire at composting and related organics-processing facilities. Spontaneous combustion
happens when decomposing organics self-heat to a temperature high enough to ignite. The conditions for
spontaneous combustion (such as large piles, limited air flow and time for temperature to build up) are
usually more prevalent within large, undisturbed piles containing raw feedstock, curing compost or finished
compost rather than in active composting systems, thus it is essential to ensure these piles are kept aeriated
often to reduce risk of fire. Fire prevention and management equipment are essential elements that need ot
be incorporated in to the design of facilities during operations.
Vectors and Pests
Solid waste treatment facilities are ideal environments for Rodents and birds as well as disease vectors such
as flies and mosquitoes and often attract these organisms. Unless waste material is not well covered during
these processes a proliferation of these organisms can lead to public health issues, nuisances to neighboring
communities and even lead to the spread of disease.
Litter
Wind-blown litter emanating from composting and related waste management facilities can degrade the
local conditions and spread contaminants. The tracking of litter and mud on the wheels of vehicles leaving
52
the premises may also cause impacts on the quality of surface water run-off and vehicles can also be a
source of wind-blown litter if loads of waste being brought in to the facilities are not fully contained and
covered.
Occupational Health and Safety
Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) impacts during the construction and operation of Solid Waste
Management can be categorized in to three specific areas as presented below. The most significant
occupational health and safety impacts typically associated with workers at waste management facilities
occur during the operational phase
Accidents and Injuries
Solid waste workers are particularly prone to accidents involving trucks and other moving equipment, so
traffic management systems and traffic controllers are recommended. Accidents include slides from
unstable disposal piles, cave-ins of disposal site surfaces, fires, explosions, being caught in processing
equipment, and being run over by mobile equipment. Other injuries occur from heavy lifting, contact with
sharps, chemical burns, and infectious agents. Smoke, dusts, and bioaerosols can lead to injuries to eyes,
ears, and respiratory systems.
Chemical Exposure
Chemical hazards encountered at waste management facilities are similar to those at other large industrial
facilities, such as toxic and asphyxiating gases, full composition of wastes and their potential hazards is
often unknown. Even municipal solid waste often contains hazardous chemicals, such as heavy metals from
discarded batteries, lighting fixtures, paints and inks.
Dust
Waste processing can generate nuisance and hazardous dust, including organic dust. Workers can be
exposed to pathogens contained in manure and animal excreta found in MSW from the disposal of sludge,
carcasses, diapers, and yard trimmings containing domestic animal waste. Uncontrolled dumping of MSW
attracts rats, flies, and other insects that can transmit diseases. Processing of MSW can also generate
bioaerosols, suspensions of particles in the air consisting partially or wholly of microorganisms, such as
bacteria, viruses, molds, and fungi. These microorganisms can remain suspended in the air for long periods
of time, retaining viability or infectivity. Workers may also be exposed to endotoxins, which are produced
within a microorganism and released upon destruction of the cell and which can be carried by airborne dust
particles.
53
5 Chapter 5: Environmental and Social Management Framework
5.1 Environmental Screening of Identified Physical Subprojects
Environmental screening is counted to be a useful tool in identifying safeguard issues in large investment
programs consisting of many sub-projects. The main objective of Environmental screening of sub-projects
will be to (a) determine the anticipated environmental/social impacts, risks and opportunities of the sub-
project (ii) determine if the anticipated impacts and public concern warrant further environmental/social
analysis, and if so to recommend the appropriate type and extent of assessments needed.
At the national level, screening is the process by which proposed developments are reviewed to determine
the level of environmental and social assessment to which they should be subjected, which could range
from none at all up to a full Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). At the project level, screening is the
process of reviewing a proposed activity against a checklist of factors to determine whether it is likely to
have adverse environmental and social effects, and if so, what mitigation measures should be applied.
The main objective of Environmental Screening of sub-projects will be to (a) determine the anticipated
environmental impacts, risks and opportunities of the sub-project (ii) determine if the anticipated impacts
and public concern warrant further environmental analysis, and if so to recommend the appropriate type
and extent of Environmental Assessment needed. The previous chapter provides recommendation on the
level of environmental analysis for selected activities as broad guidance; however, the final judgment will
be made post the screening exercise. Screening should go hand in hand with project concept development.
This way environmental opportunities and risks can be appropriately and easily integrated into subsequent
design stages, rather than being brought in at the last minute. The environmental screening report should
be prepared by the environmental expert/s of the PMU with field visits and available data and information
(implementation arrangements are given in the subsequent chapter). Where required they may seek the
assistance of expert environmental consultants to facilitate the screening process. Once the report is ready
it will be made available to the project implementing agency to take necessary actions particularly in
relation to the recommendation given in the report. All Environmental screening reports are subject to world
bank review and clearance prior to the preparation of identified instruments.
5.1.1 Screening Method
Preparation of the screening reports will be conducted in four distinct stages, namely (i) field visits, data
collection and stakeholder consultation; (ii) data analysis and interpretation; (iii) impact identification; and
(iv) filling the screening including recommendations for next steps. The methodologies for each of these
steps are explained briefly below. The proposed screening report format is given in Annex 2.
Data collection and stakeholder consultations
Data will be primarily collected through field visits, discussion with stakeholder agencies and known
sources of literature. In addition, supportive tools such as GIS based mapping using GPS coordinates
covering the sub project sites, where ever possible is encouraged.
Literature Survey will broadly cover the following aspects and attributes necessary for environmental
screening:
• Project details/ Reports/ Maps/ documents including design details available with the
implementing agencies
54
• Literature on flora/ fauna/ biodiversity/land use/soil/geology/ hydrology/ climate /socio
economic profiles and environmental planning collected from GOSL agencies
• Hydrological/ rainfall/ drainage datasets
Field Visits:
Each sub-project sites will be visited by the expert/s filling the screening form together with representatives
from the design team to assess the existing environment (physical, biological and socio economic
environment) and gather information with regard to the proposed sites and scale of the proposed sub projects
and any prevalent issues. During these visits rapid reconnaissance surveys will be conducted in order to
record the faunal, floral diversity, where necessary, to verify and support information gathered through the
literature survey.
Focus Group Discussions/ Meetings:
Focus group discussions will be carried out with other stakeholder agencies, local authorities and
community to discuss pertinent issues. In addition, the community/visitors will be consulted to record their
views and opinions about the proposed site-specific investment.
Data Analysis and Interpretation
Data collected from field visits and stakeholder discussions will be analyzed by the expert and discussed
with the technical team of the project proponent for feedback.
Impact identification
This will be carried out by the safeguards expert through discussion with the technical team.
Filling screening reports
The screening report will be filled with details on the proposed project intervention, physical/ecological
baseline conditions of the site, assessment of potential impacts, feedback from community/public/visitor
consultations and recommendations for the type of environmental assessment required. If the findings
confirm that anticipated impacts are not significant enough for a stand-alone EA and that an EMP would
suffice to mitigate the likely impacts, the screening exercise would be completed with the preparation of a
site-specific EMP.
If the likely impacts are significant and would require greater environmental analysis, the screening report
would recommend the appropriate assessment type for the implementation agency to carry out before
designs are finalized. A description of the commonly used environmental management tools are given
below with guidance on preparation based on the nature of solid waste management subprojects that the
project will finance.
Annex 6 provides guidelines for EMP preparation and the Sectoral EHS Guidelines presented in Annex
21 should be used in identifying impacts due to Solid Waste Management activities. In addition, further
reference can also be made to Annex-3 to
55
5.2 Environmental Safeguard Assessments, Management and Monitoring
Instruments
5.2.1 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)/Initial Environmental
Examinations (IEE)
EIA and IEEs are effective tools for evaluating the environmental risks and opportunities of project
proposals and improving the quality of outcomes. Ideally the EIA/IEE should be carried out at the end of
the preliminary design phase so that the impacts of each planned activity can be evaluated and alternatives
can be worked out for activities that have major impacts. The outcomes of the EIA/IEE should then be used
to finalize the project design which should ensure that the impacts of the given project are minimal. The
importance of this management tool as means of foreseeing potential environmental impacts caused by
proposed projects and its use in making projects more suitable to the environment has been highly effective.
Since its introduction in 1969 in the US, many countries and international organizations have accepted EIA
as an important planning and environmental management tool.
If a specific subproject requires environmental assessment the first step will be to provide CEA the
preliminary information on the proposed project, in order for the process to be initiated (See Annex 3-4 for
the description of major steps of the environmental assessment process with responsibilities and time
frames). The best time for a project proponent to submit the preliminary information on the proposed project
is as soon as the project concept is finalized and the location of the project is decided. As per the NEA
prescribed list of projects that warrant EIA the construction of any solid waste disposal facility having a
capacity exceeding 100 tons per day, warrant an Environmental Impact Assessment that will require CEA
clearance.
Once the environmental screening is conducted for the subproject the following steps need to be taken.
• For sub-projects that require EIA\ IEE as per NEA the Terms of Reference issues by the CEA will
be reviewed by the IDA Task Team and World Bank safeguards requirements as per the EMF will
be included in the same TOR to align the processes and ensure there is no replication of instruments.
• For projects that do not require EIA\IEE as per NEA, but warrant Environmental Assessment as
per World Bank Policy OP4.0, the PMU Safeguards team in collaboration will produce a Terms of
Reference which will be reviewed and cleared by the ISA Task team prior to commencement of
the study.
5.2.2 Site Contamination Audits
The main purpose of the Site Contamination Audit (SCA) is to identify actual and potential site
contamination as well as proliferation of contaminants across the area of the contaminated site.
Contaminated land, such as solid waste open dump sites and poorly managed solid waste managing
facilities, emit hazardous substances such as heavy metals to soil, toxic leachate, noxious and volatile
landfill gas and a host of other contaminants which in turn pose conditions that are hazardous to public
health and for the environment and need to be managed with proper remedial actions and environmental
management tools. A site contamination audit ensures such sites are evaluated on the pollution linkage and
facilitates in establishing the level of risk posed to public health and the environment and the key actions
required to manage and/or mitigate the risk. SCAs should be conducted rapidly, with the testing of specific
parameters, to finalize and reconnect findings in to the planning process and facilitate remedial actions to
be undertaken at a fast pace to curtail contamination on site and proliferation of contaminates.
56
The SCA process will include a site inspection and discussions with the personnel managing the waste
management facility and residents who are informed about the site and its history and conditions. The site
inspection will examine vegetation stress, key ecological receptors, leachate breakout and signs of
contamination discharge. Surrounding land uses will also be considered. Drinking water sources and wells
must be noted using published well records correlated to site observations. Proximity of the site to surface
water bodies or sensitive habitats (e.g., wetlands) should also be identified.
An SCA does the following:
i. Determines the nature and extent of any site contamination present or remaining on or
below the surface of the site or any form of propagation off site;
ii. Facilitates in the identification of what remediation is or remains necessary for a specified
use or range of uses.
The respective audit should review any previous assessments for contamination if available and all
documentation relevant to the site in question. This will include, but need not be limited to the following
and will require both visual observations as well as laboratory testing:
a) the basis for the identification of the site as potentially contaminated, including site history, land
use, planning, zoning and development information
b) licenses and/or trade waste agreements from environmental, waste management, waste water
management agencies, or dangerous goods regulatory and management agencies
c) the condition of the adjacent land and activities conducted there, to the extent that it may act as a
source of contamination at the site (including where a site has been subdivided for audit purposes)
d) relevant correspondence
e) geology/hydrogeology of the area
f) quality of soil, water resources, including groundwater and storm water runoff
g) chemical and physical characteristics of the soil, groundwater and other elements
h) any characterization of contamination, including the nature and mobility of contaminants, their
depth and spatial distribution.
Post the assessment of the degree of contamination on site a corresponding remediation criteria must be
determined for the site; a qualified team with the qualifications presented below, who will be hired by the
PMU, must conduct the SCA prepare a Remedial Action Plan for the respective site detailing the
methodology for achieving these criteria as well as the proposed remedial action. The reports are to be then
prepared and submitted to the world bank for review and clearance
Qualifications of the Consultant Team
The Consultants should have experience, and a track record of preparing site contamination audits,
environmental quality assessments, environmental audits and/or environmental assessments. Specific work
experience in solid waste management will be a key advantage.
The consulting team should consist of the following specialists at minimum:
▪ Environmental Engineer with over 10 years of experience in environmental quality assessment,
environmental testing and management.
▪ Hydrogeologist experienced in hydrogeological field survey and modelling of contaminant release
from industrial activities.
57
▪ Ecologist experienced in environmental impact assessment, floral and faunal surveys and
identification
▪ Field technicians with training in soil and water sampling techniques according to environmental
standards.
Relevant subprojects that will require an SCA based on preliminary assessment of the potential
interventions are presented in Section 5.3.2, as identified during preparation environmental screening by
the World Bank, in addition for all new subprojects the environmental screening process will identify the
need for SCA. Annex 5 presents a Guidelines for Conducting Site Contamination Audits (SCAs), outlining
the minimum expected requirements in terms of what SCAs should encompass as well as minimum
requirements for assessment of different media of contaminates. These guidelines are to be used in the
development of site specific Terms of References (TORs) for SCAs, which are to be undertaken by
independent parties. Annex 26, presents an example TOR.
5.2.3 Environmental Management Plans (EMPs)
Certain activities will have explicit impacts on the natural environment and thus require a specific plan to
institute and monitor mitigation measures and take desired actions as timely as possible. An Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) must be kept as simple as possible, clearly describing adverse impacts and
mitigation actions that are easy to implement. The scale of the subproject will determine the length of the
EMP. A small-scale subproject’s EMP can be elaborated in a few paragraphs or in tabular format, keeping
it as simple as possible with concrete mitigation actions, timelines and responsible persons.
The basic elements of an EMP are;
a. A description of all possible significant adverse impacts that are likely to arise due to the project
that the EMP is intending to deal with;
b. A description of planned mitigation measures, and how and when they will be implemented;
c. A program for monitoring with measurable indicators that will allow to determine the effectiveness
of the mitigation actions
d. A description of who will be responsible for implementing the EMP
e. A cost estimate and source of funds
(Refer Annex 6 for guidelines for developing EMPs)
It is essential to involve local communities during the development of the EMP since they are likely to be
the most affected parties due to the proposed development. Further, most of the local knowledge is
important in identifying, designing and planning the implementation. In addition, the success of the
implementation of the EMP will depend on community support and action.
The PAA will request the project proponent to prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP), to
address any potential environmental and social issues as well as incorporate the PAA/CEA’s approval
conditions. Ideally, all EIAs and IEEs which identifies adverse environmental impacts should prepare an
EMP as part of the report.
In World Bank, funded projects, a standalone EMP is only considered appropriate in situations where a
detailed environmental analysis is not required.
As per the nature of the physical interventions identified, it will be Mandatory that all proposals/ physical
interventions implemented will require an EMP to mitigate sub-project specific impacts identified during
58
the screening exercise. EMPs are to be prepared at the stage of project design and included in bidding
documents, to be costed for accordingly, and will be part and parcel of contract documents. Activities
outlines in the EMPs will be implemented by the respective contractors implementing the subproject and
monitored accordingly by the project implementing agency during the construction phase.
In addition, EMPs will require to have specific impacts identified with regard to operational impacts that
may occur during the operation of solid waste management
A set of Generic EMPs and guidelines to facilitate sound EMP preparation during the project
implementation stage are presented in Annex 8 through Annex 16. These include Generic EMPs for
environmental closure of large dump sites, the construction and operation of composting facilities and
construction and operation of ancillary facilities and buildings. In addition, the following Annexes provide
guidance on identifying potential impacts and mitigation measures as well as outline requisite standards
to be maintained in terms of environmental management during the construction and management of SWM
facilities.
• Annex 9: Generic EMP for Construction and Operation of Composting/Organic Waste Processing
Facilities
• Annex 10: Generic Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Construction of Ancillary
Facilities as New Infrastructure and/or Rehabilitation of Existing Infrastructure.
• Annex 11: Guidance Note on Selecting Mitigation Measures to be Included in the Environmental
Management Plan for Construction Projects in Sri Lanka
• Annex 12: Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Burrow Pits
• Annex 13: Environmental Guidelines for Decommissioning and Demolition of Existing Buildings
• Annex 14: Guidelines for Health and Safety of Workers, Communities and Visitors
• Annex 15: Chance find procedure for Physical Cultural Resources
• Annex-16: Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines
5.2.4 Compliance Monitoring and Reporting
Supervision of final EMPs for subprojects, along with other aspects of the project, will cover monitoring,
evaluative review and reporting in order to achieve, among others, the following objectives:
• Determine whether the project is being carried out in conformity with environmental safeguards and
legal agreements
• Identify issues as they arise during implementation and recommend means to resolve in time
Recommend changes to the proposed concept and the project design, as appropriate, as the project evolves
or circumstances change; and identify the key risks to project sustainability and recommend appropriate
risk management strategies. An appropriate environmental supervision plan will be developed aiming to
ensure the successful implementation of the EMP across the project and will be shared with the World Bank.
The environmental specialist and the environmental safeguards team based in the PMU will be responsible
for overall monitoring of the EMPs up to the project closure and transfer for management to the designated
authority.
It is expected that the sub-project will be implemented via a “design and build” contract. In addition, there
will be a supervision consultancy firm appointed for overall supervision of the closure activities on ground.
The recruitment of an environment safeguard expert, with the stipulated minimum qualifications
requirements outlined in the Addendum document, will be a requirement under the contract of the
59
supervision consultant. The supervision consultants will be responsible for all aspects of the project
including environment and safeguard compliance and reporting to the PMU, while the overarching
monitoring responsibility and reporting to the World Bank will remain with the PMU.
The PMU Environment-safeguards team will confirm the performance of the supervision consultants by
regularly visiting the project site during the implementation stage and providing guidance on corrective
measures on any lapses as required.
Compliance monitoring comprises of on-site inspection of the construction activities to verify that measures
identified in the EMP are included in the clauses for contractors are being implemented. This type of
monitoring is similar to the normal technical supervision tasks ensuring that the Contractor is achieving the
required standards and quality of work. Photographic documentation of non-compliance as well as best
practices will be used as a means of recording implementation conditions efficiently, in addition to written
evidence
A standard Environmental and Social Compliance Monitoring Checklist for Project Activities is presented
in Annex 18. In addition, the Special Monitoring Checklist for Ensuring Safe Conditions for Workers and
Public, presented in Annex 17 should be attached to the main monitoring update presented in Annex 18. For
all project EMPs in implementation Annex 18 and Annex 17 must be combined and maintained through
intervention commencement in the field to implementation completion. Operational compliance with the
operational segment of the EMP should be monitored in accordance with procedures outlined in section 5.2.5.
Regular World Bank missions will include specialists to monitor the project’s compliance with World Bank
safeguard policies. The progress of environmental monitoring will be formally communicated to World
Bank through regular progress reports and updates as per the compliance monitoring agreement made during
project implementation.
Compliance monitoring reports should be submitted to the World Bank on a quarterly basis from the
commencement of the contract.
5.2.5 Environmental Monitoring During Construction and Operation of
SWM Facilities
Monitoring is the continuous and systematic collection of data in order to assess whether the environmental
objectives of the project have been achieved. Good practice demands that procedures for monitoring the
environmental performance of proposed projects are incorporated in all relevant environmental
management instruments. Monitoring provides information on the occurrence of impacts. It helps identify
how well mitigation measures are working, and where better mitigation may be needed. Each respective
safeguard instrument prepared will require a monitoring program to be included for the respective activities.
The monitoring plan should identify what information will be collected, how, where and how often. It
should also indicate at what level of effect there will be a need for further mitigation. How environmental
impacts are monitored is discussed below.
• Responsibilities in terms of the people, groups, or organizations that will carry out the
monitoring activities be defined, as well as to whom they report amongst others. In some
instances, there may be a need to train people to carry out these responsibilities, and to provide them with equipment and supplies;
• Implementation Schedule, covers the timing, frequency and duration of monitoring are specified in an implementation schedule, and linked to the overall sub project schedule;
• Cost Estimates and Source of resources for monitoring need to be specified in the monitoring plan;
60
• Monitoring methods need to be as simple as possible, consistent with collecting useful
information, so that the sub project implementer can apply them.
• The data collected during monitoring is analyzed with the aim of:
• Assessing any changes in baseline conditions;
• Assessing whether recommended mitigation measures have been successfully implemented;
• Determining reasons for unsuccessful mitigation;
• Developing and recommending alternative mitigation measures or plans to replace
unsatisfactory ones; and
• Identifying and explaining trends in environment improvement or degradation.
A set of Monitoring Requisite for the construction phase of subprojects are provided in detail in the
following Annexe 19
5.2.6 Requirements for Operational Monitoring of SWM Facilities,
Sanitary Landfills and Post Closure Environmental Monitoring of
Closed Open Dumpsite and Closed Sanitary Landfill Facilities
Monitoring of environmental conditions during operation of SWM facilities, sanitary landfill facilities,
sequential stabilization of closed dumpsites and closed sanitary landfill sites should be carried out
continuously and will be a key factor in ensuring the that the site is fully environmentally sound in its
operation.
The best practices and requisite media and parameters presented in Annex 20 and 21, for closed open
dumps and sanitary landfills respectively, are to be included in the operational EMPs and monitoring plans
to be developed for implementation, by the Safeguards specialists of the IA/PMU and handed to the
designated authority that will manage the site post the closure works are completed.
Guidance on requisite environmental standards to be maintained during operation of SWM facilities are
presented in the WBG EHS Guidelines (Annex 16). These monitoring requirements must be incorporate
in to monitoring plans developed for solid waste operations and facility operations during project
implementation.
It is essential to ensure that the results of monitoring as per the guidance provided in this section, as well
as records on the operation and maintenance will be maintained and shared with the IDA on request during
the operational phase. This will be the responsibility of the designated authority. The PMU will formally
communicate the relevant information of focal points for environmental monitoring and operational
management of the site, to the Bank, from the designated authority that will manage the environmentally
closed dump site at the operational phase.
5.2.7 Precautionary Procedure for Management of Chance Found
Physical Cultural Resources
If any person discovers a physical cultural resource, such as (but not limited to) archeological sites,
historical sites, remains and objects, or a cemetery and/or individual graves during excavation or
construction, the Contractor shall:
1. Stop the construction activities in the area of the chance find;
2. Delineate the discovered site or area;
61
3. Secure the site to prevent any damage or loss of removable objects. In cases of removable
antiquities or sensitive remains, a night guard shall be arranged until the responsible authorities
take over;
4. Notify the Supervising Officer who in turn will notify the responsible authorities immediately
(within 24 hours or less);
5. Responsible authorities are in charge of protecting and preserving the site before deciding on
subsequent appropriate procedures. This would require a preliminary evaluation of the findings to
be performed by archeologists. The significance and importance of the findings should be assessed
according to the various criteria relevant to cultural heritage; those include the aesthetic, historic,
scientific or research, social and economic values used by the GoSL;
6. Decisions on how to handle the finding shall be taken by the responsible authorities. This could
include changes in the layout (such as when finding an irremovable remain of cultural or
archeological importance) conservation, preservation, restoration and salvage;
7. Implementation for the authority decision concerning the management of the finding shall be
communicated in writing by relevant local authorities; and
8. Construction works could resume only after permission is granted from the responsible local
authorities concerning safeguard of the physical cultural resource.
9. The Supervising Officer must have capacity to manage the processes in the plan. At a minimum,
expert opinion should be sought from government agencies or specialist consultants for the
following:
Further elaboration of required steps for the management of any chance for physical cultural resources
or property or artifacts of cultural/archeological significance are presented in Annex 15.
5.2.8 Project Level Environment Audit
Most of the development projects in Sri Lanka follow EMFs and develop EMP’s that need to be
implemented ardently at the end which will render the entire process either a success and futile. Therefore,
monitoring of the project during the construction and implementation phase is a must to ensure
environmental compliance of a project. This could be achieved through regular environmental audits which
will look at the experience of incorporating environmental safeguards to the solid waste management sector
and the level of impact it has had on ensuring the sound environmental management of solid waste
operations, specifically.
The purpose of the environmental audit is to
• Collect, analyze and interpret monitoring results to detect changes related to implementation and
operation of specific activities
• To verify the monitoring parameters are in compliance with national set standards
• To compare the predicted impacts with actual impacts and evaluate the accuracy of predictions
• To evaluate the effectiveness of implementation of the EMPs
• To identify shortcomings in the EMPs if any and incorporate it into the EMPs if deemed
necessary
• To identify and report if there is non-compliance with the EMPs
The auditors must first develop a structured questionnaire based on the EMPs for the purpose of conducting
the audit. Then during the site visit data can be collected using this questionnaire through interview surveys
of officers responsible for implementation of the EMPs and site records, logs etc., The audits can be carried
out at regular intervals or on ad hoc basis or when mitigation is not carried out as defined by the EMP
leading to public concern.
62
Expected outcomes of the Environment Audits are
• Ensure that EMPs are implemented properly
• Ensure that the mitigation measures are effectively minimizing the identified impacts as well as
identify new impacts that may have been excluded in the EMPs that require mitigation. Then
make necessary adaptive changes to the EMPs to ensure that the all significant impacts are
effectively mitigated.
• Identify noncompliance with EMPs if any and provide recommendations as to how to deal with
such non-compliance to further strengthen the success of project activities.
An environmental audit for ESWMP will be conducted, twice during the project implementation period.
Once prior to the project Mid Term Review and a year from the project stipulated closing date. The audit
will entail to cover all activities outlined in the EMF. review a sample of (i) the screening forms prepared
by each project implementing agency (ii) standalone environmental assessments/management plans (iii)
application of the NEA and its clearance procedures followed by the project, as the case be, and based on
site visits ensure conformity with conditions, guidelines and comments stipulated in these and other related
documents. The audit will not only capture the compliance status of a detailed Terms of Reference (TOR)
for the Environmental Audit is presented in Annex 23.
5.2.9 Information Disclosure
Disclosure of relevant project information will help affected communities understand the risks, impacts and
opportunities of the Project. The implementing agency will publicly disclose the EMF and all
Environmental Assessment documentation, including EAs, REAs and EMPs, for public review and
comments in appropriate locations in the Project area. These include the project websites, social media,
project offices and local authority offices to ensure all layers of the community have due access. Executive
summaries of all EAs and REAs are to be translated to the local languages of Sinhala and Tamil.
All documentation will also be made available on the implementing agencies web site both in English and
in local languages. Newspaper and other media outlets will alert the community to the availability of the
documentation, an example of a public announcement on EA disclosure is presented in Annex 25. The
website will also enable the community opportunity to provide comment electronically.
All safeguards Documentation will also be made available in the World Bank Info shop and Sri Lanka
World Bank external website.
5.2.10 Grievance Redressal Mechanism
The implementing agencies, both the PMU and IAs, will establish a grievance mechanism to receive and
facilitate resolution of the affected communities’ concerns and about the implementing agency’s
environmental and social performance during project implementation.
The EMP and its management program will establish a mechanism to address concerns raised promptly
that is readily accessible to all segments of the affected communities, at no cost and without retribution.
5.2.11 Consultation Plan
63
The MoMPWD has undertaken several consultations during project preparation on the overall planned
interventions to be financed by the project. Instrument wise consultations need to be taken around each
project site and as well as consultations on the EMF. These should be duly documented in the respective
outputs of the consultancies. In addition, PMU and IAs will conduct continuous consultations with
stakeholders and report as part of safeguards monitoring. In this line at project implementation a detailed
consultation plan will be prepared and endorsed by the IDA task team. The plan will outline dates of
consultations, locations and other information as relevant to the subprojects and the consultation notes will
be documented and shared with IDA. Consultations programs should first provide information in the form
of briefs and relevant documents to the group being consulted at minimum at least 2 weeks prior to the date
of consultation. The feedback and concerns raised on environmental safeguards issues, during consultations
are to be thoroughly evaluated and any issues and concerns, once verified and where practically possible
in the context of the project, should be mitigated via the relevant environmental safeguards instrument.
5.2.12 Diagrammatic representation of Sequencing Environmental
Management Steps
The steps highlighted in the predesign sections need to follow the following sequence
5.3 Sequence and Action Plan of Safeguards instruments for subprojects to be financed under
the project.
5.3.1 Timeframe for planning and carrying out safeguards assessment
Timely planning and execution of environmental screening and follow up assessments/plans for sub-project
investments would be crucial in achieving the overall project implementation and completion targets. Any
delay in obtaining relevant environmental approvals/clearances would hold back commencement of sub-
project activities thus causing project implementation to be delayed. Such delays can be costly in terms of
project time as well as resources. Hence, it is extremely important that the PMU initiates sub-project specific
screening and follow up assessments as soon as the concept designs become ready. All environmental
assessments/plans should be completed by the time of tendering and the EMPs should be a part of the
bidding document so that the contractor is made duly aware of his commitments towards environmental
safeguards management under each sub-project.
As a guide, the following table provides typical timelines for completing the safeguards cycle for different
types of safeguard instruments. This timeline is intended to guide the PMU in planning screening and
64
safeguards assessment ahead and to determine a realistic timeframe to commence the tender process for the
sub-project investments. Please note the table below does not include time taken for procurement of
consultancy services to conduct the EAs.
The PMU will prepare and share a project specific timeline with IDA during project implementation.
Stages in the process EAs SCAss EMPs Remarks
Environmental
Screening
1 week 1 week 1 week The need for follow on assessments
will be determined by the screening
outcome
Scoping and setting of
TOR when applicable
2 weeks 1 week 1 week
Report preparation 4
months
1
months
1
month
Length of time will be determined by
the complexity of issues involved.
What is considered here is an average
based on the type of projects.
Report appraisal 2 weeks 1 week 1 week
Public consultation 1 month 1 month 1 month
Report Finalization 2weeks 2 weeks 1 week
Clearance Clearance will be provided within a week after review comments and
public concerns have been adequately addressed in the report.
Other GoSL Clearences
where applicable
3 - 4 weeks
Tentative time for EA
cycle
(min – max)
8
months
3-4
months
3–4
months
Scenario 2: Sub-projects which trigger both OP 4.01 and EIA under national regulations.
NOTE: This will be most relevant to instruments that require EIA/IEE as per the NEA.
Provision of preliminary
project information
1 week - -
Scoping & determine
EMP and TOR
preparation
1 month
- - WB will review TOR and provide
consent/comment
IEE/EIA report
preparation
NS* - -
One report to satisfy both local and WB
requirements
Checking adequacy of
IEE/EIA report
NS - - WB will review and submit comments
Provision of additional
information if required
NS* - -
Public consultation 1 month
- -
WB safeguard policies will require a
period of 120 days public commenting
period
Forwarding Comments
to the PP
1 week - -
Responding to public
comments
NS* - -
Decision 1 month
- - WB clearance will be provided con-
currently Concurrence on the
decision
65
Appeal against rejection
(If rejected)
Final Decision
Tentative time for EA
cycle
12–15
months
approx.
5.3.2 Project Components, Environmental Safeguards Requirements and
Timeline for Planning and Preparation
Component
Po
ten
tial
Ris
k
Environmental Safeguards
Instrument
Delivery Timeline Responsible
Institutions
COMPONENT 1
1.1. Safe closure of
Meethotamulla dumpsite
High Environmental Management Plan
and Punitive Clauses in contractual
agreement.
A site contamination audit and
drone based mapping and analysis
of the Meethotamulla dump was
conducted by the MoMPWD post
the dumpsite failure.
Completed- to be
reupdated with final
designed and cleared by
RSA-Prior to
Procurement Documents
being updated.
Led by the PMU-in
collaboration with
the UDA
1.2 Waste diversion:
composting facilities and
temporary controlled
landfill at the
Kerawalapitiya Waste Park
(including mobile leachate
treatment, safe closure of
the controlled landfill when
Aruwakkalu is operational)
High Site Contamination Audit, EMP
and Punitive Clauses in contractual
agreement. - Will be applicable to
adjacent Compositing facility also.
Composting and landfill operations
will be aligned with World Bank
Group EHS Guidelines.
SCA has commence rapid
audit and EMP
preparation as per
conceptual designs
available. SCA and EMP
to be completed by 30
March 2018
Led by the PMU-
MMPWD
in collaboration with
PMU-MPCLG and
SLRDCC
1.3 Rehabilitation of
Karadiyana controlled
dumpsite
High Site Contamination Audit (SCA),
EMP Punitive Clauses in
contractual agreement.
To be completed during
implementation at
conceptual design stage.
Led by the PMU-
MMPWD
in collaboration with
the WMA
1.4 Improvement of
operations at Dompe
sanitary landfill
Modera
te
Environmental Assessment (EA),
EMP Punitive Clauses in
contractual agreement.
To be completed during
implementation at
conceptual design stage.
Led by the PMU-
MMPWD
in collaboration with
the CEA
66
1.5 Sanitary Landfill at
Aruwakkalu, including two
transfer stations and rail
spurs
High A joint EIA for the whole system
(Landfill site, transportation
corridor via rail and two transfer
stations) has been completed, for
which the Bank has provided
comments to improve the
document to meet World Bank
policy requirements and EHS
standards for transfer station,
transfer, and sanitary landfill
operations.
An EMP and punitive clauses to
the contracts to be included in the
EIA for implementation once the
EIA is updated to reflect World
Bank comments and cleared by the
RSA.
EIA completed, EMP to
be completed by 28
February 2018, to be
cleared by RSA and
disclosed prior to March
10th.
PMU-MMPWD in
collaboration with
CMC
1.6 Railway rolling stock
and haulage equipment for
the waste transfer system to
Aruwakkalu
Substan
tial
Operational Environmental
Management Plan for waste
transfer- to outline waste handling
and transfer procedures as SWM
Sectoral WBG EHS Guidelines.
Covered under those for
component 2.2
To be completed as part
of Aruwakkalu EMP-
Please sea 2.2 below.
Led by the PMU-
MMPWD
in collaboration with
the CMC,SLR, EMP
be implemented by
CMC
1.7: Vehicles and Haulage
Equipment for CMC for
Transport Waste by Road
to Aruwakkalu until Rail
Connectivity Is Operational
1.8 Construction
supervision consultant
(GoSL)
Not
Applica
ble
Construction supervision will also
include supervision of the EMP
and social impact mitigation plans
prepared as per the safeguards
requisites under sub component 1.5
Overall supervision
by PMU MMPWD
COMPONENT 2
2.1 Waste Collection,
Sorting, Transport, and
Processing for CMC and
other LAs
Modera
te
Operation of the waste collection
and transportation will have to
meet World Bank Group (WBG)
General and SWM Sectoral
Environmental Health and Safety
Guidelines.
Post a systemic Audit of the system
operational EMP for the waste
management system should be
prepared as per WBG Sectoral
EHS guidelines and used in the
operational system - It should be
used as part of the Operational
Manuel for waste management.
TOR to be finalized prior
to March 2018, when
scoped is finalized.
TORs for selected local
authorities to be finalized
once they are finalized.
Led by PMU-
MMPWD
in collaboration with
the PMU-MPCLG
and selected local
authorities including
CMC.
2.2. Waste collection
vehicles and processing
facilities in nine SWM
clusters in the Provinces
and other LAs
2.3.Closure of the
Bloemendhal dumpsite
High Site Contamination Audit- EMP
and Punitive Clauses in contractual
agreement.
To be completed during
implementation at
conceptual design stage.
Led by the PMU-
MMPWD
in collaboration
UDA
2.4. Development of an
urban park at
Meethotamulla
Modera
te
Environmental Assessment (EA),
EMP Punitive Clauses in
contractual agreement.
To be completed during
implementation at
conceptual design stage.
Led by the PMU-
MMPWD
in collaboration
UDA
COMPONENT 3
3.1. SWM Sector review,
consultations, and system
Low No Specific Safeguards
Assessments
ToR for the preparation
of the review to include
Led by PMU-
MPCLG
67
reform road map identification and
management of social and
environmental issues and
appropriate mitigatory
mechanisms.
Timeline- TOR to be
reviewed once the scope
of the action plan is
finalized.
3.2. Support to solid waste
management institutions
Low No Specific Safeguards
Assessments Provision for
environment and social
development capacity/expertise,
including ToR
Led by PMU-
MPCLG
3.3Facilities and capacity
building in Local
Authorities on SWM
High One facilities are identified,
environmental screening and
subsequent assessments will be
undertaken as per conceptual
designs.
The project technical capacity
building plan will also include
environmental and social impact
mitigation plan during operation of
the SWM stream and facilities
established under the project as the
NWMA will be mandated to cover
SWM nationwide when
established.
Led by PMU-
MPCLG
3.4 Support for GoSL to
engage private sector and
job creation initiatives in
SWM
Low No Specific Safeguards
Assessments
Not Applicable Not Applicable
3.5 Audit of existing dump
sites nationwide, and
development of guidelines
for SWM
Low No Specific Safeguards
Assessments- Study TOR will
include assessment of
environmental parameters.
TOR to be reviewed
when scope of study is
finalized- during
implementation.
Led by the PMU-
MMPWD in
collaboration with
the PMU-MPCLG
COMPONENT 4
4.1. Public awareness and
citizen engagement
programs
Low No Specific Safeguards
Assessments
Not Applicable
4.2. Consultant support for
project design,
implementation and
capacity building
Low No Specific Safeguards Instruments
Not Applicable
4.3. Implementation
support for PMU and PIA,
including incremental
operation costs.
Monitoring be conducted as
outlined in project EMF and AP,
RPF, SMF and standalone sub-
project specific EAs, EMPs,
SIMPs, RAPs.
During project
implementation- With
compliance monitoring
reports being submitted to
the bank
PMU and All IAs
COMPONENT 5
Contingent Emergency
Response (CER)
The Operations Manuel for the
CER will include procedural
requirements for both
environmental and social
safeguards management during the
event of an emergency response.
PMU MMPWD and
MPCLG
* The list of project components above has been extracted from the Project Appraisal Document as of the
68
18th January 2018.
The table above is to be updated on a quarterly basis throughout the implementation of the project and is
not final as presented in the document.
5.4 Clearance Procedures with IDA
All safeguards instruments listed below will be subject to IDA prior review and clearance by the IDA
safeguards specialist. Only cleared safeguards instruments can be included in bidding documents and other
procurement instruments. No work can commence on project sites without due clearance of the respective
safeguards instrument as outlined in Table presented in Section 5.3.2.
• All TORs for SCASs and EAs
• All SCASs, EAs, and EMPs
5.5 Safeguards Training
The Environmental and Social Coordinator will be trained by the Environmental Specialist and Social
Specialist of the IDA project team on the EMF implementation, safeguards and procedural requirements of
IDA
Training will be provided for the Implementing Agencies on how to monitor and report on environmental
and social safeguards requirements by the E&S Coordinator. They will be also provided training on the use
of Grievance Redressal mechanism, consultations. The generic scope required for such trainings are
presented in the Session Plan presented in Annex 24
All contractors are expected to disseminate and create awareness within the workforce EMP compliance,
and any staff training necessary for their effective implementation. Where contractors do not have existing
environmental staff, E&S Coordinator and IAs will plan for adequate capacity building within the
workforce to be involved.
Training on safeguards regarding operation of waste management systems and facilities and associated
safeguards will be provided to the designated authority officials who will in due course manage the
operation and are inbuilt in to the project modality.
Requisite Training Programs and Estimated Number During Course of Project
Training Program Target Audience
Minimum Number to be
conducted over project
period EMF and Safeguards Implementation
Training: to cover world bank environmental
safeguards, management and monitoring
during project implementation- (including
refresher)
PMU Staff
IA Staff
Field Agency Staff.
10 programs
Training programs on operational
environmental safeguards implementation,
monitoring for
Staff of SWM Facility
operating entities, including
the CMC, WMA,
SLRDCC, CEA, LA Staff
etc.
6 programs
69
Certificate Best Practice training on
Environmental Management within SWM
Operations- conducted by sectoral experts.
Key staff of agencies involved
in SWM in the project area.
2 programs
70
6 Chapter 6: Institutional Arrangements for Implementation of the Project
6.1 Overall Project Institutional Arrangements
Project implementation will entail the creation of project management unit (PMU) at the WMD within the
MEE. The institutional responsibilities and arrangements for project implementation would be established
for the participating implementation agencies, as follows:
Project Management Unit
• The PMU’s main role will be to ensure operational compliance as per the World Bank polices as
defined in the Project Appraisal Document, Financing Agreement and Operations Manual and
Government policies as applicable.
• The PMU will be led by a Project Director and will include a team of specialized staff responsible
for project management, financial management, procurement, environmental safeguards, social
safeguards, monitoring and evaluation, civil works design review and contract management, as well
as support staff such a secretary, fiduciary support staff and a driver.
• The PMU will also recruit specialized consultants necessary for specific technical assistance for
overall implementation of activities.
• The PMU will liaise closely and also ensure overall coordination of all Project entities to ensure
necessary data and information are shared and collated for reporting to Project Board and the World
Bank. (Ref Appraisal stage PAD, 2017)
Project Specific Implementation Issues
Steering Committee. A Steering Committee chaired by the Secretary, MMWD, will be established within
two months of the effectiveness of the project. The Steering Committee will include representatives from
the MMWD, MPCLG, and the PIAs. It will provide overall guidance to the project and address key issues
faced during project implementation, including institutional coordination.
Project Management Unit. A full PMU will be established within two months of the effectiveness of the
project in the MMWD and joined by the MPCLG. The PMU will be headed by a project director and will
comprise two Additional Project Directors, one from the MMWD and the other from the MLGPC. A
representative from each PIA will also be a member of the PMU. The PMU will provide oversight and
coordination across all implementing agencies and ensure overall quality and timeliness of investments. It
will be responsible for project management, FM and loan disbursements, coordinate with PIAs on
safeguards implementation and compliance, semiannual progress reporting submission to the World Bank,
project monitoring and evaluation, and preparation of the Implementation Completion and Results Report.
The PMU will conduct quarterly technical and financial audits of implementation and expenditures of the
PIAs, through independent consultants. The PMU will have specialist staff and consultants with expertise
in engineering design of solid waste facilities, procurement, and social and environmental safeguard
compliance monitoring. The PMU will also be responsible for implementing the Aruwakkalu landfill
project and the MPCLG component, and carry out procurement for the SLR, CEA and the WMA.
Ministry of Provincial Councils and Local Government. The MPCLG, one of the core members of the
PMU, will implement the subcomponents under the MPCLG, which will be the responsibility of the
Additional Project Director (MPCLG) in the PMU. The PMU will set up a Sri Lanka rupee working account
for the MPCLG, which will include all project funds for its subcomponents. The MPCLG will be
responsible for design, bid documents, contract award and signature, supervision, FM, safeguards
implementation and compliance monitoring, reporting on physical and financial progress, and providing
necessary inputs/data for progress reporting, and preparation of the Implementation Completion and Results
71
Report.
Project Implementation Agencies. There are six PIAs under the project:
• Central Environmental Authority. The CEA will be responsible for preparation of
specifications and bid document for equipment for the Dompe landfill, but procurement will
be carried out by the PMU.
• Colombo Municipal Council. The CMC will be responsible for preparation and
implementation of designs and bid documents, procurement and supervision for household
waste bins, vehicles and equipment for waste collection, segregation, and improvement of
sorting facilities for materials recovery.
• Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation. The SLLRDC is responsible
for design and procurement of contractors for the construction of the temporary landfill and
compost plant equipment and dump trucks and for operations at the KWP.
• Sri Lanka Railways. The SLR will be responsible for preparation of specifications and bid
documents for railway rolling stock and waste haulage containers for the transport of waste
from Kelaniya to Aruwakkalu. Procurement will be carried out by the PMU.
• Urban Development Authority. The UDA will be responsible for the closure of the
Meethotamulla and Bloemendhal dumpsites and for the construction of the urban park at
Meethotamulla. The UDA will be responsible for preparation of designs, bid documents,
procurement, and construction supervision.
• Waste Management Authority (Western Province). The WMA will be responsible for the
rehabilitation and closure of the controlled dumpsite at Karadiyana. The WMA will prepare
designs and bid documents, but procurement will be done by the PMU.
The PIAs will be responsible for detailed design, specifications, and bid documents preparation. The CMC,
SLLRDC, and UDA will also award and sign contracts. The PIAs will also be responsible for construction
supervision, monitoring of physical and financial progress, maintaining project expenditure information,
implementation of social and environmental safeguard instruments, monitoring and supervision of
safeguards compliance, and progress reporting. They will provide inputs to the PMU for preparation of
progress reports, Result Framework Monitoring Reports, and the Implementation Completion and Results
Report.
Operation and Maintenance of SWM Facilities
A new company to be set up under MMWD (within twelve months of project effectiveness) will be the
asset owner of the landfill and the Kelaniya and Aruwakkalu transfer stations. GoSL will engage a private
operator or operators to operate the waste transfer and disposal facilities at Kelaniya and Aruwakkalu
under a form of contract acceptable to the Bank, before January 1, 2020.
72
Figure 6.1 Diagram of Institutional Implementation Unit
6.2 Institutional Arrangement for Implementation of the EAMF
The PMU to be established within the WMD will need to second/hire environmental specialists to focus on
the tasks and responsibilities outlined in the EMF in the role of an Environmental Specialist and Safeguards
Coordinator (ESSC).
The ESSC the PMU; He/She will report to the Project Director (PMU), under the Secretary (MoMPWD)
and will be responsible for the overall management of environmental safeguards of the project and the
implementation of the project specific safeguards instruments. The safeguards instruments include the EMF
and all subsequent EAs and EMPs prepared during project implementation. He/she will be in charge of the
overall management of safeguards that will be implemented by the implementing agencies and will partake
in the following responsibilities;
Provide overall policy and technical direction for safeguards management under the Project, as
defined by the project environmental and social safeguards instruments.
Co-ordinate closely with the Environmental a Officers in the IAs in planning and managing project
implementation as per the safeguards instruments; and provide necessary technical assistance to
facilitate the implementation, management and monitoring of environmental and social safeguards
Ensure environmental due diligence is carried out for each sub-project as soon as conceptual
technical design and scope have been defined, as outlined in the safeguards instruments.
73
Closely co-ordinate with the PMU and IA technical colleagues for timely preparation of
Environmental/Social Assessments/Management Plans for sub-projects, as necessary (depending
on screening outcome); co-ordinate with the IAs for hiring technical assistance, where necessary,
and for review and endorsement of these safeguard documents
Conduct environmental screening for subprojects in collaboration with the team.
Ensure consistency of safeguard documents with national environmental regulations and world
bank policy requirements as defined in this EMF; work with the PMU to obtain necessary
clearances from local environmental/archaeological regulatory authorities for sub-projects, where
applicable.
Prepare terms of references to undertake requisite safeguards assessments for complex activities
that will warrant EA as per the environmental screening conducted and obtain necessary clearances
from the World Bank and/or designated project approving agencies.
Manage the consultants hired to undertake the preparation of environmental safeguards
instruments, including environmental assessments, site contamination audits and other safeguards
assessments, where applicable, and provide coordination support with implementation agencies
and individuals
Review draft and final environmental safeguard instruments for quality and obtain necessary
clearances as per the safeguards instruments.
Ensure that applicable measures in the EMPs are included in the design, and conditions on
compliance with EMPs are included in the bidding documents.
Liaise closely with the procurement team of the PMU and IAs on the above.
Develop, organize and deliver environmental training programs and workshops for the
Implementing Agencies at the field level, contractors, field supervision staff and other
implementing agency officials as needed, on safeguard requirements and their management
Ensure compliance with EMPs during the construction period and maintain close co-ordination
with the technical teams of the IAs who will conduct monitoring.
Prepare additional technical guidelines, if necessary, to support the safeguards instruments in order
to strengthen the implementation of environmental and social safeguards
Ensure adequate public consultation during the preparation of safeguards instruments
Ensure public complaints relating to nuisance and inconvenience caused by sub-project
implementation are addressed with corrective action and adequately documented
Report to the Project Director, Secretary of MoMPWD and MoPCLG, and the World Bank on the
overall environmental and social performance of the project as part of PMU’s periodic progress
reporting.
Maintain close cooperation with IAs to monitor the O&M during the operation of the project;
Hold regular review meetings with the safeguards officers of the IAs and visit selected project sites
to monitor implementation of the safeguards instruments.
74
Prepare routine monitoring reports, in collaboration with the IAs as set forth in the safeguards
instruments.
Liaise closely, where technical guidance is required, with the Environmental Specialists of the
World Bank task team.
Promote community participation in the process of planning, management and monitoring of
environmental/social impacts of sub-projects; provide guidelines on community participation in
environmental/social monitoring to the IAs
Prepare terms of references for the systemic environmental audits for all project components and
obtain clearances.
Review and comment on audit reports, take necessary actions to address audit issues raised and
obtain comments from World Bank.
The ESSC will need to have the following academic qualifications and experience.
At minimum, a Master’s Degree in a field related to Solid Waste Management, Environmental
Management, Environmental Engineering or a related field
A Minimum of 8-10 years’ professional national experience in environmental management, with
a specific focus on Solid Waste Management, including extensive field experience, working with
various government and private sector agencies and community organizations, especially in the
field level.
The MoMPWD and MoLGWD has good capacity in terms of technical aspects as well as management and
implementation of safeguards drawing from both the experience of implementing two Category A
operations, namely the MCUDP and the Strategic Cities Development Project and a host of other Bank and
donor funded projects within the ministry.
The ESSC will have three environmental officers assigned to assist in coordination and requisite field
reviews etc. The PMU will require to hire these individuals who will share the role explained below, each
officer will conduct the following tasks.
Environmental Officers at PMU; Will have the following key roles and responsibilities to support the
ESSC and will report directly to the ESSC.
Work with ESSO in conducting environmental screening and field monitoring and will prepare the
environmental screening reports assigned.
Will conduct the necessary field work/ data collection for completion of environmental screening
reports during sub project preparation and monitoring reports during sub project implementation.
Will coordination with the project partner agencies to ensure timely delivery of safeguards
instruments and monitoring updates.
EOs will need to have the following academic qualifications and experience.
At minimum, a Master’s Degree in a field related to, Environmental Management, Natural
Resource Management or a related field.
75
A Minimum of 2 years’ professional national experience in environmental management, including
extensive field experience, working with various government and private sector agencies and
community organizations, especially in the field level. Experience working on Solid Waste
Management projects will be an added benefit.
Environmental Safeguards Focal Points at IAs; These focal points will be staff seconded by the relevant
IA to the project implementation Cells to be established. They will be responsible for ensuring activities
implemented by their respective IAs as per the EMF are well managed and report to the EHSC based in the
PMU. They will assist in providing data and the timely completion of environmental screening reports and
instruments and will collaborate with the PMU ESSO to ensure these assessments are completed in a timely
manner. The Implementing Agencies are responsible for managing procurement and implementation of
subprojects assigned to them while overall supervision will be conducted by the PMU. He/She will take
proactive efforts during monitoring/reporting on compliance of due diligence mechanisms set forth in the
EMF. As these officers, will be based in the IAs they will be required to conduct regular monitoring visits
and facilitate good communication between contractors and PMU on safeguards issues and provide
guidance to the contractors. In addition, they will also conduct awareness and training programs among the
contractor staff and labors on EMP implementation.
Contractors: Implementation of measures laid out in the EMPs from the preconstruction, during, and to the
close of construction will largely be the contractor’s responsibility (apart from those provisions relating to
technical designs and other specified tasks indicated in the EMPs) and for this the contractor will nominate
a safeguard officer (as requested in the EMP) as the focal person who will be directly responsible for
ensuring compliance with the EMP during construction. The requisite qualifications for the environmental
officer to be appointed by the contractor are presented in the Term of Reference in Annex 22.
Consultants: The PMU will hire environmental consultants to provide technical support the PMU where
specialized services are required. Some of the consultancies identified include:
Preparation of EAs, EMPs, SEAs for sub projects as outlined in Section 5.3.2 of the EMF
Conducting two systemic Project Level Environment Audits outlined in 5.2.8
6.3 The Roles and Responsibilities of IDA
The IDA project task team, specifically the environmental specialists, will provide close supervision and
necessary implementation support by reviewing and providing guidance on conducting screening, and the
preparation of relevant safeguard instruments as well as providing training for trainers programs for the
ESSC;
Undertake prior review and provide feedback on all safeguards instruments, review of monitoring
updates and other relevant safeguards documents.
Ensure regular missions to review overall safeguards performance and provide further
implementation support
Share knowledge on technologies and best practices
Provide training support on Bank’s safeguard policies and requirements of the project.
6.4 Rough Cost Estimates of Safeguards Instruments
Drawing from the project experience and current indicative costs of Category A projects the following table
provides a rough estimation of costs for safeguard management and EMF implementation. In terms of costs,
76
competition and an increase in the number of players in the consultancy market within the country has led
to drops in preparation costs since 2016 when done by local consultants. All safeguards instruments have
been inbuilt in to the project modality and will be financed via the project and detailed project cost tables
will include the necessary costs accordingly.
The associated cost to implement EMPs as well as training for project staff, contractors etc. have been
integrated into the project budget. The project will ensure that all works contracts will include the EMP,
and the cost of implementing the EMP will be identified as an item in the Bill of Quantities.
Activity Quantity
Unit Rate
Total
in US$ in US$
Environmental Staff
Environmental Specialist and Safeguards Coordinator (ESSC). 1 1500 90000
Environmental Officers at PMU 3 1000 60000
Environmental Focal Point at IA 5 500 30000
Sub Total 180000
Capacity Building (short-term and long-term)
Training on environmental safeguards, management and monitoring during project implementation (including refresher)- Project Implementing staff, contractors staff
10 50,000 500,000
Training programs on operational environmental safeguards implementation, monitoring for staff of SWM Facility operating entities
6 50,000 300,000
Certificate Best Practice training on Environmental Management within SWM Operations- conducted by sectoral experts.
2 200,000 400,000
Safeguard Instrument Preparation
Recruitment of consultants to prepare stand-alone EAs, EMPs, SCAs lump sum 800,000
Consultancy for project level environmental audit 2 100,000 200,000
Environmental Monitoring
Environmental monitoring that includes sampling and laboratory testing as outlined in EIAs/EMPs
lump sum 250,000
Environmental screening and compliance monitoring by project staff (will be part of transport and operational budget of the overall ESWMP)
lump sum 250,000
Costs associated with mitigation measures identified in respective safeguards instruments
Included in the construction costs
Contingencies 100,000
TOTAL 2,880,000
77
7
ANNEXES
78
Annexes
7.1 Annex-1: Map Showing Locations of Key Project Sites
Karadiyana Dump Site
Aruwakkalu Sanitary Landfill
COLOMBO MUNICIPAL COUNCIL
LANDFILL
COMPOST
T
Meetotamulla Dump Site
Bloemendhal Dump Site
Kelaniya Transfer Station
Transfer Station
Dompe Sanitary Landfill
Kerawalapitiya Composting Site and
Controlled Landfill
The map above does not indicate project sites under Component 3 as sub-project sites
are to be identified during project implementation, post technical appraisal.
79
7.2 Annex 2: Suggested Format for Environmental Screening Form
Environmental Screening Report
1. Project Identification
Project title
Project Proponent
2. Project Location
Location (relative to the nearest town, highway)
Definition of Project Area (The geographical extent of the project & areas affected during construction)
Adjacent land and features
3. Project Justification
Need for the project (What problem is the project going to solve)
Purpose of the project (what is going to be achieved by carrying out the project)
Alternatives considered (different ways to meet the project need and achieve the project purpose)
80
4. Project Description
Proposed start date
Proposed completion date
Estimated total cost
Present land ownership
Description of the project (with supporting material such as maps, drawings etc attached as required)
Project Management Team
Agency – Contact person - Nature of consultation and input received
5. Description of the existing environment
5.1 Physical features – Ecosystem components
Topography and terrain
Soil (type and quality)
Surface water (sources, distance from the site, local uses and quality)
Ground water (sources, distance from the site, local uses and quality)
Flooding
Air quality (any pollution issues)
Noise level and vibration (Any anticipated issues)
5.2 Ecological features – Eco-system components
Vegetation (trees, ground cover, aquatic vegetation)
Presence of wetlands
81
Fish and fish habitats
Birds (waterfowl, migratory birds, others)
Presence of special habitat areas (special designations and identified sensitive zones)
Human Animal Coexistence Screening
The site is a known area of Elephant Habituation (verify site location with DWC if elephants are recorded from the project site historically)
Does the site require particular mitigation, including elephant fences, warning signs etc.
5.3 Physical Cultural Resources (PCR)
PCR resources in the area (recorded or potential to exist)
Type of PCR
Distance from the project site
Ownership
Protection status
National/regional/local significance
5.4 Other features
Residential/Sensitive Areas (Eg, Hospitals, Schools)
Traditional economic and cultural activities
6. Public Consultation
Public consulted Consultation method Date Details/Issues raised
82
7. Screening for Potential Environmental Impacts
Screening question Yes No Significance of the effect (Low, moderate, high)
Remarks
1 Will construction and operation of the Project involve actions which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc)
2 Will the Project involve use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials which could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived risks to human health?
3 Will the Project produce solid wastes during construction or operation?
4 Will the Project release pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air?
5 Will the Project cause noise and vibration or release of light, heat energy or elecctromagnetic radiation?
6 Will the Project lead to risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants onto the ground or into surface waters, groundwater or coastal wasters?
7 Will the project cause localized flooding and poor drainage during construction
83
Is the project area located in a flooding location?
8 Will there be any risks and vulnerabilities to public safety due to physical hazards during construction or operation of the Project?
9 Are there any transport routes on or around the location which are susceptible to congestion or which cause environmental problems, which could be affected by the project?
10 Are there any routes or facilities on or around the location which are used by the public for access to recreation or other facilities, which could be affected by the project?
11 Are there any areas or features of high landscape or scenic value on or around the location which could be affected by the project?
12 Are there any other areas on or around the location which are important or sensitive for reasons of their ecology e.g. wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, mountains, forests which could be affected by the project?
13 Is the location within or adjacent to the coastal zone? If so, what is the distance to the coast?
14 Are there any areas on or around the location which are used by protected, important or sensitive species of fauna or flora e.g. for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, migration, which could be affected by the project?
15 Are there mangrove, coral reef, sea grass bed, turtle beach habitats etc within close proximity?
16 Is the project located in a previously undeveloped area where there will be loss of green-field land
17 Will the project cause the removal of trees in the locality?
18 Can any of the identified historic or culturally importance sites on or around the location be affected by the project?
19 Are there existing land uses on or around the location e.g. homes, gardens, other private property, industry, commerce, recreation, public open space, community facilities, agriculture,
84
forestry, tourism, mining or quarrying which could be affected by the project?
20 Are there any areas on or around the location which are densely populated or built-up, which could be affected by the project?
21 Are there any areas on or around the location which are occupied by sensitive land uses e.g. hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities, which could be affected by the project
22 Are there any areas on or around the location which contain important, high quality or scarce resources e.g. groundwater, surface waters, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals, which could be affected by the project?
23 Are there any areas on or around the location which are already subject to pollution or environmental damage e.g. where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded, which could be affected by the project?
24 Will the project involve treatment of Solid Waste, if so indicate the amounts, nature of waste and briefly describe proposed waste management technologies to be implemented on site.
8. Project operating requirements
Yes No
24 Does the project belong to a prescribed category of the National Environmental Act
25 Does the project need to obtain clearances from the following agencies:
26 a. Department of Archaeology
27 b. National Building Research Organization
28 c. Coast Conservation Department
29 d. Forest Department
30 e. Department of Wildlife Conservation
31 f. Any other: If so, describe
9. Conclusion and Screening Decision Summary of environmental effects: Assuming that all mitigation measures are implemented as proposed, the following effects cane be predicted
85
N/S - Effect not significant, or can be rendered insignificant with mitigation
SP - Significant positive effect
SN - Significant negative effect
U - Outcome unknown or cannot be predicted, even with mitigation
10. Screening Decision Recommendation (check one): Environmental assessment is still underway, and not final.
All potentially adverse effects can be classified as general construction related impacts and are mitigatable with known technology. Public concern does not warrant further assessment. Therefore, standalone Environmental Assessment not required, an Environmental Management Plan would be suffice.
Potential adverse impact are significant, hence, standalone Environmental Assessment and Management Plan needed before the project can proceed
Potential adverse impact are significant, hence project cannot be justified
11. Details of Persons Responsible for the Environmental Screening
86
Screening report completed by Name/Designation/Contact information
Date Signature
Screening report reviewed by Name/Designation/Contact information
Date Signature
Approved by Name/Designation/Contact information
Date Signature
87
7.3 Annex-3: Policy Framework: Environmental Assessment and Impact
Mitigation
The importance of the Environmental Impact Assessment as an effective tool for the purpose of integrating
environmental considerations with development planning is highly recognized in Sri Lanka. The application
of this technique is considered as a means of ensuring that the likely effects of new development projects
on the environment are fully understood and taken into account before development is allowed to proceed.
The importance of this management tool to foresee potential environmental impacts and problems caused
by proposed projects and its use as a mean to make project more suitable to the environment are highly
appreciated. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) unit of the Central Environmental Authority
(CEA) is involved in the implementation of the EIA procedure under the National Environmental Act.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)
Realizing the need for integrating environment, economic and social considerations with the planning and
decision making process in a more formal manner, the Government of Sri Lanka decided to introduce
Environmental Impact Assessment for development projects. The importance of the Environmental Impact
Assessment as an effective tool for the purpose of integrating environmental considerations with
development planning is highly recognized in Sri Lanka.
The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) unit of the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) is
involved in the implementation of the EIA procedure under the National Environmental Act.
Administration of the EIA process, co-ordination between Project Approving Agencies (PAA's) that have
been appointed for this purpose, preparation of manuals and guidelines on EIA and maintenance of a data
base on EIA is done by the CEA.
EIA under the National Environmental Act (NEA)
EIA was mandated island wide by the 1988 amendments to the National Environmental Act. Part IV C of
the Amendment Act No. 56 of 1988 mandated that CEA require “prescribed” development project
proposals to be subjected to Environmental Impact Assessment, where adverse and beneficial impacts of
the proposed projects on the environment would be identified together with measures to minimize such
adverse impacts.
The procedure stipulated in the Act for the approval of projects provides for the submission of two types of
reports Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
report. If the environmental impacts of the project are not very significant then the project proponent may
be asked to do an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE), which is a relatively short and simple study.
However, if the potential impacts appear to be more significant, the project proponent may be asked to do
an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) which is a more detailed and comprehensive study of
environmental impacts. Such reports are required in respect of “prescribed projects” included in a Schedule
in an Order published by the Minister of Environment in terms of section 23 Z of the act in the Gazette
Extra Ordinary No. 772/22 dated 24th June 1993 (ANNEX II). Once an EIA report is submitted NEA
provides for a public inspection and comment on the report during a mandatory period of 30 days. A public
hearing may be held to provide an opportunity to any member of the public (who has submitted his
comments) to be heard in support of his comments if the PAA considers it to be in the public interest to do
so. A decision whether to approve the project has to be arrived at thereafter. IEE reports have been exempted
from this requirement. However, an Initial Environmental Examination report shall be deemed to be a
public document for the purposes of sections 74 and 76 of the Evidence Ordinance (Chapter 21) and shall
be open for inspection by the public.
88
The EIA process is implemented through designated Project Approving Agencies (PAAs) specified under
Section 23 Y of the NEA. At present 23 state agencies, including Ceylon Tourist Board have been specified
by the Minister as contained in Gazette Extra Ordinary No. 859/14 dated 23rd February 1995 and Gazette
Extra Ordinary No. 1373/6 of 29th December 2004. The National Environmental Act stipulates that all
“prescribed projects” must receive approval from the appropriate project approving agencies (PAAs), which
must be those that are “concerned with or connected with such prescribed projects”. A PAA, which is also
the project proponent, is disqualified from acting as the PAA for the project by NEA-EIA Regulation 2(1)
of June 1993. When the PAA is also the project proponent, the CEA is required to designate an appropriate
PAA. Again in cases where there are more than one PAA is involved, the CEA must determine the
appropriate PAA. In the event of doubt or difficulty in identifying the appropriate PAA, it has been practice
for the CEA to take on the role of PAA.
Prescribed projects
Prescribed projects are listed in two groups in Schedule included in the first ministerial order of June 24,
1993. Part I of the Schedule includes 31 projects and undertakings if located wholly or partly outside the
Coastal Zone. The projects in this group irrespective of size if located wholly or partly within the coastal
zone must undergo the approval process that is laid down in the Coast Conservation Act. In other words
only those projects located totally outside the Coastal Zone will be subject to the approval process laid
down in the NEA.
Item 19 in this list of 31 projects and undertakings is described as the “Development of Industrial Estates
and Parks exceeding an area of 10 hectares”. Once an industrial estate or industrial park is approved under
Part IV VC of the NEA, any individual project or undertaking located in it, even though prescribed, will be
exempted from the approval process. Projects and undertakings, which are listed as Items 20 to 30, belong
to the category of high polluting industries. They will be required to go through the EIA process only if
they are located outside an approved industrial estate or industrial park.
Implementation of projects in environmentally sensitive areas that are listed in Part III of the Schedule is
not prohibited, but regardless of their magnitude such projects and undertakings must go through the
approval process. This itself acts as a disincentive to project proponents. Similarly, even though Part I of
the Order exempts projects and undertakings proposed to be established within the Coastal Zone from the
approval process set out in Part IV C of the NEA, the law requires that such projects must be subject to the
NEA approval process if they are located in environmentally sensitive areas of the Coastal Zone. In short,
the EIA process set out in the Coast Conservation Act applies to projects prescribed under the NEA only
when they are located wholly within the Coastal Zone but not in any environmentally sensitive area therein.
Part II of the Schedule of prescribed projects includes Item 32 industries (Items 33 to 52). Item 32 is
described as “All projects and undertakings listed in Part I irrespective of their magnitudes and irrespective
of whether they are located in the coastal zone or not, if located wholly or partly within the areas specified
in Part III of the Schedule”. The industries included as Items 33 to 52 are not described by magnitude and
are subject to the approval process only if located within the environmental sensitive areas mentioned in
Part III of the Schedule.
Operational Procedure for EIA/IEE
The Basic Information Questionnaire (BIQ) form prepared by the CEA has to be filled by the project
proponent and submitted to the CEA. On examination of the BIQ, the CEA decides on the need for an
EIA/IEE. If its determined that an EIA/IEE is required, the CEA will decide a suitable Project Approving
Agency (PAA).
89
The PAA in turn will appoint a technical committee (TC) to scope the project based on the preliminary
information. If the PAA determines that the project would have no long-term adverse environmental
impacts, an initial environmental examination (IEE) would be considered adequate. The project proponent
must submit a detailed IEE for review and approval by the PAA. The IEE should identify potential
environmental and social issues and the possible remedial actions. Upon reviewing the IEE, if the TC
identifies any substantial environmental issues that may arise as a result of the proposed project, the
proponent will be advised to undertake a detailed EIA and issue the Terms of Reference (TOR) for the EIA.
In developing the TOR, the PAA will also consider the views of other state agencies and the public. If the
PAA decided that no further environmental analysis is needed, the process ends with approval/rejection of
the IEE.
If an EIA is a necessity, then the project proponent must conduct the EIA according to the TOR issued,
prepare the report in all three languages and submit it to the PAA. The PAA will then declare open the EIA
report for a period of 30 days for public comments and the comments received will be conveyed to the
proponent. The project proponent can then prepare a response to the public comments and submit it to the
PAA. The TC will then evaluate the report with respect to adherence to the TOR, quality of the report
contents and adequacy of the responses to public comments.
Based on the recommendations of the TC, the PAA in concurrence with CEA would either grant approval
for the implementation of the proposed project subject to specific conditions or refuse approval for
implementation of the project, giving reasons for doing so. The PAA will also specify a period within which
the approved project should be completed. If the project proponent is unable to complete the project within
the specified period, written permission for an extension must be obtained from the PAA, 30 days prior to
the expiration of the approved completion date.
EIA in the Coast Conservation Act
The Coast Conservation Act No. 57 of 1981 together with the Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No.
64 of 1988 governs the Coastal Zone. This Zone comprises mainly “the area lying within a limit of three
hundred meters landwards of the Mean High Water line and a limit of two kilometers seawards of the Mean
Low Water line”. The EIA process is part of the permit procedure mandated in Part II of the Coast
Conservation Act (CCA) for the approval of prescribed development projects and undertakings within the
Coastal Zone. The Act states that the Minister in charge of the subject of Coast Conserva6tion “may, having
regard to the effect of those development activities on the long term stability, productivity and
environmental quality of the Coastal Zone, prescribe the categories of development activity, which may be
engaged in within the Coastal Zone without a permit”. Such activity should not however include any
development activity already prescribed under the NEA.
Section 16 of the Coast Conservation Act (CCA) confers on the Director of Coast Conservation the
discretion to request a developer applying for a permit (to engage in a development activity within the
Coastal Zone) to furnish an Environmental Impact Assessment relating to the proposed development
activity. The CCA does not however specify how and when this discretion should be exercised. The Coast
Conservation Department (CCD) interprets this provision as requiring an EIA when the impacts of the
project are likely to be significant. The application from for a permit includes several questions, the answers
to which would help determine whether the development activity is likely to have significant impacts on
the environment.
The Act requires the Director of Coast Conservation, on receiving an EIA Report, to make it available for
public inspection and to entertain comments on it. The Act also requires the Director of Coast Conservation
to refer the EIA report to the Coast Conservation Advisory Council for comment. The Council is an inter-
department, inter-disciplinary advisory body. The Director of Coast Conservation may decide to.
90
(1) Grant approval for the implementation of the proposed project subject to specified conditions,
Or
(2) Refuse approval for the implementation of the project, giving reasons for doing so.
Part I of the Schedule (annex II) containing the list of projects prescribed under the NEA states that the
CCA applies in the case of those projects, which lie wholly within the Coastal Zone. This indicates that the
NEA expects the Coast Conservation Dept. to consider these projects as prescribed and that an
Environmental Impact Assessment is required albeit under the provisions of the CCA.
In practice however the Coast Conservation Department is guided by their own rules and regulations in
determining whether any of the prescribed projects under the NEA require an Environmental Impact
Assessment.
Certain parts of the Coastal Zone, which are considered environmentally sensitive and declared as “no-
build” areas automatically, rule out the need to consider development projects in such areas. Similarly,
development projects proposed for location in environmentally sensitive areas within the Coastal Zone are
required to be submitted to the approval process specified in the NEA. Many of these environmentally
sensitive areas have already been identified and listed by the Coast Conservation Department as “set-back”
areas comprising reservation areas and restricted areas in which development activities are prohibited or
significantly restricted.
CCD Planning Division officers submit their recommendations regarding proposed development projects
to the Planning Committee of the Coast Conservation Department. The three technical divisions of the
Coast Conservation Department recommend the issue of a permit with or without an EIA. Where an EIA
is recommended, scoping sessions are convened with representatives of concerned state agencies to
determine the Terms of Reference for the EIA.
The long title of the Coast Conservation Act states that the Act is established to regulate and control
development activities within the Coastal Zone. Therefore, the Coast Conservation Department is the final
authority in determining whether to permit a development activity in terms of the CCA, even though such
activity may be required go through the approval process laid down in the NEA.
CCD Planning Division officers submit their recommendations regarding proposed development projects
to the Planning Committee of the Coast Conservation Department. The three technical divisions of the
Coast Conservation Department recommend the issue of a permit with or without an EIA. Where an EIA
is recommended, scoping sessions are convened with representatives of concerned state agencies to
determine the Terms of Reference for the EIA.
The long title of the Coast Conservation Act states that the Act is established to regulate and control
development activities within the Coastal Zone. Therefore, the Coast Conservation Department is the final
authority in determining whether to permit a development activity in terms of the CCA, even though such
activity may be required go through the approval process laid down in the NEA.
EIA in the Fauna and Flora (Protection) Ordinance
The Fauna and Flora (Protection) Ordinance No. 2 of 1937, as amended by the Fauna and Flora
(Amendment) Act No. 49 of 1993, requires that any development activity of any description whatsoever
proposed to be established within one mile of the boundary of any National Reserve, should receive the
prior written approval of the Director of Wildlife Conservation. The Ordinance as amended mandates tha6t
the project proponent should furnish an IEE or EIA report in terms of the National Environmental Act. The
information that a project proponent applying for permission to establish a development project within one
91
mile of any National Reserve has to submit is much more comprehensive than the information required for
the approval process stipulated under the NEA. This is because every development project or activity to be
established within one mile of any National Reserve is subject to the approval process of the Department
of Wild Life Conservation regardless of its magnitude or category. Success in the implementation of this
requirement will be tested to the extent that the term “development activity” is not defined in the Act. This
procedure could also discourage any development activity however environmentally compatible it is,
proposed to be established within any environmentally sensitive area.
EIA in the Provincial Administration
The Provincial Level environmental protection and management is introduced in Sri Lanka through the
13th amendments to the constitution certified in November 1987, which specifies three lists, the Reserved
list, the Provincial Council list, and the Concurrent list. Provincial Councils have the exclusive right to
legislate through statues on matters specified in the provincial Council list. The subject of environmental
protection is placed in the Concurrent list as well as on the Provincial Council list. Provincial councils and
Parliament can both legislate on matters on the Concurrent list provides it is done in consultation with each
other. Only the North Western Provincial Council (NWPC) enacted legislation on environmental protection
by Statute No. 12 of 1990. The National Environmental Act remains suspended an in operative within the
North Western Province with effect from 10th January 1991.
Operational Framework for Implementation of EIA under national regulations
Activity Agency Duration
Submitting Preliminary information - A project proponent is required to
provide the CEA with preliminary information on the proposed project, in
order for the EIA process to be initiated. The best time for a project
proponent to submit the preliminary information on the proposed project
is as soon as the project concept is finalized and the location of the project
is decided. The Basic Information Questionnaire (BIQ) form prepared by
the CEA can be used for this purpose (Annex 2). When a prescribed project
is referred to CEA, the CEA will decide a suitable Project Approving
Agency (PAA).
CEA 2 months
Environmental Scoping - Then the PAA will carry out scoping and Terms
of Reference (ToR) for the EIA/IEE will be issued to the project proponent
PAA 2 month
EIA/ IEE report preparation Proponent 3 months
Public participation and evaluation - On receipt of an EIA report, it will
be subjected to an adequacy check in order to ensure that the ToR issued
by the PAA has been met. It will then be open for public inspection /
comments for a period of 30 working days. If there are any public
comments on the EIA report, they will be sent to the project proponent for
response. Subsequent to the public commenting period the PAA will
appoint a Technical Evaluation Committee (TEC) to evaluate the EIA
report and make its recommendations. IEE reports are not required to be
opened for public comments and are thus subjected to technical evaluation
only.
PAA 3 months
Decision making - Based on the recommendation of the TEC, the PAA
makes it's decision on whether to grant approval for a project. If the PAA
is not the CEA, it should obtain the concurrence of the CEA prior to
granting approval
PAA 2 months
92
Generally the approval is valid for 3 years. If the Project Proponent does not commence work within 3 years
of the decision, renewal of the approval from the Project Approving Agencies is necessary. The validity
period is usually stated in the letter of approval.
93
7.4 Annex 4 : Basic Information Questionnaire for the CEA
APPLICATION NO
CENTRAL ENVIRONMENTAL AUTHORITY
BASIC INFORMATION QUESTIONNAIRE
(Essential information to determine the environmental approval requirement of projects)
1 Name of the Project:
2 Name of the Developer:
(Company/firm/individual)
Postal Address:
Phone No: Fax No:
Contact person
Name
Designation:
Phone No: Fax No:
3 Brief description of the project ( Use a separate sheet)
Attach copy (ies) of pre-feasibility / feasibility study report (s) if available
4 Scale / magnitude of the project:
(eg. For a road project: Length of the trace; Tourist hotel: No. of rooms; Agriculture project: Extent
of land, solid waste management projects : capacity per/day etc.)
5 Main objective(s) of the project:
6 Investment and Funding sources:
7 Location of the Project
i Pradeshiya Sabha:
ii Divisional Secretariat:
iii District
iv Provincial Council
Provide a location map indicating the project site, access to the site, surrounding
development and infrastructure within 500 m of the site (1:50000 scale).
8 Extent of the project area (in ha):
94
A copy of the survey plan of the site
9 Does the project wholly or partly fall within any of the following areas?
Area Y
e
s
N
o
Unaware
100m from the boundaries of or within any area declared
under the National Heritage Wilderness Act No 4 of
1988
100m from the boundaries of or within any area declared
under the Forest Ordinance (Chapter 451)
Coastal zone as defined in the Coast Conservation Act No
57 of 1981
Any erodable area declared under the Soil Conservation
Act (Chapter 450)
Any Flood Area declared under the Flood Protection
Ordinance (Chapter 449)
Any flood protection area declared under the Sri Lanka Land
Reclamation and Development Corporation Act 15 of 1968
as amended by Act No 52 of 1982
60 meters from the bank of a public stream as defined in the
Crown Lands Ordinance (Chapter 454) and having width of
more than 25 meters at any point of its course
Any reservations beyond the full supply level of a reservoir
.
Any archaeological reserve, ancient or protected monument
as defined or declared under the Antiquities Ordinance
(Chapter 188).
Any area declared under the Botanic Gardens Ordinance
(Chapter 446).
Within 100 meters from the boundaries of, or within, any
area declared as a Sanctuary under the Fauna and Flora
Protection Ordinance (Chapter 469)
100 meters from the high flood level contour of or within, a
public lake as defined in the Crown Lands Ordinance
(Chapter 454) including those declared under section 71 of
the said Ordinance
Within a distance of one mile of the boundary of a National
Reserve declared under the Fauna and Flora Protection
Ordinance
10 Present ownership of the project site:
State Private Other-specify
If state owned, please submit a letter of consent of the release of land from the relevant state agency
95
11 Present land use:
12 Present land use : (Please tick the relevant cage/s)
Land use Type Land use Type
Paddy Marsh / Mangrove
Tea Scrub / Forest
Rubber Grassland / Chena
Coconut Built-up area
Other Plantations / Garden Other (pl. specify)
13 Does the site /project require any
Yes No If yes give the extent (in ha)
Reclamation of land, wetlands
Clearing of forest
Felling of trees
14 Does the project envisage any resettlement
Yes No If yes, give the number of families to be resettled
15 Does the project envisage laying of pipelines
Yes No If yes, give the length of the pipeline (km)
16 Does the project involve any tunneling activities
Yes No
17 Proposed timing and schedule including phased development:
18 Applicable laws, regulations, standards and requirements covering the proposed project:
19 Clearances / permits obtained or should be obtained from relevant state agencies and / or local
authorities. (Attach required copies of the same)
The above information is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge. I am aware that this information
will be utilized in decision-making by the relevant state authorities.
............……….. ………...........................
Date Signature of Applicant
96
7.5 Annex 5: Guidelines for Conducting Site Contamination Audits (SCAs)
Introduction and Objective
The purpose of the Site Contamination Audit (SCA) is to identify actual and potential site contamination
as well as proliferation of contaminants across the area of the contaminated site. Contaminated land, such
as solid waste open dump sites and poorly managed solid waste managing facilities, emit hazardous
substances such as heavy metals to soil, toxic leachate, noxious and volatile landfill gas and a host of other
contaminants which in turn pose conditions that are hazardous to public health and for the environment and
need to be managed with proper remedial actions and environmental management tools. A site
contamination audit ensures such sites are evaluated on the pollution linkage and facilitates in establishing
the level of risk posed to public health and the environment and the key actions required to manage and/or
mitigate the risk.
Process and Required Components of a SCA
The SCA process will include a site inspection and discussions with the personnel managing the waste
management facility and residents who are informed about the site and its history and conditions. The site
inspection will examine vegetation stress, key ecological receptors, leachate breakout and signs of
contamination discharge. Surrounding land uses will also be considered. Drinking water sources and wells
will be noted using published well records correlated to site observations. Proximity of the site to surface
water bodies or sensitive habitats (e.g., wetlands) should also be identified.
The following key requirements need to be incorporated in to site specific Terms of References for that will
be developed during project implementation.
The SCA report needs to include the following information at minimum.
An Outline of Facility Characteristics:
Present current and historical description of the site and surrounding characteristics at a radius as
outlined below for and its facilities should be developed, particularly as it relation to the areas of
concern like contaminant sources and discharge points. Visual inspections, facility records reviews and
discussions with informed personnel are to be employed for this purpose. In addition, above and below
ground structures should be reviewed as possible sources of contaminant migration. Prior site uses and
surrounding land uses are also considered. This section should be presented diagrammatically or via
the use of maps to indicate locations of sensitive receptors with relation to the contaminated site being
assessed, these include settlements, transportation corridors, protected areas, wetlands, coastlines,
surface water bodies including canals and tributaries and other etc. The site inspection should also
document the natural integrity of the surrounding environment, the condition of the facility, its set up
and ancillary facilities, presence of unauthorized activities such as waste scavenging and piggeries on
site, encroachments, and conditions such presence of animals and vectors in site and other nuances.
Table 1: Study Area Demarcation
Nature of Contaminated Site Study Area
Small Open Dumpsite (Less than 10ft in height
and 500m in surface area covered)
500m radius from base of dump
Medium- Large Open Dumpsite-(More than 10ft
in height and 500m in surface area covered)
1000m radius (km) from base of dump
97
A Solid waste management facility operating
with visible inadequate environmental
management (EPL requirements not met, no
operational EMP etc.)
500m radius from facility site boundary
Current conditions of Physical Site Characteristics:
The ecology, geology, hydrology and hydrogeology of the site and a radius as defined in Table 1, are
to be examined using available data. The overall aim is to provide a more comprehensive description
and understanding of the local site characteristics and to develop a current and historical description of
the area. The current physical salient features of the sight, including
Identification of Contaminates and their characteristics:
Contaminants to air, surface water, ground water and soil that may be present at the site must be
identified. Their quantities and concentrations are to be estimated by visual inspections and scientific
testing. Sampling locations should be spread out around the immediate vicinity of the site and spread
out at different points locations along the minimum study area radius indicated in Table 1. The
minimum required study media, respective items and parameters that are to be studied, requisite
sampling
Table- 2- Minimum Requirements for Contamination Testing
Study Media Items and parameters to be
tested
Minimum
Number of
Samples
Location
Gas Accumulation at
Disposal Site
Oxygen (O2)
Nitrogen (N2)
Methane (CH2)
Carbon anhydride (CO2)
Hydrogen sulphide (H2S)
Temperature
Gas monitoring
should be conducted
at least twice a day
for about 7
consecutive days.
North, South,
East, Center and
West (5 points)
on top of closed
mound)
8 points, North,
South, East,
West and 3
additional mid
points around
perimeter of
base
Soil Quality pH
Electrical conductivity
Moisture content
Organic matter
Calcium
Magnesium
Sodium
Potassium
5 samples at
minimum
At least 2 points
on site and 3
points from
surrounding
radius at
intervals.
Groundwater
Quality
Arsenic
Cyanide
Selenium
Total organic carbon (TOC)
Barium, Hardness (as
CaCO3)
5 samples at
minimum
8 points at
minimum along
the permissible
study area radius
at intervals in
addition to
onsite
98
Study Media Items and parameters to be
tested
Minimum
Number of
Samples
Location
Surface Water
Quality
Silver total dissolved solids
(TDS) Sodium
Manganese (dissolved)
Magnesium
Chemical oxygen demand
(COD)
Cadmium
Sulfate (SO4-)
Potassium
Iron
Calcium
Electrical Conductivity
Lead
Volatile Organic Compounds
(VOCs)
Chloride
Bicarbonate (HCO3-)
Sodium
pH
Chromium.
10 samples at
minimum
10 points at
minimum- 5
upstream and 5
downstream of
site
Test locations should provide an adequately detailed description of the nature, extent and fate of
contamination in three dimensions. They should also provide information on potential subsurface
contaminant migration pathways. Further guidance with regard to requisite aspects of assessing ground
water and soil quality are highlighted below.
• Groundwater
o For large dumpsites 5-8 boreholes or test pits per potential source area small sites a
minimum of 3-5 boreholes.
o Any groundwater contaminant plume(s) associated with the site should be delineated to
the minimum acceptable concentration of the contaminant.
o Sufficient test locations to determine the direction of groundwater flow on-site (minimum
of 3 groundwater monitoring wells or piezometers, including at least 1 multilevel
installation to assess vertical gradients).
o Chemical analyses are to be conducted on at least one groundwater sample from each
available well including any on-site water supply wells (Note: sampling may also be
required for any nearby, off-site potable water wells).
o For groundwater samples, a blind duplicate and field blank sample should also be
collected and analyzed with each batch of samples, regardless of the number of samples
tested.
• Soil Quality
o All soil test locations should extend to the bottom of the contaminated soil zone, to the
seasonal low water level, or to bedrock, whichever is shallower.
o Soil samples may be screened in the field for vapors, staining or odor. All field
observations must be included in reports.
o Chemical analyses are to be conducted on at least 2 soil samples per borehole location
(one surface <1.5 m depth, one subsurface >1.5 m depth).
99
Note: Laboratory analysis of contaminated materials, soil, and water must be conducted by laboratories
that have been formally recognized as competent to perform specified tests
The characterization of the contamination (i.e., degree, nature, estimated extent and media affected)
and site conditions (i.e., geological, ecological, hydrogeological and hydrological) should be
established to develop a remedial action plan including long term monitoring timelines and parameters.
Via identification of contamination characteristics, the assessment should aim to do the following:
• to target and delineate the boundaries of identified contamination;
• to define, in greater detail, site conditions to identify all contaminant pathways, particularly
with respect to possible risk assessment;
• to provide contaminant and other information necessary to finalize environmental quality
remediation criteria or risk assessment; and
• to provide all other information required to develop a remedial action plan and input to
specifications and tender documents.
Testing methods and techniques are expected to be consistent with current day professional standards.
Regardless of the method/technique used, all efforts should be made to minimize the spread of
contamination because of activities during the site assessment. Field screening of samples, with
portable instruments that provide relative results are acceptable if they are well founded in theory,
capable of calibrating measurements to relative or absolute levels of contamination, verifiable
regarding procedures and results and finally, if results of such techniques can be correlated to those of
a nationally accredited laboratory results. Details of testing equipment used should be presented in the
report.
Requirements for the Remedial Action Plan
Post the assessment of the degree of contamination on site a corresponding remediation criteria has to be
determined for the site, a qualified person must prepare a Remedial Action Plan (RAP) detailing the
methodology for achieving these criteria as well as the proposed remedial action.
The Remedial Action Plan must include the following information:
o include contact information, including names of key personnel, consultants, contractors,
telephone, mail, fax, and email contacts, physical addresses;
o summarize all data on contaminants identified during the site investigation(s) and annex test
results;
o identify contaminants of concern and the media affected;
o identify the proposed cleanup/mitigation criteria and method(s) by which they have been derived;
o identify, quantify and characterize the materials to be treated/removed;
o summarize remedial options evaluated and the method used to select the preferred remedial
strategy;
o describe the selected clean up method and its technical feasibility;
o detail an implementation plan, including a schedule;
o discuss control measures to minimize fugitive air emissions, surface water control, worker health
and safety;
o identify the fate of residual contaminants; and
o identify remedial verification and long-term monitoring plans.
100
7.6 Annex-6: Format for Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
(EMMP)
Objective and Scope of Preparation of Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP)
In order to ensure short and long term environmental impacts that would arise due to improvement and
rehabilitation work (to be described in the first section based on the sub-project/activity), an EMP plan will
need to be developed as per the scope presented below and in accordance with the EMF of the Project. The
project IWMPs should be reviewed and used as the basis for baseline information. Field level verification
should be conducted prior to the preparation of the EMPs:
1. Identification of impacts and description of mitigation measures: Firstly, Impacts arising out of the
project activities need to be clearly identified. Secondly, feasible and cost effective measures to
minimize impacts to acceptable levels should be specified with reference to each impact identified.
Further, it should provide details on the conditions under which the mitigatory measure should be
implemented (ex; routine or in the event of contingencies) The EMP also should distinguish between
type of solution proposed (structural & nonstructural) and the phase in which it should become operable
(design, construction and/or operational).
2. Enhancement plans: Positive impacts or opportunities arising out of the project need to be
identified during the preparation of the check list and Environmental Assessment process where
applicable. Some of these opportunities can be further developed to draw environmental and social
benefits to the local area. The EMP should identify such opportunities and develop a plan to
systematically harness any such benefit.
3. Monitoring programme: In order to ensure that the proposed mitigatory measures have the intended
results and complies with national standards and donor requirements, an environmental performance
monitoring programme should be included in the EMP. The monitoring programme should give details
of the following;
• Monitoring indicators to be measured for evaluating the performance of each mitigatory
measure (for example national standards, engineering structures, extent of area replanted, etc).
• Monitoring mechanisms and methodologies
• Monitoring frequency
• Monitoring locations
4. Institutional arrangements: Institutions/parties responsible for implementing mitigatory measures
and for monitoring their performance should be clearly identified. Where necessary, mechanisms for
institutional co-ordination should be identified as often monitoring tends to involve more than one
institution.
5. Implementing schedules: Timing, frequency and duration of mitigation measures with links to
overall implementation schedule of the project should be specified.
6. Reporting procedures: Feedback mechanisms to inform the relevant parties on the progress and
effectiveness of the mitigatory measures and monitoring itself should be specified. Guidelines on the
type of information wanted and the presentation of feedback information should also be highlighted.
7. Cost estimates and sources of funds: Implementation of mitigatory measures mentioned in the EMP
will involve an initial investment cost as well as recurrent costs. The EMP should include costs
estimates for each measure and also identify sources of funding.
8. Contract clauses: This is an important section of the EMP that would ensure recommendations
carried in the EMP will be translated into action on the ground. Contract documents will need to be
incorporated with clauses directly linked to the implementation of mitigatory measures. Mechanisms
such as linking the payment schedules to implementation of the said clauses could be explored and
implemented, as appropriate.
101
The format to present the EMP in a matrix is provided below: A
ctiv
ity
En
vir
on
men
tal
Imp
act
Pro
po
sed
Mit
igato
ry A
ctio
n
Lo
cati
on
Fre
qu
ency
of
Imp
lem
enta
tio
n/A
p
pli
cati
on
Imp
lem
enta
tio
n
Res
po
nsi
bil
ity
Mo
nit
ori
ng
Res
po
nsi
bil
ity
Mo
nit
ori
ng
Fre
qu
ency
Imp
lem
enta
tio
n
Pro
gre
ss
Pre-Construction Phase
Construction Phase
Demobilization Phase
Operational Phase
Important to note the following when using this template:
The EMP that will be prepared should have all sections in place, except the last column on Implementation
Progress
What go in as the EMP to the bid and contract documents of construction contractor is the sections
highlighted in blue, as Implementation Progress is not relevant at the time of bidding and Operational
responsibilities would lie with the council.
Any activity that may be identified as the responsibility of design engineers should not be part of the EMP
that goes into the bid and contract documents of construction contractors
Important to note: The consultant is responsible to ensure the EMF requirements are taken into
consideration in the designing of infrastructure.
The EMP Presentation
The EMP should follow the same sequence as the tasks described above including the EMP matrix provided
above.
Consultant Qualifications
The design consultant team should include an expert with at least 8 years of experience preparing
environmental management and monitoring plans for infrastructure construction, improvement and
rehabilitation, costing of mitigation measures and preparing contractor clauses necessary to capture EMP
implementation needs.
102
Reporting and feedback schedule
All submissions related to the assignment should be submitted to Project Management Unit, as hard copies
and electronically. The duration of the consultancy is x months. During the final submission of the EMP
report, if changes requested during the draft report stage have not been incorporated in a satisfactory manner
to the client and the World Bank, the consultant will be required to work further on the document until it is
considered satisfactory.
103
7.7 Annex-7: Guidelines for Environmental Closure of Small Open Dump Sites
(Less than 10 feet in height and 500m in surface spread area)
The following guidelines are developed in line with recommendations made in line with international best
practice.4
1. Environmental Closure Methods
In the context of Sri Lanka and current solid waste management practices the following two principle
methods should be adopted to environmentally close the current waste management locations. Field
evaluations have shown that these sites contain small open dump sites, where inorganic waste material such
plastics, glass metal have been mixed with garden waste and soil.
1. Closing by covering the waste (in-place method)
2. Closing by removing the waste from the site (evacuation method)
Which option to use should be explored via the feasibility studies to be conducted for each island, taking
into consideration the sustainability and affordability of waste management options in the local context, all
the while remaining cognizant of trying to affect real improvement in relation to the actual and potential
environmental effects of the dump site?
When choosing a closure/upgrading method it should be borne in mind, that it is not always the most
technically advanced solution that is the most appropriate. Depending on the situation, simple
improvements of operational aspects (such as applying cover soil and eliminating open burning) can often
result in marked site performance and greatly reduced environmental impacts. The key principle should
always be to keep things simple and sustainable in a local context, while maximizing actual improvement
in environmental performance.
1.1. In-Place Closure
This method is the most commonly used option. The solid waste is left at the site and covered with a layer
of local soil and re-vegetated. The function of the cover layer is to:
• Reduce waste exposure to wind and vectors
• Prevent people and animals from scavenging
• Control odor
• Minimize the risk of fires
• Stop people from using the site
• Control infiltration of rainwater / surface water
• Control migration of landfill gas
• Serve as growth medium for vegetation
• Support suitable post-closure activities
The ability of the cover layer to limit infiltration of water into the dump is an essential environmental
protection measure. This is achieved through a suitable combination of cover soil type, thickness, slope and
vegetation. In other than very arid conditions a clay cover layer is best suited as it minimizes leachate
production, and controls landfill gas migration and odor. The durability of the cap layer and the degree of
4 Guidelines for Design and Operation of Municipal Solid Waste Landfills in Tropical Climates prepared by the International Solid Waste Association in 2013
104
resistance that the cover offers to infiltration are important design considerations. What constitutes a
suitable cap design is site specific and depends on the climate, locally available soil materials and plant
types, the extent of protection necessary for the local aquifer and surface water systems etc. Typical
operational steps for in-place closing of an open dump are shown in the figure below.
When deciding on a suitable final contour for the closed dump, consideration should to be given to the
management of surface water and erosion in the Post- closure period. Post closure care may be defined as
requirements placed upon solid waste management facilities after closure to ensure environmental impacts
are controlled and public health and safety are adequately maintained, for a specified number of years after
closure (typically 20 years may be considered and appropriate period of time for Post-closure care of an
open dump).
1.1.1. Basic Principles of In-Place Closure
The following steps need to be adhered to during the closure process:
The dumpsite should be cleaned up and demarcated in a manner that will prohibit public access
in order to avoid risk to the public. Recyclables should be separated to be managed
appropriately.
After closing the site to public access, the facility and surrounding area should be cleaned up
so that any waste piles or piles of metallic materials, burnable materials, debris, and windblown
paper are consolidated and placed in a final disposal cell for final covering.
Particular attention should be given to any environmentally sensitive areas where waste may
have been piled too steeply, may have been placed in or next to wetlands or beaches, or where
wastes have been placed in drainage ways or in areas that impede surface water drainage.
Site closure should help moderate the environmental impact of such improper disposal.
As appropriate, waste materials may need to be moved or relocated to higher portions of the
site, or the waste may be placed in appropriate areas to help sloping of the closed site.
It is important to promote surface water drainage from landfill areas in order to keep surface
water from filtering into and through the garbage, thus creating a hazard of ground water and
surface water degradation.
o A primary concern of site closure is the slope of filled portions of the site to promote
surface water runoff without causing ponding or severe erosion of the final cover.
The slope or grade of the land and the length strongly affects soil erosion of the slope.
o Final slopes of filled portions of the landfill site should be at least 2 percent in grade and
should not exceed 8 percent in grade.
105
o Slopes of up to 12 percent may be used where the slope length is short and run off is not
concentrated or increased by adjacent slopes.
Terraces, waterways, diversions or other measures should be used as appropriate to minimize
soil erosion. The USDA Universal Soil Loss Equation may be used to predict soil loss and the
life of the cover.
1.1.2. Application of a Final Cover in In-Place Closure
After the open landfilled areas have been sloped and all waste buried, compacted, and covered, an
inert waste landfill site should be covered with at least 20-25 inches of clay-rich soil and 36 inches
for municipal solid waste landfills that contain organic matter.
In Sri Lanka due to impacts on extraction of clay-rich soil, more dense sandy soil may be used.
This final cover of soil should be placed in layers.
o The first or deepest being about 12 inches for inert waste landfills or 18 inches for
municipal solid waste landfills, which should be carefully compacted in six-inch lifts to
minimize surface water infiltration. Compaction testing of this "barrier layer" may be
required to ensure the soil material be properly placed.
o An additional 12-18 inch of soil material should be placed over the compacted clay layer
to help protect it from damage due to erosion, plant roots, vehicular traffic, freezing and
thawing, etc. This "buffer layer" also provides a rooting depth for the final vegetative cover.
o Based on site conditions, additional layers may be desirable. At least six inches of topsoil
or suitable plant growth material such as compost, should be spread over the site.
o Where possible Soil nutrient testing of the topsoil is suggested. Soil pH, nitrogen,
potassium, phosphorous, conductivity, bulk density, and organic matter are suggested
parameters.
o Based on this analysis, appropriate organic matter may be added to the topsoil to increase
fertility.
1.1.3. Site Revegetation and Long Term Management
The site should be revegetated when practicable to a mixture of native grass or shrub species as
recommended by the local environmental protection agency.
Tree plantings may be placed around the landfill site, however, unless special precautions are taken,
trees should not be planted on top of the landfill and should not be planted in positions which will
cause excessive soil drifting on the landfill.
Tree plantings help improve the aesthetics of the landfill site and may improve the site for long
term use as wildlife habitat, scenic areas, etc.
As appropriate, the landfill site may need additional covering applied, additional erosion control
structures installed, and/or reseeding of the vegetative cover.
In the post-closure period there may be regulatory requirements to establish a monitoring
programme to assess risks over the long term. The basic principles are as follows, to:
• Maintain the Integrity of the Cover layer through regular maintenance to address:
o Settlement, cap subsidence, slope instability and vegetation cover
o Storm water run-off / run-on drainage controls, and drain and cap erosion
• Operate, Monitor and Maintain
o Leachate management system (if any)
o Landfill gas controls and wells (if any)
o Groundwater wells; stream sampling (if any)
106
1.2. Evacuation Method-Removing Waste
With this method the solid waste in the open dump is excavated and disposed off-site (typically to
a sanitary landfill, or a waste incineration plant). As no sanitary landfills are currently located in
Sri Lanka, this activity can only be taken once the Aruwakkalu sanitary landfill facility has been
established or incinerated as a fully operational incineration facility.
Where possible, accumulated cans, bottles, metal and plastic waste found in the dumpsites of
inhabited islands the option of sourcing them to recyclers or companies that partake in resource
recovery should be explored.
All material that cannot be incinerated nor has a recyclable/resource value should be sorted should
be either incorporated in to the existing open dump site prior to In-Place Closure.
In the case of the small-medium scale open dump piles that are mixed with soil and other organic
matter, unless properly sorted, incineration will not be an option. Thus for these In-Place Closure
should be adopted.
107
7.8 Annex 8: Generic EMP for Environmental Closure of Large to Medium Open Dump Facilities Using Capping
System The following Generic EMP identifies environmental impacts and mitigatory measures that need to be in place during the environmental closure of
large to medium scale open dumpsites, more than 10feet in height and 500meters in radius.
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Pre-Construction/Site preparation phase
1. Site Access
Closure
Total cessation of dumping in the site will be implemented prior to any works.
All public access to the site, including waste pickers and scavengers should be prohibited via
adequate fencing and signage which prohibit public access completely, in order to avoid risk to the
public.
The site will be fully closed to any SWM operation and appropriate signage must be established at
the site entrance to indicate that the waste dump has been closed from operation.
Barriers/fence and dangerous warning signs should be raised to keep the public away
A fence shall be erected to cover the entire perimeter of the open dumpsite using cost effective fence
materials consisting of chain link fence fabric, concrete post, etc. as specified in the Technical
Specifications.
o In order to avoid land disturbance and movement, the fence shall generally follow the
contour of the ground.
o Grading shall be performed where necessary to provide a neat appearance
Engineering Cost IA the Site in
collaboration with
the PMU
PMU
2. Site Clearance The site and surrounding area should be cleaned prior to commencing earthworks so that any waste
piles or piles of residual waste material and windblown waste material are consolidated and placed in
the waste mound for final covering.
Particular attention should be given to move residual waste which may have piled too steeply in close
proximity to the canals surrounding the project area.
When establishing the buffer area, in the event demolition of existing structures is identified the
contractor will follow the recommended steps in the Demolition Guidelines presented in the EMF.
Engineering Cost Contractor, IA
PMU,
IA/PMU
108
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
3. Material
Sourcing
The contractor is required to ensure that all construction materials, including sand, loam, and clay for
the ET covering process as well as other quarry material for construction is sourced from licensed
sources.
The contractor is required to maintain the necessary licenses and environmental clearances for all
burrow and quarry material they are sourcing –including soil, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate.
Sourcing of any material from protected areas and/or designated natural areas, including tank beds,
are strictly prohibited.
If the contractor uses a non-commercial burrow/quarry sites, the sites should be remediated
according to the guidance provided in this EMP, once material sourcing has been completed.
The contractor is required to submit in writing all the relevant copies, numbers and relevant details of
all pre-requisite licenses etc. and report of their status to the engineer on a quarterly basis.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
4. Work Site
Management
The contractor should identify an area onsite to store construction materials and equipment which
should be approved by the engineer.
Parking, repairing vehicles, machinery and equipment shall be done stationed only at the work site
and/or in any other designated areas by the engineer.
The contractor should provide instruction and advice should be given to drivers and operators (both
company owned and hired) to park vehicles and store equipment at this designated area.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
5. Labor Camps Due to safety and public health issues prevalent at the site, no labor camps may be established on site
Resting facilities and the site office should be located closer to the site entrance and away from the
waste mound.
The location, layout and basic facility provision of labor camps to be set up must be submitted to the
Engineer prior to establishment.
The establishment of labor camps will commence only upon the written approval of the Engineer.
The contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional
and hygienic manner and as approved by the Engineer.
All temporary accommodation must be established and maintained in such a fashion that
uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing.
The sewage system for the camp, if not available, must be planned and implemented with
concurrence from the Local Public Health Officer (PHI)
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
109
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
6. Information
Disclosure
among
Stakeholders
Discussions should be conducted with the residents who reside along the vicinity of the project site
o Residents have to be briefed of the project, purpose and design and outcomes via a
documented community consultation session
o This should be done immediately once the contractor is mobilized.
o The contractor should take note of all impacts, especially safety hazards that will be of
concern to the residents and take necessary measures as stipulated in the EMP to mitigate
them.
The contractor will maintain a log of any grievances/complains and actions taken to resolve them.
A copy of the EMP should be available at all times at the project supervision office on site.
Engineering Cost Contractor/IA/
PMU
PMU
Construction/Intervention Phase
7. Transport and
Storage of
requisite cover
and
construction
materials
The contractor should avoid over loading trucks that transport material to construction sites.
During transportation, materials should be covered with tarpaulin.
Peak hours in roads with moderate to high traffic should be avoided.
The contractor shall minimize possible public nuisance due to dust, traffic congestion, air pollution,
etc., due to such haulage;
If local roads are used, routes are to be selected based on the truck load; loads should be divided to
prevent damages to local roads and bridges.
Speed limits as nationality stipulated for haulage must be maintain
All vehicles used for haulage should be in good condition.
If there are damages to local roads and other utilities due to hauling in roads caused by the contractor.
The contractor shall attend to repair all damaged infrastructure/ roads, if needed through relevant
authorities
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
8. Emission of
Dust during
cover
application and
construction.
All construction materials such as sand, soil, metal, etc. should be transported under cover to the site
and stored under cover at the sight.
Plastic sheeting (of about 6 mm minimum thickness) can be used and held in place with weights,
such as old tires or cinder blocks, with the edges of the sheeting buried, or by the use of other
anchoring systems, in order to minimize the levels of airborne dust. Mud patches caused by material transporting vehicles in the access road should be immediately
cleaned
Continual water sprinkling should be carried out in the work and fill areas and the access road if dust
stir is observed.
Water sprinkling should be done more frequently on days that are dry and windy (at least four time’s
day) as the levels of dust can be elevated during dry periods.
Dust masks should be provided to all laborers for the use at required times
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
9. Prevention of
garbage slides
during site
preparation
During the grading and sub-grading preparation, all excavation materials including old wastes must
be confined within the confines of the dumpsite property.
It is not acceptable to dump any of these materials outside of the dumpsite property;
All construction materials including heavy equipment to be used during site preparation must be
confined within designated or specific area and should be inside the property of the open dumpsite;
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
110
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
In summary, the use area outside of the property line of the open dumpsite must be avoided to
eliminate nuisance and conflict with adjacent property owners, and contamination and/or pollution of
drainage canals around the site and private properties.
10. Prevention of
soil erosion
during site
preparation
During site preparation and application of cover layers, soil or silt interceptors must be provided at
the base of the waste mound to in order to avoid or address the problem of soil
Erosion.
The contractor should cover completed areas with polythene sheets to prevent erosion and associated
dust generation until revegetation has been conducted.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
Burrowing of
Earth and
Management
of Self
Operated
Burrow Sites
In the event the contractor will use a self-operated burrow site:
Approval from the National Building Research Organization (NBRO) is a requisite for any burrow
site located in hilly areas
A site operational plan for opening and closing the burrow site, for any new burrow site, should be
prepared and submitted to the engineer for clearance.
Perhaps, a small guideline on burrow area management can be included. I think I have some
guidelines and can do one for you.
The contractor shall comply with the environmental requirements/guidelines issued by the Central
Environmental Authority (CEA) and the respective local authorities with respect of locating burrow
areas and with regard to all operations related to excavation and transportation of earth from such
sites.
Contractor can also find suitable soil materials from currently operated licensed burrow pits, subject
to approval of the engineer
No burrow-sites be used (current approved) or newly established within areas protected under FFPO5
and FO6
Burrow areas shall not be opened without having a valid mining license from the GSMB7.
The location, depth of excavation and the extent of the pit or open cut area shall be as approved by
the engineer.
All burrow pits/areas should be rehabilitated at the end of their use by the contractor in accordance
with the requirements/guidelines issued by the CEA and the respective local authority and guidelines
presented in Annex-3 of this document.
Establishment of burrow pits/areas and its operational activities shall not cause any adverse impact to
the near-by properties and people.
Contractor shall take all steps necessary to ensure the stability of slopes including those related to
temporary works and burrow pits.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
Quarry
Operations and
Management
of Self
In the event the contractor manages a self-owned existing quarry sites available in the project area
Approval from the National Building Research Organization (NBRO) is a requisite for any quarry
site located in hilly areas
A site operational plan for opening and closing the quarry site, for any new quarry site, should be
prepared and submitted to the engineer for clearance.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
5 FFPO- Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance 6 FO-Forest Ordinance 7 GSMB- Geological Survey and Mines Bureau
111
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Operated
Quarry Sites
The should be approved by GSMB with valid Environmental Protection License (EPL) and Industrial
Mining Licenses;
Prior approval should be obtained from GSMB, CEA and local authorities such as Pradeshiya Sabha.
Selected quarry sites should have proper safety measures such as warnings, safety nets etc., and third
party insurance cover to protect external parties that may be affected due to blasting.
Quarry sites should not be established within protected sites identified under the FFPO and FO.
It is recommended not to seek material from quarries that have ongoing disputes with community.
The maintenance and rehabilitation of the access roads in the event of damage by the contractor’s
operations shall be a responsibility of the contractor.
Copies of all relevant licenses should be maintained by the contractor for review and documentation
by the engineer
Excavation of
waste from
waste mound
The contractor will ensure that waste excavation is conducted in a manner that does not greatly
disturb the matrix of the existing waste mound.
Care should be maintained, especially when working on the slopes to ensure further failures do not
occur due to the height of the mound.
Machinery operated for excavation should be operated by skilled operators at all times.
Workers working on machinery and on site during excavation should be geared with full body suits,
masks helmets, boots and gloves and heat protection equipment to avoid exposure with raw
decomposing waste material, which can be at higher temperatures.
Excavation work will be carried out in a sequenced manner, to avoid ad-hoc exposed areas on the
waste mound.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
Spreading and
compaction of
waste
The active working face should be minimized as much as practical an appropriate size is about 2 to 3
times the width of the compactor vehicle.
Waste should be spread and compacted in layers not greater than 0.6m (2ft.) after compaction.
Compaction of the waste should be on a slope of about 20-30% as guided via the permissible levels
and worked from the bottom of the slope to the top
The recommended process for spreading and compaction is presented in the diagram below:
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
112
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
11. Machinery
Operation
Only experienced and well trained workers should be used for the handling of machinery, equipment
and material processing plants.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
12. Noise from
vehicles,
machinery,
equipment and
construction
activities.
Noise generating work should be limited to day time (6:00AM to 6:00PM). No work that generates
excessive noise should be carried out during night hours (from 6:00PM to 6:00AM on the following
day).
All equipment and machinery should be operated at noise levels that do not exceed the permissible
level of 75 dB8 (during construction) for the day time.
For all construction activities undertaken during the night time, it is necessary to maintain the noise
level at below 50 dB as per the CEA noise control regulations
All equipment should be in good serviced condition. Regular maintenance of all construction
vehicles and machinery to meet noise control regulations stipulated by the CEA in 1996 (Gazette
Extra Ordinary, No 924/12) must be conducted for vehicles/machinery that will be used in
construction on site and for transport.
Ideally noise generating work should not be carried out during public holidays and religious days.
Labor gangs should be warned to work with minimum noise. Strict labor supervision should be
undertaken in this respect.
No night time residency of laborers on site should be encouraged, post work hours.
Idling of temporary trucks or other equipment should not be permitted during periods of loading /
unloading or when they are not in active use.
The practice must be ensured especially near residential / commercial / sensitive areas.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
8 dB-Decibels
113
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Stationary construction equipment will be kept at least 100m from the site periphery, which has
proximity to households. All possible and practical measures to control noise emissions during
drilling shall be employed.
Contractor shall submit the list of high noise/vibration generating machinery & equipment to the
engineer for approval.
Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery must be done regularly and during routine
servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective
will be replaced.
Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of the
Engineer to keep noise levels at the minimum.
13. Pollution of
Soil and Water
via Fuel and
Lubricants
The contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking locations, fuel/lubricants storage
sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and refueling site shall be located away from
the canal that is adjacent to the site by least 200m away.
Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and
refueling will be carried out in such a fashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not further
contaminate the ground.
Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified
disposal sites (list to be submitted to Engineer) and approved by the Engineer.
All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed of in accordance with standards set by
the CEA/MoMDE9.
Engineer will certify that all arrangements comply with the guidelines of CEA/MoMDE or any other
relevant laws.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
14. Disposal of
Debris and
Spoil
All debris and residual spoil material from excavations for drainage and site cleaning, should be
conducted prior to cover application and used in the reshaping of the waste mound and may not be
transported off site.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
15. Public Safety
At all times the site will restrict the entry of public on to the site.
Safety signboards and signboards prohibiting entrance and risks, should be displayed at all necessary
locations.
The contractor should obtain a Third party insurance to compensate any damages, injuries caused to
the public or laborers during the construction period.
All construction vehicles should be operated by experienced and trained operators under supervision.
All digging and installation work should be completed in one go no ensure no parts of the waste
mound is left susceptible to LFG emission and instability.
Trenches should be progressively rehabilitated once work is completed.
Material loading and unloading should be done only within the project site.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
16. Safety of
Workers
Contractor shall comply with the requirements for safety of the workers as per the ILO Convention
No. 62 and Safety & Health Regulations of the Factory Ordinance of Sri Lanka to the extent that
those are applicable to this contract.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
9 MoMDE-Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment
114
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
The contractor shall supply all necessary safety measures at site- including provision of First Aid
Kids, Fire extinguishers.
Signage providing instructions on first aid management, emergency contact and emergency
operational procedures in local languages. Basic onsite safety training should be conducted for all laborers during the EMP training prior to the
start of the construction activities.
The training to laborers should also include a brief on the risks of working on an open dump site.
The contractor should obtain a Third party insurance to compensate any damages, injuries caused to
laborers during the construction period.
Protective footwear and protective goggles should be provided to all workers employed on mixing of
materials like cement, concrete etc.
Welder's protective eye-shields shall be provided to workers who are engaged in welding works.
Earplugs shall be provided to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working in crushing,
compaction, or concrete mixing operation.
The contractor shall supply all necessary safety equipment such as safety goggles, helmets, safety
belts, ear plugs, mask etc. to workers and staff.
In addition, the contractor shall maintain in stock at the site office, gloves, ear muffs, goggles, dust
masks, safety harness and any other equipment considered necessary.
A safety inspection checklist should be prepared taking into consideration what the workers are
supposed to be wearing and monitored on a monthly basis and recorded.
17. Prevention of
accidents
Prevention of accidents involving human beings or vehicles or accidents during construction period
should be done via adequate training and guidance to all workers.
A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and
first aid supplies should be available at the site office at all times.
Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital
should also be insured.
Names and contact information for emergency services such as Ambulance services, hospitals, police
and the fire brigade should be prepared as a sign board and displayed at the work site.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
18. Operation of
labor camps
The Contractor shall establish and maintain all offsite labor accommodation in such a fashion that
uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing.
A supply of sufficient quantity of potable water in every workplace/labor camp site at suitable and
easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such provisions should be maintained.
The sewage system for the offsite labor camp, if newly established, are designed, built and operated
in such a fashion that no health hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent
water courses take place.
Ensure adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals.
The contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied
and disposed of in a hygienic manner
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
19. Traffic
Management
Travel routes for construction vehicles should be designed to avoid areas of congestion and
communicated to drivers.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
115
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
If project vehicles will be entering and exiting the site and being operated after 6PM a lighting
system should be maintained to ensure adequate on site lighting and clear lighting to road uses, off
the site access point.
Contractor should supply traffic co-coordinators to manage vehicle movements to and from the
project site at the entrance, as it is located off a main road directly.
20. Surface
Drainage and
Possible Water
Stagnation
The project interventions itself include and adequate storm water drainage system in the premises,
which will discharge water to existing storm water drainage networks.
During construction, the contractor will conduct overall storm water management in the premises
during construction using temporary ditches, sand bag barriers etc.
Proper drainage arrangements to be made, to avoid the overflowing of existing drainage paths to
cutting, excavation and other activities
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
21. Fire Safety Easily flammable materials should not be stored in construction site; they must be transported out of
project site.
Any activities, such as welding, that can lead to ignition should be conducted post the closure of the
mound where possible to avoid risk of exposure to landfill gas.
During the excavation activities, as the decomposing waste buried will be of higher temperatures
there is the potential risk of fire, thus it should be conducted with extreme care as per the stipulated
sequence and safety precautions.
At all times the site should be equipped with appropriate firefighting and fire retardant equipment to
suppress any fires on the site.
Fire extinguishers should be available at the site office for use in the case of emergencies.
A supply of water should be available on site during the excavation period and construction period
for firefighting purposes.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
22. Grievance
Redress
Mechanism
during
construction
Grievances are inevitable during the entire works period.
Grievances submitted in writing shall be referred to the IA/PMU by the safeguard officer of the
Contractor through the Engineer.
Verbal communications shall be directed to IA/PMU through Engineer. Contact information of
Engineer/IA/IA/PMU/in print form shall be available at the site.
The grievances shall be submitted to the Engineer on the same day of receiving. It has to be recorded
and the safeguard officer of the Engineer shall ensure the timely redress through the IA/PMU
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
Post Construction/Operation and Maintenance Phase
23. Planting post
ET Cover
application
Only native species of plants may be used for the planting process- Vetiver grass is recommended as
a suitable species that grows well on sandy loam soils and toxic conditions and has good potential to
control soil erosion. Specific properties of vetiver grass are presented in the diagram below.
Attempts should be made to also identify suitable “living filter” plant species that are known to
minimize the amounts of toxic gases in a given environment.
A supply of water should be available for the routine maintenance of the vegetation until it succeeds
naturally.
Engineering
Cost/Operational
Cost
Contractor/PMU/
MoMPWD
PMU/IA
116
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Routine maintenance of planted species should be conducted to identify issues with establishment on
site.
Replacement planting should be conducted as appropriate.
Properties of Vetiver Grass
In order to support vegetation to establish well, top soil layers should be maintained as per the
guidance on general standards for top soil provided below.
117
Activities and
Associated
Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
24. Site Closure
and
Demobilization
The contractor will remove all excess material, equipment, vehicles from the project site prior to
complete demobilization.
All temporary site offices will be dismantled and removed from the site.
If the parking site has been dilapidated in any way as per the evaluation of the engineer, the
contractor will reinstate it to the original condition prior to demobilization.
Engineering Cost Contractor PMU
25. Operational
Management
during
monitoring
phase
The facility should be equipped with potable drinking water as well as water for firefighting and dust
mitigation.
Monitoring activities should be conducted as outlined in the monitoring plan to be development in
compliance with Annex 19 of the EMF Document.
Operational Cost IA/MoMWD IA
118
7.9 Annex 9: Generic EMP for Construction and Operation of Composting/Organic Waste Processing Facilities.
The following generic EMP has been developed as per the requirements stipulated in the World Bank Group General Environmental
Health and Safety Guidelines and Sectoral EHS Guidelines for SWM Facilities as well as the Central Environmental Authority of Sri
Lanka’s Technical Guidelines for Solid Waste Management.
Best Practices developed by other countries have also been utilized.10
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Preparation of Facility Design
Site Selection and
Suitability
Site in accordance with buffer distance recommendations below. Composting
facilities in general should, as best practice, be placed at adequate distances
from salient features in the following locations:
o 1,000 m to land that is a
designated protected area
o 1,000m from any
designated historic and
heritage areas, buildings
or sites, including
UNESCO World Heritage
sites.
o Within any floodplain
subject to flooding that
occurs, on average, more
than one in every 100
years
o Within 100 m of a bank of
a major watercourse or
within 500 m of a high-
water mark of a water way.
The facility should not be sited near a proclaimed potable water supply
catchment.
Design Cost IA the Site in
collaboration with
the IA/PMU
IA/PMU
10
Environmental Guidelines for Composting and Other Organic Recycling Facilities-Environmental Protection Agency, Victoria, Australia
Environment Protection Authority Compost Guideline- Environmental Protection Agency, South Australia
119
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
o Sites within an identified drinking water catchment (surface water or
groundwater), for example, any lands nominated by local water
supply authorities or near a groundwater bore used as drinking water
should not be considered.
o Sites should not be in an area overlying an aquifer that contains
drinking-water quality groundwater that is vulnerable to pollution.
National environment protection policy requirements should be adhered with-
including site selection criteria laid out in the Central Environmental Authority-
Technical Guidelines on Solid Waste Management in Sri Lanka.
Sites where the substrata are prone to landslip or subsidence as designated by
the NBRO should not be selected.
Existing composting facilities should be protected from encroachment from
new developments.
In the absence of site-specific risk information an effective buffer is 1,000 m
between new developments and composting facilities, measured from the outer
boundary of the area licensed to undertake composting (see diagram above).
The separation distance should be measured from the boundary of the
composting activity/ pad (including the leachate collection pond/waste water
lagoon at the site to the nearest receptor.
Requirements for
Preliminary waster
assessments
A comprehensive hydrological investigation of both the site and the
surrounding surface water and groundwater regime needs to be conducted
before site establishment. The investigation should identify the groundwater
flow pathways for all aquifers on site, assess the vulnerability of the
groundwater underneath and adjacent to the facility, and establish whether
systems to prevent groundwater pollution need to be set up.
A water pollution remediation plan should be developed if pollution of
groundwater, surface water or the subsoil is confirmed in the preliminary water
assessment of the site or is identified by external monitoring.
Design Cost
Design Requirements for
Environmental
Management
❖ The receipt, storage and processing of incoming feedstocks should be undertaken
on a low permeability material such as compacted clay, asphalt or concrete over
a sub-grade which can support, without sustained damage, the load of material
on it and the load of any machinery used in the composting facility.
❖ A suitable protective layer should be maintained over the constructed liner to
protect the constructed liner from damage because of day-to-day activities.
❖ The design of the compost facility should ensure access to all areas of the site
irrespective of weather conditions.
❖ The design and maintenance of a minimum 2% drainage gradient for all areas
that receive, store and process feedstocks, and the orientation of windrows, to
ensure the free drainage of leachate to a designated wastewater collection system.
❖ Composting facilities should be designed and managed so as to reduce the
generation of fugitive dust and airborne emissions.
Design Cost IA the Site in
collaboration with
the IA/PMU
IA/PMU
120
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
o All vehicle moving areas should be compacted and sealed so as to
prevent the generation of dust.
❖ Composting facilities should be designed and operated to minimize offsite noise
impacts.
o Composting facilities should provide suitable separation distances
around the facility and engineering or management controls for
specific noise sources.
o Operating hours at composting facilities should be suited to the
surrounding land use.
❖ Finished compost product should be stored on a designated hardstand area that
has a minimum 2% drainage gradient to direct the potentially nutrient rich runoff
into a storm water management system capable of removing sediments and
nutrients.
❖ A maintenance program should be implemented that is suitable to maintain the
effective working condition of all working surfaces. Any compromise to the
working surfaces identified should be repaired as soon as practicably possible.
❖ Records should be maintained of all inspection and repair work performed.
Design of waste water
management systems
❖ Design of the wastewater management system should include an assessment of
the following factors:
o the maximum potential leachate generation
o rainfall, climate conditions including storm events
o sampling and inspection access
o ongoing maintenance, including an assessment of potential odor.
❖ The wastewater management system should ensure that waste water discharged
meets the requirements for waste water discharge from solid waste management
facilities as stipulated in the World Bank Environmental Health and Safety
Guidelines for Solid waste management facilities.
Design of storm water
management systems
❖ Composting facilities should be designed to divert clean storm water from
pooling or draining towards areas where feedstocks and finished compost
product are received, sorted, stored or processed.
❖ The facilities should not have direct connection to existing storm water systems
which may not follow a treatment channel.
❖ Composting facilities should be designed to prevent clean storm water from
entering into areas where feedstocks are received, stored and processed and areas
where finished product is stored.
❖ All storm water which encounters incoming feedstocks and compost windrows
should be handled and treated as wastewater.
❖ Design criteria for the storm water management system should consider:
o Storm water separation
o the 1–in–25-year recurrence interval
121
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
o 24-hour duration storm event for design of drainage features.
❖ Composting facilities should have a separate storm water management system
which; is fit for purpose, sized appropriately for site conditions and suitably
maintained.
o All out-door areas involving process materials– pre-storage areas,
vehicle loading and unloading areas, processing stacks, maturing and
matured product stacks and related activities – should be contained
within bunded areas. This is to prevent any contaminated water or
solids flowing onto and/or contaminating the clean zones of the site,
clean storm water drains or adjoining properties.
o All water that falls within the bunded areas, whether storm water or
leachate, must be regarded as contaminated wastewater and should be
captured for re-use.
o It is preferable that the above-mentioned outdoor areas are sealed with
impermeable bases (for example, concreted). Otherwise a base made
of low permeability clay, compacted soil.
o The surface of the bunded areas should be graded so that the water
drains to a recycling
o tank or pit. This pit should be of sufficient capacity to prevent
overflow. Out-door operational activities should be carried out in the
smallest possible area, to minimize the size of the bunded areas and
the
o quantity of contaminated storm water collected.
o Indoor operational activities should also have suitably graded and
bunded operating surfaces which drain to collection drains to intercept
all leachate and run-off for recycling.
o Clean storm water should be segregated from contaminated storm
water – for example by the use of cut-off drains and barriers to direct
it away from the main operational areas.
o Grade and drain the pre-storage and processing areas to a collection
pit.
o Establish a vegetative filter strips of fully composted material around
compost heaps to absorb leachate run-off and to divert storm water
run-on.
Pre-Construction/Site preparation phase
122
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Site Access Closure All public access to the site via adequate fencing and signage which prohibit
public access completely, in order to avoid risk to the public.
The site entrance will include adequate signage indicating the details of the
proposed subproject, implementing agencies etc as well as safety signage to
keep public away.
A fence shall be erected to cover the entire perimeter of the facility using cost
effective fence materials consisting of chain link fence fabric, concrete post,
etc. as specified in the Technical Specifications in order to ensure, animals and
public are unable to access the site.
o To avoid land disturbance and movement, the fence shall generally
follow the contour of the ground.
o Grading shall be performed where necessary to provide a neat
appearance
Engineering
Cost
IA the Site in
collaboration with
the IA/PMU
IA/PMU
Material Sourcing
The contractor is required to ensure that all construction materials, including
gravel, sand, earth as well as other quarry material for construction is sourced
from licensed sources.
The contractor is required to maintain the necessary licenses and environmental
clearances for all burrow and quarry material they are sourcing –including soil,
fine aggregate and coarse aggregate.
Sourcing of any material from protected areas and/or designated natural areas,
including tank beds, are strictly prohibited.
If the contractor uses a non-commercial burrow/quarry sites, the sites should be
remediated per the guidance provided in this EMP, once material sourcing has
been completed as per Annex 19.
The contractor is required to submit in writing all the relevant copies, numbers
and relevant details of all pre-requisite licenses etc. and report of their status to
the engineer on a quarterly basis.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
Work Site Management The contractor should identify an area onsite to store construction materials and
equipment which should be approved by the engineer and demarcated for
material storage as per the site plan.
Parking, repairing vehicles, machinery and equipment shall be done stationed
only at the work site and/or in any other designated areas by the engineer.
The contractor should provide instruction and advice should be given to drivers
and operators (both company owned and hired) to park vehicles and store
equipment at this designated area.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
123
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
26. Labor Camps Due to safety and public health issues prevalent at the site, no labor camps may
be established on site
Resting facilities and the site office should be located closer to the site entrance
and away from the waste mound.
The location, layout and basic facility provision of labor camps to be set up must
be submitted to the Engineer prior to establishment.
The establishment of labor camps will commence only upon the written approval
of the Engineer.
The contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary
facilities in functional and hygienic manner and as approved by the Engineer.
All temporary accommodation must be established and maintained in such a
fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and
washing.
The sewage system for the camp, if not available, must be planned and
implemented with concurrence from the Local Public Health Officer (PHI)
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
Waste Storage Area
124
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
27. Information Disclosure
among Stakeholders
Discussions should be conducted with the residents who reside along the vicinity
of the project site
o Residents must be briefed of the project, purpose and design and
outcomes via a documented community consultation session
o This should be done immediately once the contractor is mobilized.
o The contractor should take note of all impacts, especially safety
hazards that will be of concern to the residents and take necessary
measures as stipulated in the EMP to mitigate them.
The contractor will maintain a log of any grievances/complains and actions taken
to resolve them.
A copy of the EMP should be available always at the project supervision office
on site.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor/IA/
IA/PMU
IA/PMU
Construction/Intervention Phase
28. Site Clearance and Land
Development
Prevention of removal of trees should be maintained as far as possible.
All plant and animal species identified as rare/endangered/threatened at
environmental screening should be managed as follows, floral species should
either be relocated to a suitable site if possible or protected on site via adequate
measures of protection implemented, faunal species (IUNC Guidelines to be
followed for any animal relocation11.
During removing, attention should be paid to maintain minimum disturbances
to soil cover and also care should be taken not to damage adjoining trees.
Degraded state land identified for forestry activities will be improved to
compensate for the trees removed as 1:2 at least
Water spraying should be done at a regular interval to avoid dust generation due
to site clearance
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
29. Disposal of Debris and
Spoil
All debris and residual spoil material including any left earth shall be disposed
only at locations approved by the engineer for such purpose and subjected to
the following clauses:
The contractor shall obtain the approval from the relevant Local Authority such
as Prdeshiya Sabha, Municipal Council and other government agencies (as
required) for disposal and spoil at the specified location, as directed by the
Engineer
Private land that will be selected for disposal should also require written consent
from the land owner
The debris and spoil shall be disposed in such a manner that;
o waterways and drainage paths are not blocked
o the disposed material should not be washed away by runoff and
o should not be a nuisance to the public
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
11 IUCN-Guidelines for Reintroductions and Other Conservation Translocations-2013- https://portals.iucn.org/library/sites/library/files/documents/2013-009.pdf
125
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
All material that is reusable or recyclable shall be used for such purposes either
by the contractor or through dealers.
The debris and residual spoil material including any left earth shall be used, to
refill the burrow areas as directed by the engineer, subjected to laying of topsoil
as per recommendations for conservation and reuse of top soil provided below.
Excavated earth materials and all debris materials shall be disposed immediately
without allowing to stockpile at identified locations for debris disposal,
recommended by the engineer. During transportation, dispose materials should
be covered with tarpaulin.
If approved by the engineer, contractor can dispose the debris and spoil as a
filling material provided that the contractor can ensure that such material is used
for legally acceptable purposes with disposed in an environmentally acceptable
manner.
30. Conservation and Reuse of
Topsoil
Top soil of productive areas where it has to be removed for the purpose of this
project shall be stripped to a specified depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles
of height not exceeding 2m, if directed by the engineer. If the contractor is in
any doubt on whether to conserve the topsoil or not for any given area he/she
shall obtain the direction from the engineer in writing
Removed top soil could be used as a productive soil when
replanting/establishing vegetation
Stockpiled topsoil must be returned to cover the areas including cut slopes
where the topsoil has been removed due to project activities. Residual topsoil
must be distributed on adjoining/proximate barren areas as identified by the
engineer in a layer of thickness of 75mm – 150mm.
Topsoil thus stockpiled for reuse shall not be surcharged or overburdened. As
far as possible multiple handling of topsoil stockpiles should be kept to a
minimum.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
31. Transport and Storage of
construction materials
The contractor should avoid over loading trucks that transport material to
construction sites.
During transportation, materials should be covered with tarpaulin.
Peak hours in roads with moderate to high traffic should be avoided.
The contractor shall minimize possible public nuisance due to dust, traffic
congestion, air pollution, etc., due to such haulage;
If local roads are used, routes are to be selected based on the truck load; loads
should be divided to prevent damages to local roads and bridges.
Speed limits as nationality stipulated for haulage must be maintain
All vehicles used for haulage should be in good condition.
If there are damages to local roads and other utilities due to hauling in roads
caused by the contractor. The contractor shall attend to repair all damaged
infrastructure/ roads, if needed through relevant authorities
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
126
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
32. Emission of Dust during
cover application and
construction.
All construction materials such as sand, soil, metal, etc. should be transported
under cover to the site and stored under cover at the sight.
Plastic sheeting (of about 6 mm minimum thickness) can be used and held in
place with weights, such as old tires or cinder blocks, with the edges of the
sheeting buried, or by the use of other anchoring systems, in order to minimize
the levels of airborne dust. Mud patches caused by material transporting vehicles in the access road should
be immediately cleaned
Continual water sprinkling should be carried out in the work and fill areas and
the access road if dust stir is observed.
Water sprinkling should be done more frequently on days that are dry and windy
(at least four time’s day) as the levels of dust can be elevated during dry periods.
Dust masks should be provided to all laborers for the use at required times
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
33. Prevention of soil erosion
during site preparation
Debris material shall be disposed in such a manner that waterways, drainage
paths would not get blocked.
Drainage paths associated with the infrastructure should be improved / erected
to drain rain water properly.
Silt traps will be constructed to avoid siltation into water ways where
necessary.
To avoid siltation, drainage paths should not be directed to streams, other water
bodies and sea directly and they should be separated from streams / other water
bodies / sea
Barricades such as humps will be erected at excavated areas for culverts,
silttraps, toe walls, filling and lifting with roper sign boards, as some work in
these sections will have to be stopped during heavy rains due to heavy erosion.
To prevent soil erosion in these excavated areas, proper earth drain system
should be introduced.
Embankment slopes, slopes of cuts, etc. shall not be unduly exposed to erosive
forces. These exposed slopes shall be graded and covered by grass or other
suitable materials per the specifications.
All fills, back fills and slopes should be compacted immediately to reach the
specified degree of compaction and establishment of proper mulch.
Work that lead to heavy erosion shall be avoided during the raining season. If
such activities need to be continued during rainy season prior approval must be
obtained from the Engineer by submitting a proposal on actions that will be
undertaken by the contractor to prevent erosion.
The work, permanent or temporary shall consist of measures as per design or as
directed by the engineer to control soil erosion, sedimentation and water
pollution to the satisfaction of the engineer. Typical measures include the use
of berms, dikes sediment basins, fiber mats, mulches, grasses, slope drains and
other devices. All sedimentation and pollution control works and maintenance
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
127
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
thereof are deemed, as incidental to the earthwork or other items of work and
no separate payment will be made for their implementation.
Burrowing of Earth and
Management of Self
Operated Burrow Sites
In the event the contractor will use a self-operated burrow site:
Approval from the National Building Research Organization (NBRO) is a
requisite for any burrow site located in hilly areas
A site operational plan for opening and closing the burrow site, for any new
burrow site, should be prepared and submitted to the engineer for clearance.
Perhaps, a small guideline on burrow area management can be included. I think
I have some guidelines and can do one for you.
The contractor shall comply with the environmental requirements/guidelines
issued by the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) and the respective local
authorities with respect of locating burrow areas and with regard to all operations
related to excavation and transportation of earth from such sites.
Contractor can also find suitable soil materials from currently operated licensed
burrow pits, subject to approval of the engineer
No burrow-sites be used (current approved) or newly established within areas
protected under FFPO12 and FO13
Burrow areas shall not be opened without having a valid mining license from the
GSMB14.
The location, depth of excavation and the extent of the pit or open cut area shall
be as approved by the engineer.
All burrow pits/areas should be rehabilitated at the end of their use by the
contractor in accordance with the requirements/guidelines issued by the CEA
and the respective local authority and guidelines presented in Annex-3 of this
document.
Establishment of burrow pits/areas and its operational activities shall not cause
any adverse impact to the near-by properties and people.
Contractor shall take all steps necessary to ensure the stability of slopes including
those related to temporary works and burrow pits.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
Quarry Operations and
Management of Self
Operated Quarry Sites
In the event the contractor manages a self-owned existing quarry sites available
in the project area
Approval from the National Building Research Organization (NBRO) is a
requisite for any quarry site located in hilly areas
A site operational plan for opening and closing the quarry site, for any new
quarry site, should be prepared and submitted to the engineer for clearance.
The should be approved by GSMB with valid Environmental Protection License
(EPL) and Industrial Mining Licenses;
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
12 FFPO- Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance 13 FO-Forest Ordinance 14 GSMB- Geological Survey and Mines Bureau
128
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Prior approval should be obtained from GSMB, CEA and local authorities such
as Pradeshiya Sabha.
Selected quarry sites should have proper safety measures such as warnings,
safety nets etc., and third party insurance cover to protect external parties that
may be affected due to blasting.
Quarry sites should not be established within protected sites identified under the
FFPO and FO.
It is recommended not to seek material from quarries that have ongoing disputes
with community.
The maintenance and rehabilitation of the access roads in the event of damage
by the contractor’s operations shall be a responsibility of the contractor.
Copies of all relevant licenses should be maintained by the contractor for review
and documentation by the engineer
34. Machinery Operation Only experienced and well trained workers should be used for the handling of
machinery, equipment and material processing plants.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
35. Noise from vehicles,
machinery, equipment
and construction
activities.
Noise generating work should be limited to day time (6:00AM to 6:00PM). No
work that generates excessive noise should be carried out during night hours
(from 6:00PM to 6:00AM on the following day).
All equipment and machinery should be operated at noise levels that do not
exceed the permissible level of 75 dB15 (during construction) for the day time.
For all construction activities undertaken during the night time, it is necessary to
maintain the noise level at below 50 dB as per the CEA noise control regulations
All equipment should be in good serviced condition. Regular maintenance of all
construction vehicles and machinery to meet noise control regulations stipulated
by the CEA in 1996 (Gazette Extra Ordinary, No 924/12) must be conducted for
vehicles/machinery that will be used in construction on site and for transport.
Ideally noise generating work should not be carried out during public holidays
and religious days.
Labor gangs should be warned to work with minimum noise. Strict labor
supervision should be undertaken in this respect.
No night time residency of laborers on site should be encouraged, post work
hours.
Idling of temporary trucks or other equipment should not be permitted during
periods of loading / unloading or when they are not in active use.
The practice must be ensured especially near residential / commercial / sensitive
areas.
Stationary construction equipment will be kept at least 100m from the site
periphery, which has proximity to households. All possible and practical
measures to control noise emissions during drilling shall be employed.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
15 dB-Decibels
129
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Contractor shall submit the list of high noise/vibration generating machinery &
equipment to the engineer for approval.
Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery must be done regularly and
during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be
checked and if found defective will be replaced.
Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to
the satisfaction of the Engineer to keep noise levels at the minimum.
36. Pollution of Soil and
Water via Fuel and
Lubricants
The contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking locations,
fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and
refueling site shall be located away from the canal that is adjacent to the site by
least 200m away.
Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation,
maintenance and refueling will be carried out in such a fashion that spillage of
fuels and lubricants does not further contaminate the ground.
Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the
pre-identified disposal sites (list to be submitted to Engineer) and approved by
the Engineer.
All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed of in accordance
with standards set by the CEA/MoMDE16.
Engineer will certify that all arrangements comply with the guidelines of
CEA/MoMDE or any other relevant laws.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
37. Preventing Loss of minor
water sources and
disruption to water users
Contractor should make employees aware on water conservation and waste
minimization in the construction process.
Arrange adequate supply of water for the project purpose throughout the
construction period. Not obtain water for project purposes, including for labor
camps, from public or community water supply schemes without a prior approval
from the relevant authority.
Not extract water from ground water or surface water bodies without the
permission from engineer & relevant authority. Obtain the permission for
extracting water prior to the commencing of the project, from the relevant
authority.
Contractor shall protect sources of water (potable or otherwise) such as water
sources used by the community so that continued use these water sources will
not be disrupted by the work. In case the closer of such sources is required on
temporary basis contractor shall provide alternative arrangement for supply.
Alternative sources such as wells thus provided should be within acceptable
distance to the original sources and accessible to the affected community.
Contractor shall not divert, close or block existing canals and streams in a manner
that adversely affect downstream intakes. If diversion or closure or blocking of
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
16 MoMDE-Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment
130
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
canals and streams is required for the execution of work, contractor must obtain
the engineers approval in writing. Contractor shall also obtain the approval from
the National Water Supply and Drainage Board (NWS&DB) or local authority
or Divisional Secretary depending on the operating agency of the intake/water
supply. Contractor shall restore the drainage path back to its original status once
the need for such diversion or closure or blockage ceased to exist. During the
affected period contractor, shall supply water to the affected community.
In case the contractor’s activities going to adversely affect the quantity or quality
of water, the contractor shall serve notice to the relevant authorities and
downstream users of water sufficiently in advance.
Apply best management practices to control contamination of run-off water
during maintenance & operation of equipment.
Maintain adequate distance between stockpiles & water bodies to control effects
to natural drainage paths.
38. Preventing siltation into
water bodies
Contractor shall take measures to prevent siltation of water bodies because of
construction work including, construction of temporary / permanent devices to
prevent water pollution due to siltation and increase of turbidity. These shall
include the measures against erosion highlighted in this EMP
Construction materials containing small / fine particles shall be stored in places
not subjected to flooding and in such a manner that these materials will not be
washed away by runoff.
Temporary soil dumps should be placed at least 200m away from all water bodies
If temporary soil piles are left at the site for a long time those piles should be
covered with thick polythene sheets
All fills, back fills and slopes should be compacted immediately to reach the
specified degree of compaction and establishment of proper mulch
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
39. Preventing contamination
of water from construction
wastes
The work shall be carried out in such a manner that pollution of natural water
courses rivers, lagoons, sea and other minor stream paths located within
construction areas or downstream.
Measures as stipulated in this EMP shall be taken to prevent the wastewater
produced in construction from entering directly into streams, water bodies or the
irrigation systems.
Avoid / minimize construction works near / at such drainage locations during
heavy rainy seasons
The discharge standards promulgated under the National Environmental Act
shall be strictly adhered to.
All waste arising from the project is to be disposed in a manner that is acceptable
to the engineer and as per the guidelines/instructions issued by the CEA.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
40. Managing alteration of
drainage paths
Contractor shall not close or block existing canals and streams permanently. If
diversion or closure or blocking of canals and streams is required for the
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
131
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
execution of work (e.g. for construction of bypass), contractor must first obtain
the Engineers approval in writing.
Contractor shall carry out an investigation and report to the Engineer, if an
investigation is requested by the Engineer.
Contractor shall also obtain the approval from the relevant agencies such as ID/
/Divisional Secretary prior to such action is taken.
Contractors shall restore the drainage path back to its original status once the
need for such diversion or closure or blockage is no longer required.
The debris and spoil shall be disposed in such a manner that waterways and
drainage paths are not blocked.
Avoid/ minimize construction works near/ at such drainage locations during
heavy rain seasons such as monsoon rain periods.
41. Public Safety
At all times the site will restrict the entry of public on to the site.
Safety signboards and signboards prohibiting entrance and risks, should be
displayed at all necessary locations.
The contractor should obtain a Third-party insurance to compensate any
damages, injuries caused to the public or laborers during the construction period.
All construction vehicles should be operated by experienced and trained
operators under supervision.
Trenches should be progressively rehabilitated once work is completed.
Material loading and unloading should be done only within the project site.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
42. Safety of Workers Contractor shall comply with the requirements for safety of the workers as per
the ILO Convention No. 62 and Safety & Health Regulations of the Factory
Ordinance of Sri Lanka to the extent that those are applicable to this contract.
The contractor shall supply all necessary safety measures at site- including
provision of First Aid Kids, Fire extinguishers.
Signage providing instructions on first aid management, emergency contact and
emergency operational procedures in local languages. Basic onsite safety training should be conducted for all laborers during the EMP
training prior to the start of the construction activities.
The training to laborers should also include a brief on the risks of working on an
open dump site.
The contractor should obtain a Third-party insurance to compensate any
damages, injuries caused to laborers during the construction period.
Protective footwear and protective goggles should be provided to all workers
employed on mixing of materials like cement, concrete etc.
Welder's protective eye-shields shall be provided to workers who are engaged in
welding works.
Earplugs shall be provided to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers
working in crushing, compaction, or concrete mixing operation.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
132
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
The contractor shall supply all necessary safety equipment such as safety
goggles, helmets, safety belts, ear plugs, mask etc. to workers and staff.
In addition, the contractor shall maintain in stock at the site office, gloves, ear
muffs, goggles, dust masks, safety harness and any other equipment considered
necessary.
A safety inspection checklist should be prepared taking into consideration what
the workers are supposed to be wearing and monitored monthly and recorded.
43. Prevention of accidents
Prevention of accidents involving human beings or vehicles or accidents during
construction period should be done via adequate training and guidance to all
workers.
A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized
dressing materials and first aid supplies should be available at the site office at
all times.
Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to
the nearest hospital should also be insured.
Names and contact information for emergency services such as Ambulance
services, hospitals, police and the fire brigade should be prepared as a sign board
and displayed at the work site.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
44. Operation of labor camps
The Contractor shall establish and maintain all offsite labor accommodation in
such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and
washing.
A supply of sufficient quantity of potable water in every workplace/labor camp
site at suitable and easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such
provisions should be maintained.
The sewage system for the offsite labor camp, if newly established, are designed,
built and operated in such a fashion that no health hazards occurs and no
pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place.
Ensure adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals.
The contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are
regularly emptied and disposed of in a hygienic manner
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
45. Handling Environmental
Issues during
Construction
The Contractor will appoint a suitably qualified Environmental Officer following
the award of the contract. The Environmental Officer will be the primary point
of contact for assistance with all environmental issues during the pre-
construction and construction phases. He/ She shall be responsible for ensuring
the implementation of EMP.
The Contractor shall appoint a person responsible for community liaison and to
handle public complaints regarding environmental/ social related matters. All
public complaints will be entered into the Complaints Register. The
Environmental Officer will promptly investigate and review environmental
complaints and implement the appropriate corrective actions to arrest or mitigate
the cause of the complaints. A register of all complaints is to be passed to the
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
133
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Engineer within 24 hrs. They are received, with the action taken by the
Environmental Officer on complains thereof.
Contractor shall prepare detailed Environmental Method Statement (EMS)
clearly stating the approach, actions and manner in which the EMP is
implemented. It is required from the contractor to prepare the EMS for each work
site, if work will be carried out at more than one site at once and time plan for
implementation. The EMS shall be updated regularly and submit for Engineers
review.
46. Grievance Redress
Mechanism during
construction
Grievances are inevitable during the entire construction period.
Grievances submitted in writing shall be referred to the IA/PMU by the safeguard
officer of the Contractor through the Engineer.
Verbal communications shall be directed to IA/PMU through Engineer. Contact
information of Engineer/IA/IA/PMU/in print form shall be available at the site.
The grievances shall be submitted to the Engineer on the same day of receiving.
It has to be recorded and the safeguard officer of the Engineer shall ensure the
timely redress through the IA/PMU
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
47. Traffic Management Travel routes for construction vehicles should be designed to avoid areas of
congestion and communicated to drivers.
If project vehicles will be entering and exiting the site and being operated after
6PM a lighting system should be maintained to ensure adequate on site lighting
and clear lighting to road uses, off the site access point.
Contractor should supply traffic co-coordinators to manage vehicle movements
to and from the project site at the entrance, as it is located off a main road directly.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
48. Surface Drainage and
Possible Water Stagnation
The project interventions itself include and adequate storm water drainage
system in the premises, which will discharge water to existing storm water
drainage networks.
During construction, the contractor will conduct overall storm water
management in the premises during construction using temporary ditches, sand
bag barriers etc.
Proper drainage arrangements to be made, to avoid the overflowing of existing
drainage paths to cutting, excavation and other activities
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
49. Fire Safety Easily flammable materials should not be stored in construction site; they must
be transported out of project site.
Any activities, such as welding, that can lead to ignition should be conducted
post the closure of the mound where possible to avoid risk of exposure to landfill
gas.
At all times the site should be equipped with appropriate firefighting and fire
retardant equipment to suppress any fires on the site.
Fire extinguishers should be available at the site office for use in the case of
emergencies.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
134
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
A supply of water should be available on site during the excavation period and
construction period for firefighting purposes.
50. Management of Chance
found Archeological
Property
All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity and structures and other remains
or things of geological or archaeological interest etc. discovered on the site
and/or during construction work shall be the property of the Government of Sri
Lanka, and shall be dealt with as per provisions of Antiquities Ordinance of
1940 (Revised in 1956 & 1998)
The contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workmen or any
other persons from removing and damaging any such article or thing and shall,
immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer
of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the
same, awaiting which all work shall be stopped within 100m in all directions
from the site of discovery.
If directed by the Engineers the Contractor shall obtain advice and assistance
from the Department of Archaeological of Sri Lanka on conservation measures
to be taken with regard to the artifacts prior to recommencement of work in the
area.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
51. Chance found important
Flora/Fauna
Flora
o While any rare/threatened/endangered flora species will be identified
and removed prior to construction, during construction if by chance
such species are found, it shall be immediately informed to the PMU
by the contractor.
o All activities that could destroy such flora and/or its habitat shall be
stopped with immediate effect. Such activities shall be started only
after obtaining the Engineer’s approval. Contractor shall carry out all
activities and plans that the Engineer instructed him to undertake to
conserve such flora and/or its habitat.
Fauna
o All works shall be carried out in such a manner that the destruction or
disruption to the fauna and their habitats is minimum.
o Construction workers shall be instructed to protect fauna including
birds and aquatic life as well as their habitats.
o Chance found important Fauna
o During construction, if any faunal species is found, it shall be
immediately informed to the PMU by the contractor. All activities that
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
135
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
could destroy such fauna and/or its habitat shall be stopped with
immediate effect. Such activities shall be started only after obtaining
the Engineer’s approval. Contractor shall carry out all activities and
plans that the Engineer instructed him to undertake to conserve such
fauna and/or its habitat.
52. Site Closure and
Demobilization
The contractor will remove all excess material, equipment, vehicles from the
project site prior to complete demobilization.
All temporary site offices will be dismantled and removed from the site.
If the parking site has been dilapidated in any way as per the evaluation of the
engineer, the contractor will reinstate it to the original condition prior to
demobilization.
Engineering
Cost
Contractor IA/PMU
Post Construction/Operation and Maintenance Phase
53. Management of Incoming
feedstock
Incoming feedstocks should only include Municipal Solid Waste, the site will
not accept any material categorized as any other form of waste, including medical
waste, sludge and bio solids.
Gross pollutant trap wastes that consist of material such as silt and sediments,
and from high-risk locations such as industrial areas, contaminated sites and
surrounds or from the cleanup of industrial or road accidents should not be
permitted in to the facility.
Feedstock, oversized materials, screened contaminants and finished compost
products should be stored in a separate designated area at the facility to avoid
cross-contamination.
Feedstocks should be incorporated into the windrow upon receipt at the
compost site, (or if not practicable, within 24 hours of receipt) to avoid the
generation of odor (excluding untreated timber, pallets and other feedstocks
that are not subject to rapid decomposition).
Stockpiles of feedstock should be managed in a contained manner if not
immediately incorporated to the windrow/pile on an impermeable surface, large
plastic bins with vents are recommended as to prevent the occurrence of fire,
and the generation of dust and or odor.
Residual waste and/or incoming feedstocks that are unsuitable for use in the
composting process should be categorized in accordance with national
classification of waste – including industrial and commercial waste and waste
soil), prior to being removed offsite and transported to a suitably licensed facility
to receive and/or dispose of that waste.
Feedstocks should be source segregated prior to receipt at the facility and only
contain organic waste.
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
136
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
No feedstocks shall be burnt at the premise
Written records should be maintained for incoming feedstocks which include:
o feedstocks characteristic
o the quantities of each type of feedstock received at the premises
o the source of each type of feedstock received at the premise
o any contamination (physical and or chemical)
54. As per the siting of the composting facility if it is in a different zone to the
sensitive receptor (ie industrial land and residential land, respectively)
consideration to the predominant land use should be given when interpreting the
indicative noise limits from the National Policy Requirements on Nosie.
Basic requisites are as follows
o Noise generating work should be limited to day time (6:00AM to
6:00PM). No work that generates excessive noise should be carried out
during night hours (from 6:00PM to 6:00AM on the following day).
o All equipment and machinery should be operated at noise levels that
do not exceed the permissible level of 75 dB for the day time.
o For any activities undertaken during the night time, it is necessary to
maintain the noise level at below 50 dB as per the CEA noise control
regulations
o All equipment should be in good serviced condition. Regular
maintenance of all construction vehicles and machinery to meet noise
control regulations stipulated by the CEA in 1996 (Gazette Extra
Ordinary, No 924/12) must be conducted for vehicles/machinery that
will be used in construction on site and for transport.
o Ideally noise generating work should not be carried out during public
holidays and religious days.
o Operational staff should be warned to work with minimum noise. Strict
labor supervision should be undertaken in this respect and provided
with adequate protection equipment including ear mufflers.
o Idling of temporary trucks or other equipment should not be permitted
during periods of loading / unloading of feedstock or when they are
not in active use. The practice must be ensured especially near
residential / commercial / sensitive areas.
o Noise generating equipment will be kept at least 100m from the site
periphery, which has proximity to households.
o Servicing of all machinery must be done regularly and during routine
servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be
checked and if found defective will be replaced.
o Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular
and up to the satisfaction of national requirements with noise levels at
the minimum.
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
137
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
55. Management of Air
Emissions composting
operations
All vehicle moving areas should be sealed to prevent the generation of dust.
Where roads are not sealed measures should be implemented to reduce the
generation of dust, including the use of water carts and restrictions to vehicle
speed.
The storage of unprocessed feedstock should be minimized as much as possible
to avoid accumulation of emissions from biodegradation.
Operators should take steps to minimize the accumulation of contaminated run-
off which will if unchecked also lead to air emissions.
Process monitoring should be conducted to ensure aerobic processes are
maintained during the facility operations to control air emissions.
Vehicles that enter the productive areas of the site should exit the site via a wheel
wash that is suitable of removing mud and other types of dirt from their tires.
All vehicles transporting incoming feedstocks and finished compost product
must be covered with traupaline.
Where finished compost stockpiles are located within 5 m of the perimeter fence
they should be maintained below the top of the fence.
Finished compost stockpiles should not be located within 2 m of the site
boundary fence.
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
56. Management of Litter Composting facilities should take all reasonable and practicable measures to
prevent litter escaping the premise and collect any litter that escapes from the
premise on or before the close of each day’s operation.
Litter generation and offsite migration should be minimized through selection of
quality feedstocks, rejection of highly contaminated feedstocks, and litter control
and collection programs in and around the facility, including all fences and
approach roads.
Composting facilities should have a perimeter fence that is suitable for
containing debris and dust on site.
Composting facilities should prevent unsightly conditions onsite and the
migration of litter beyond the premises boundaries through:
o appropriate feedstock quality assurance prior to receival onsite.
o regular inspection of incoming feedstocks, litter pick-up and cleaning
of tipping floors, conveyor transfer points and of wheels of all vehicles
leaving the site.
o covering all loads during transport of feedstocks and final product to
and from the facility.
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
57. Management of Odors
during composting
operations
Putrescible or municipal waste should be incorporated into the composting
process the day it is delivered, as soon as possible after it is received. Other
feedstocks should be used as quickly as possible.
The amount of feedstock stored on site should be limited to less than one week
of requirements where possible.
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
138
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
Water absorption into the feedstock, which restricts access of air and leads to
anaerobic conditions, should be
prevented. This can be done by providing protection from rain and appropriate
storm water and groundwater controls and monitoring to ensure water logging
does not occur.
Animal excreta and other potentially odorous wastes should be received and
maintained in a dry state to minimize anaerobic decomposition before use.
Very wet or fluid wastes should be contained in vessels fitted with lids.
Odor control equipment may be installed to remove or destroy the odorous
components of emissions from the compost process. Such equipment may also
be applied to the vents of buildings enclosing operations such as feedstock
handling. Suitable control devices include enclosures, bio-filters, wet scrubbers,
chemical scrubbers, carbon absorption beds or afterburners.
For windrow composting:
o Always ensure windrows are aerated, either by forced aeration of static
piles or timely regular turning of windrows maintain and monitor
windrow temperatures to prevent the generation of anaerobic
conditions.
o Ensure windrows are of a manageable size so that surface-to-volume
ratios are maximized for passive aeration.
Contaminated water may be high in organic material and become anaerobic, thus
it should not be allowed to accumulate on the site except in leachate collection
ponds.
Leachate ponds must be aerated to reduce stagnation and resulting odors from
this source.
58. Management of
wastewater
Any contaminated storm water and leachate should be minimized via process
management so there is no excess wastewater requiring discharge from the
premises.
All contaminated storm water/leachate should be totally contained on the site
and stored for re-use in the process – with or without treatment. This will
decrease the dependency of fresh water.
Avoid run-off from any particularly wet waste feedstock by storing it under
cover or in a contained manner where necessary.
To avoid significant run-off, control the water added to the materials – during
premixing, storage and processing – to the moisture requirements of the
process.
Blend wetter feedstocks with drier ones to provide an appropriate moisture
content in the initial heap.
Water exceeding process needs should be stored for use in the drier months.
The required capacity should be determined by the monthly water balance
method (see box on
the next page).
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
139
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
The collection pit may need to be supplemented by a separate tank or pond and
should be treated immediately via usage of the mobile leachate treatment
system.
Wastewater discharged should comply with the World Bank Group
Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for the solid waste management
facilities.
Clean Storm water systems should be equipped with an interception pit to
retain any floating solids or silt that may have by-passed the bunded system.
The pit should be regularly inspected after rain to confirm that any discharge is
clean.
The facility operator is responsible for ensuring no pollution occurs in the
receiving environment of any water discharge and discharge requirements meet
the World Bank Group requisite waste water discharge guidelines as per the
World Bank Group Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for the solid
waste management facilities.
Set-up fresh compost heaps on an organic base, such as dry wood chips, or
straw, with a high water absorbency.
Maintain vegetative filter strips of fully composted material around compost
heaps to absorb leachate run-off and to divert storm water run-on.
59. Fire Management The facility operator should be able to show that their facilities have sufficient
fire-fighting capacity by developing a site-specific fire management strategy to
minimize the incidence and impact of fires.
The following activities should be implement to prevent fires from occurring at
the facility
o adequate fire-fighting equipment should be made available on site
and stored in an accessible,
o all operating staff should be trained and able to manage fire outbreaks
at any part of the facility.
o clear signage should be established to inform workers and the public
that flammable liquids are not permitted on the site. This should be
reinforced by advice to customers at the gatehouse and inspection of
loads at the organic reception area.
o Approved quantities of combustible contaminants that have been
separated from the organics received for processing and are destined
for recycling (such as tires and plastic bottles) should be stockpiled in
small piles or in windrows.
o all fuels or flammable solvents for operational use should be stored in
an appropriately ventilated and secure store. This store should be
located away from reception, storage and processing areas.
o all flammable liquids should be stored within a bund that can hold
110% of the volume of the flammable liquids stored there, so that any
release of raw or burning fuel cannot cause a fire in the combustible
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
140
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
organics present on the site or have an impact on contaminating
storm water.
60. Occupational Health and
Safety during plant
operations.
All staff will be trained sufficiently on the requirements outlined in this
Environmental Management Plan- including management of pollution, fire
management etc.
The facility operator will provide for all staff and at all times have available on
protective gear, such as shoes. face masks, and gloves.
The facility operator will conduct routine health surveillance program including
regular vaccination and health examinations for workers.
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
61. Quality Assurance of final
products
Product quality assurance should be implemented to ensure that the composting
processes are fit for purpose for the site’s proposed use.
Compost facilities should be operated to ensure that the whole mass of the
windrow is subject to a minimum of three turns and the core temperature is
maintained in excess of 55 ºC for three consecutive days following each turn to
eliminate pathogens, weeds and seeds.
Where compost windrows contain manure, animal waste, food or grease trap
waste the whole mass of the windrow should be subject to a minimum of five
turns and the core temperature maintained more than 55ºC for 15 consecutive
days to eliminate pathogens, weeds and seeds.
Manual and/or mechanical sorting is necessary for the removal of physical
contaminants/inclusions such as litter, plastic, glass and stones.
Finished compost product should be tested as per National Standards to
demonstrate compliance with national quality requirements for compost.
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
62. Labeling for adequate
Environmental Risks
Final Compost should be appropriately labelled to ensure that a consumer is
informed about the potential environmental and human health risks of the
compost product
Compost product should be protected to prevent contamination during
transportation, handling and storage.
Compost products that are bagged should include an appropriate hazard warning
which specifies the health risks, safety precautions, first aid and disposal
requirements which are recommended for the compost product. The hazard
warning should be appropriate to address the risks of compost which is made
from organic materials and may contain living micro-organisms, including
bacteria, fungi and protozoa.
Compost product that has total copper concentrations more than 60 mg/kg and
less than 150 mg/kg should include a warning on the label which states that the
product should not be used as a complete soil replacement or growing medium
and specify the copper concentration. It should also state that copper may
accumulate in soils and become harmful over time.
Compost product that has zinc concentrations more than 200 mg/kg and less than
300 mg/kg should include a warning on the label which states that the product
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
141
Activities and
Associated Impacted
Protection and preventive measures Mitigation
cost
Responsibility
Implementation Monitoring
should not be used as a complete soil replacement or growing medium and
specify the zinc concentration. It should also state that zinc may accumulate in
soils and become harmful over time.
Compost product should include information about recommended rates of
application.
63. Grievance Redressal
Mechanism (GRM)
The operating entity shall develop suitable method to receive complaints and
feedback.
A complaint and feedback register shall be placed at a convenient place, easily
accessible by the public to record feedback as well as record actions to taken to
deal with complaints accordingly.
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
64. Detection Monitoring
Frequencies for Leachate
Management- Ground
Water and Surface Water
Quality
❖ The following parameters of should be monitored accordingly as part of the
facility operational monitoring plan to monitor and detect any contamination
due to leachate.
Bi-annually for: Annually for:
Ammonia (NH3 as N) Magnesium (Mg)
Alkalinity (Total Alkalinity) Calcium (Ca)
Nitrate (as N) (NO3-N) Sodium (Na)
Electrical Conductivity (EC) Sulphate (SO4)
pH E-Coli
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Other Pathogenic Organisms
Chlorides (Cl)
Potassium (K)
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
E-Coli
Other Pathogenic Organisms
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
65. Dealing with Pollution
Incidents
In the event pollution incidents causing or threatening material harm to the
environment are detected, then the facility occupier must take immediate action
to contain the pollution. They must report the incident to the Central
Environmental Authority in accordance with the National Environmental Act of
Sri Lanka, giving details such as the nature and source of the pollution, any
actions taken, and any future action that will be carried out to prevent recurrence.
If the CEA directs the future actions, these must be started as soon as practicable.
Operational
Cost
Facility Operator IA, CEA,
MoMPWD
142
7.10 Annex 10: Generic Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Construction of Ancillary Facilities as New
Infrastructure and/or Rehabilitation of Existing Infrastructure.
The following Generic EMP identifies environmental impacts and mitigatory measures that need to be in place during the construction of ancillary
facilities, such as office buildings, staff accommodation facilities, storage facilities and other facilities that are also part of the solid waste
management facilities. The EMP should be used in line with site screening and assessment in the preparation of site specific EMPs.
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
1.0 Advance Works
1.1 Identifying Location for new infrastructure
New infrastructure to be set up should be located in areas that are least
sensitive to wildlife and land.
At all times attempts, should be made to identify areas where minimal land
clearance impacts are envisioned
Design stage Design cost IA
1.2 Incorporation of Green Building Design
Green infrastructure guidelines should be followed in designing and
construction.
The use of natural material sourced from sustainable sources (not from
within the protected areas) should be used where suitable.
Structures built should incorporate earthy and natural colors that will mingle
in with the natural scape and not hinder the aesthetic value of the area
Design stage Design cost IA
1.3 Design of slope protection / land-slide management structures
Design must ensure structural integrity and safety of structures to address
issues such as physical trauma associated with failure of structures and
address potential reduction of stabilization of the nearby land due to slope
protection activities. Incorporate as appropriate the following during
planning, siting and design phases, especially in hilly terrain:
Inclusion of buffer strips or physical separations around project sites
Incorporation of siting and safety engineering criteria to prevent failures due
natural and/or man-made risks (such as wind, flooding, landslides, etc.)
Application of locally regulated building codes to ensure structural integrity
Certification of designing and constructing infrastructure, the applicability
and appropriateness of structural criteria
Design stage
Design cost IA
143
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
1.3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
A site specific. EMP and relevant guidelines should be included as a Special
Condition in the Bid Document; and EMP should be attached to contract to
form part of the contract requirement
Prior to bidding To be
provided as a
provisional
sum and/or as
part of the
engineering
cost
IA
2.0 Construction Phase
2.1 Earthwork and Soil Conservation
2.1.
1
Site Clearance and Land Development
Prevention of the removal of trees should be carried out as far as possible.
No trees that are of rare endemic value are to be removed for the purpose of
the project
During removing, attention should be paid to maintain minimum
disturbances to soil cover and also care should be taken not to damage
adjoining trees.
Compensation for the trees removed should be conducted at 1:2 at least
Water spraying should be done at a regular interval to avoid dust generation
due to site clearance
Applicable
throughout the
construction
areas
Engineering
cost
Contractor, IA IA
2.1.
2
Disposal of Debris and Spoil
(a) All debris and residual spoil material including any left earth shall be
disposed only at locations approved by the engineer for such purpose and
subjected to the clauses 2.1.1.b and 2.1.1.c.
All material that is reusable or recyclable shall be used for such purposes
either by the contractor or through dealers.
Disposal sites to
be identified by
the contractor
and approved by
Engineer.
Engineering
cost
Contractor
IA
(b) The contractor shall obtain the approval from the relevant Local Authority
such as Prdeshiya Sabha, Municipal Council and other government agencies
(as required) for disposal and spoil at the specified location, as directed by
the Engineer
144
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
Private land that will be selected for disposal should also require written
consent from the land owner
(c) The debris and spoil shall be disposed in such a manner that;
(i) waterways and drainage paths are not blocked
(ii) the disposed material should not be washed away by runoff and
(iii) should not be a nuisance to the public
(d) The debris and residual spoil material including any left earth shall be used,
to refill the burrow areas as directed by the engineer, subjected to laying of
topsoil as per EMP clause 2.1.2.
All burrow sites
(licensed sites)
identified by
contractor and
approved by
engineer.
(e) Excavated earth materials and all debris materials shall be disposed
immediately without allowing to stockpile at identified locations for debris
disposal, recommended by the engineer. During transportation, dispose
materials should be covered with tarpaulin.
Applicable
throughout the
project sites
(f) If approved by the engineer, contractor can dispose the debris and spoil as a
filling material provided that the contractor can ensure that such material is
used for legally acceptable purposes with disposed in an environmentally
acceptable manner.
In identified
filling sites
subjected to the
approval of
engineer
2.1.
2
Conservation and reuse of top soil
(a) Top soil of the agricultural areas and any other productive areas where it has
to be removed for the purpose of this project shall be stripped to a specified
depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles of height not exceeding 2m, if
directed by the engineer. If the contractor is in any doubt on whether to
conserve the topsoil or not for any given area he shall obtain the direction
from the engineer in writing
Within the
project sites
where topsoil
from productive
land to be
removed
Engineering
cost
Contractor
FD,DWC
(b) Removed top soil could be used as a productive soil when
replanting/establishing vegetation
Site(s) identified
for replantation
program
145
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(c) Stockpiled topsoil must be returned to cover the areas including cut slopes
where the topsoil has been removed due to project activities. Residual topsoil
must be distributed on adjoining/proximate barren areas as identified by the
engineer in a layer of thickness of 75mm – 150mm.
Within the
project sites
where slope
stabilization is
carried out
and/or on barren
land
(d) Topsoil thus stockpiled for reuse shall not be surcharged or overburdened.
As far as possible multiple handling of topsoil stockpiles should be kept to a
minimum.
Locations where
topsoil is
stockpiled for
reuse
-
2.1.
3
Protection of Ground Cover and Vegetation
(a) Construction vehicle, machinery and equipment shall be used and stationed
only in the areas of work and in any other area designated/ approved by the
engineer. Entry and exit of construction vehicles and machinery should be
restricted to particular points as directed by the engineer
Within the
project areas
- Contractor IA
(b) Contractor should provide necessary instructions to drivers, operators and
other construction workers not to destroy ground vegetation cover
unnecessarily
Within the
project areas
2.1.
4
Burrowing of Earth
(a) Earth available from construction site excavation works as per design, may
be used as embankment materials, subject to approval of the engineer
All excavation
areas and
embankments
- Contractor IA
(b) Contractor shall comply with the environmental requirements/guidelines
issued by the CEA and the respective local authorities with respect of
locating burrow areas and with regard to all operations related to excavation
and transportation of earth from such sites.
Contractor can also find suitable soil materials from currently operated
licensed burrow pits in the surrounding area, subject to approval of the
engineer
All burrow sites
identified and
used by the
contractor
146
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
No burrow-sites be used (current approved) or newly established within
areas protected under FFPO and FO
(c) Burrow areas shall not be opened without having a valid mining license from
the GSMB. The location, depth of excavation and the extent of the pit or
open cut area shall be as approved by the engineer.
(d) All burrow pits/areas should be rehabilitated at the end of their use by the
contractor in accordance with the requirements/guidelines issued by the
CEA and the respective local authority.
Engineering
cost
(e) Establishment of burrow pits/areas and its operational activities shall not
cause any adverse impact to the near-by properties. Also shall not be a
danger of health hazard to the people.
All excavation
areas, slopes and
burrow sites
-
(f) Contractor shall take all steps necessary to ensure the stability of slopes
including those related to temporary works and burrow pits.
Engineering
cost
2.1.
5
Prevention of soil erosion
(a) Debris material shall be disposed in such a manner that waterways, drainage
paths would not get blocked.
Drainage paths associated with the infrastructure should be improved /
erected to drain rain water properly.
Silt traps will be constructed to avoid siltation into water ways where
necessary.
To avoid siltation, drainage paths should not be directed to streams, other
water bodies and sea directly and they should be separated from streams /
other water bodies / sea
Applicable
throughout
project sites
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) Barricades such as humps will be erected at excavated areas for culverts, silt
traps, toe walls, filling and lifting with roper sign boards, as some work in
these sections will have to be stopped during heavy rains due to heavy
erosion. To prevent soil erosion in these excavated areas, proper earth drain
system should be introduced.
Applicable
throughout
project sites
147
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(c) Embankment slopes, slopes of cuts, etc. shall not be unduly exposed to
erosive forces. These exposed slopes shall be graded and covered by grass
or other suitable materials per the specifications.
All fills, back fills and slopes should be compacted immediately to reach the
specified degree of compaction and establishment of proper mulch.
(d) Work that lead to heavy erosion shall be avoided during the raining season.
If such activities need to be continued during rainy season prior approval
must be obtained from the Engineer by submitting a proposal on actions that
will be undertaken by the contractor to prevent erosion.
-
(e) The work, permanent or temporary shall consist of measures as per design
or as directed by the engineer to control soil erosion, sedimentation and
water pollution to the satisfaction of the engineer. Typical measures include
the use of berms, dikes sediment basins, fiber mats, mulches, grasses, slope
drains and other devices. All sedimentation and pollution control works and
maintenance thereof are deemed, as incidental to the earthwork or other
items of work and no separate payment will be made for their
implementation.
Engineering
cost
2.1.
6
Contamination of soil by fuel and lubrications
(a) Vehicle/machinery and equipment servicing and maintenance work shall be
carried out only in designated locations/ service stations approved by the
engineer
Servicing yards
to be used for
vehicle
servicing
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) Approval from CEA in the form of an Environmental Protection Licenses
(EPL) should be secured by the contractor if he intends to prepare his own
vehicle servicing yard
IA
(c) Waste oil, other petroleum products and untreated wastewater shall not be
discharged on ground so that to avoid soil pollution. Adequate measures
shall be taken against pollution of soil by spillage of petroleum/oil products
from storage tanks and containers. All waste petroleum products shall be
disposed of in accordance with the guidelines issued by the CEA or the
engineer.
Servicing yards
to be used for
vehicle
servicing and
locations where
vehicles will be
temporarily
stationed
148
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(d) Sites used for vehicle and plant service and maintenance shall be restored
back to its initial status. Site restoration will be considered as incidental to
work.
New servicing
yards developed
by the contractor
for the project
IA
2.1.
7
Disposal of harmful construction wastes
(a) Contractor prior to the commencement of work shall provide list of harmful,
hazardous and risky chemicals/ material that will be used in the project work
to the Engineer. Contractor shall also provide the list of places where such
chemicals/materials or their containers or other harmful materials have been
dumped as waste at the end of the project.
Locations
identified to
store chemicals
and waste
disposal
- Contractor IA
(b) All disposal sites should be approved by the engineer and approved by CEA
and relevant local authority.
IA
(c) The contractor shall clean up any area including water-bodies
affected/contaminated (if any) as directed by the engineer at his own cost.
All affected
water bodies
close to material
storage and
waste disposal
sites
2.1.
8.
Quarry operations
(a) Utilizing the existing quarry sites available in the project influential area as
much as possible which are approved by GSMB with valid EPL and
Industrial Mining Licences;
If new quarries are to be opened, prior approval should be obtained from
GSMB, CEA and local authorities such as Pradeshiya Sabha.
Selected quarry sites should have proper safety measures such as warnings,
safety nets etc., and third party insurance cover to protect external parties
that may be affected due to blasting.
Quarry sites should not be established within protected sites identified under
the FFPO and FO
All, quarry sites
which will be
used during
construction
phase.
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
149
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(b) It is recommended not to seek material from quarries that have ongoing
disputes with community.
-
(c) The maintenance and rehabilitation of the access roads in the event of
damage by the contractors operations shall be a responsibility of the
contractor.
Engineering
cost
2.2 Storage and handling of construction material
2.2.
1
Emission of dust
(a) Storage locations of sand, metal, soil should be located away from
settlements and other sensitive receptors and covered (with artificial barriers
or natural vegetation).
Measures given under clauses 2.5.1 (c), (d), (e) should be considered within
material storage site to minimize dust during handling of material.
All access roads within the storage site should be sprinkled with water for
dust suspension.
At all material
storage locations
(stock piles of
sand, gravel and
metal)
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
2.2.
2
Storage of fuel, oil and chemicals (avoid fumes and offensive odor)
(a) All cement, bitumen (barrels), oil and other chemicals should be stored and
handled on an impervious surface (concrete slab) above ground level.
Storage facility of cement, bitumen (barrels), oil and other chemicals should
be an enclosed structure ensuring that no storm water flows in to the
structure.
A ridge should be placed around the storage facility to avoid runoff getting
in to the structure.
Adequate ventilation should be kept to avoid accumulation of fumes and
offensive odor that could be harmful to material handlers.
Measures given under clause 2.9 should be considered to avoid any accidents
and risks to worker population and public.
At all material
storage locations
(cement,
bitumen, fuel,
oil and other
chemicals used
for construction
activities)
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
2.2.
3
Transportation of material
150
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(a) The contractor should avoid over loaded trucks to transport material to
construction sites. During transportation, materials should be covered with
tarpaulin.Avoid peak hours in roads with moderate to high traffic’; the
contractor shall minimize possible public nuisance due to dust, traffic
congestion, air pollution, etc., due to such haulage; If local roads are used,
select routes based on the truck load; divide the load to prevent damages to
local roads and bridges; observe speed limits and maintain vehicles in the
good condition; transport material under cover; avoid peak hours in roads
with moderate to high traffic.
If there are damages to local roads and other utilities due to hauling in roads
which were not identified during design stage, Contractor shall attends to
repair all damaged infrastructure/ roads, if needed through relevant
authorities
Within the
project locations
and the vicinity
- Contractor IA
2.3 Water – Protection of Water Sources and Quality
2.3.
1.
Loss of minor water sources and disruption to water users
(a) Contractor should make employees aware on water conservation and waste
minimization in the construction process.
Project sites and
worker camps
- Contractor IA
(b) Arrange adequate supply of water for the project purpose throughout the
construction period. Not obtain water for project purposes, including for
labor camps, from public or community water supply schemes without a
prior approval from the relevant authority.
Not extract water from ground water or surface water bodies without the
permission from engineer & relevant authority. Obtain the permission for
extracting water prior to the commencing of the project, from the relevant
authority.
Engineering
cost
(c) Contractor shall protect sources of water (potable or otherwise) such as water
sources used by the community so that continued use these water sources
will not be disrupted by the work. In case the closer of such sources is
required on temporary basis contractor shall provide alternative arrangement
for supply. Alternative sources such as wells thus provided should be within
acceptable distance to the original sources and accessible to the affected
community.
Wells and other
public water
sources
locations within
the project sites
151
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(d) Contractor shall not divert, close or block existing canals and streams in a
manner that adversely affect downstream intakes. If diversion or closure or
blocking of canals and streams is required for the execution of work,
contractor must obtain the engineers approval in writing. Contractor shall
also obtain the approval from the National Water Supply and Drainage
Board (NWS&DB) or local authority or Divisional Secretary depending on
the operating agency of the intake/water supply. Contractor shall restore the
drainage path back to its original status once the need for such diversion or
closure or blockage ceased to exist. During the affected period contractor
shall supply water to the affected community.
Waterways
located in the
surrounding
areas of road
sections or the
contractor’s
work sites.
(e) In case the contractors activities going to adversely affect the quantity or
quality of water, the contractor shall serve notice to the relevant authorities
and downstream users of water sufficiently in advance.
Project sites
(f) Apply best management practices to control contamination of run-off water
during maintenance & operation of equipment.
Maintain adequate distance between stockpiles & water bodies to control
effects to natural drainage paths.
construction
sites, material
and soil storage
areas, and
equipment and
machinery
service areas
-
2.3.
2
Siltation into water bodies
(a) Contractor shall take measures to prevent siltation of water bodies as a result
of construction work including, construction of temporary / permanent
devices to prevent water pollution due to siltation and increase of turbidity.
These shall include the measures against erosion as per EMP 2.1.6.
All water bodies
located around
the project areas
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) Construction materials containing small / fine particles shall be stored in
places not subjected to flooding and in such a manner that these materials
will not be washed away by runoff.
(c) Temporary soil dumps should be placed at least 200m away from all water
bodies
152
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(d) If temporary soil piles are left at the site for a long time those piles should
be covered with thick polythene sheets
(e) All fills, back fills and slopes should be compacted immediately to reach the
specified degree of compaction and establishment of proper mulch
2.3.
3
Alteration of drainage paths
(a) Contractor shall not close or block existing canals and streams permanently.
If diversion or closure or blocking of canals and streams is required for the
execution of work (e.g. for construction of bypass), contractor must first
obtain the Engineers approval in writing. Contractor shall carry out an
investigation and report to the Engineer, if an investigation is requested by
the Engineer. Contractor shall also obtain the approval from the relevant
agencies such as ID/ /Divisional Secretary prior to such action is taken.
Contractors shall restore the drainage path back to its original status once the
need for such diversion or closure or blockage is no longer required.
All drainage
paths impacted
by the project
activities
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) The debris and spoil shall be disposed in such a manner that waterways and
drainage paths are not blocked.
(c) Avoid/ minimize construction works near/ at such drainage locations during
heavy rain seasons such as monsoon rain periods.
2.3.
4.
Contamination of water from construction wastes
(a) The work shall be carried out in such a manner that pollution of natural water
courses rivers, lagoons, sea and other minor stream paths located within
construction areas or downstream. Measures as given in 2.1.6., 2.1.7, 2.1.8,
2.3.2 and 2.3.6 clauses shall be taken to prevent the wastewater produced in
construction from entering directly into streams, water bodies or the
irrigation systems.
At all water
courses located
adjacent
construction
sites and
downstream
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) Avoid / minimize construction works near / at such drainage locations during
heavy rainy seasons
At all water
courses located
adjacent
-
153
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
construction
sites
(c) The discharge standards promulgated under the National Environmental Act
shall be strictly adhered to. All waste arising from the project is to be
disposed in a manner that is acceptable to the engineer and as per the
guidelines/instructions issued by the CEA.
At all water
courses located
adjacent
construction
sites and
downstream
Engineering
cost
2.3.
5.
Contamination from fuel and lubricants
(a) All vehicle and plant maintenance and servicing stations shall be located and
operated as per the conditions and /or guidelines stipulated under the EPL
issued by CEA. In general these should be located at least 200m away from
water bodies and wastewater shall not be disposed without meeting the
disposal standards of the CEA. Wastewater from vehicle and plant
maintenance and servicing stations shall be cleared of oil and grease and
other contaminants to meet the relevant standards before discharging to the
environment.
Vehicle and
plant
maintenance and
servicing centers
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) Vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and re-filling shall be done
as required in EMP clause 2.1.6. to prevent water pollution as well
Yards, servicing
centers
2.3.
6.
Locating, sanitation and waste disposal in construction camps
(a) Locations selected for labor camps should be approved by engineer and
comply with guidelines/ recommendations issued by the CEA/Local
Authority. Construction of laborer camps shall not be located within 200m
from waterways or near to a site or premises of religious, cultural or
archeological importance and school.
At all labor
camps
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) Labor camps shall be provided with adequate and appropriate facilities for
disposal of sewerage and solid waste. The sewage systems shall be properly
designed, built and operated so that no pollution to ground or adjacent water
bodies/watercourses takes place. Garbage bins shall be provided the camps
154
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
and regularly emptied. Garbage should be disposed of in a hygienic manner,
to the satisfaction of the relevant norms. Compliance with the relevant
regulations and guidelines issued by the CEA/LA shall be strictly adhered
to.
(c) Contractor shall ensure that all camps are kept clean and hygienic. Necessary
measures shall be taken to prevent breeding of vectors
(d) Contractor shall report any outbreak of infectious disease of importance in a
labor camp to the engineer and the Medical Officer of Health (MOH) or to
the Public Health Inspector (PHI) of the area immediately. Contractor shall
carry out all instructions issued by the authorities, if any.
-
(e) Contractor shall adhere to the CEA recommendations on disposal of
wastewater. Wastewater shall not be discharged to ground or waterways in
a manner that will cause unacceptable surface or ground water pollution.
-
(f) All relevant provisions of the Factories Act and any other relevant regulations
aimed at safety and health of workers shall be adhered to.
-
(g) Contractor should remove all labor camps fully after its need is over, empty
septic tanks, remove all garbage, debris and clean and restore the area back
to its former condition.
A consent letter from the land owner should be obtained that certifies the
decommissioning has taken place to the level acceptable to the land owner
Engineering
cost
2.3.
7.
Wastage of water and waste minimization
(a) The contractor will minimize wastage of water in the construction
process/operations by reusing water as much as possible, utilizing only the
required amount of water for the construction works etc…
Within project
sites and labor
camps
- Contractor IA
(b) The contractor shall educate and made employees aware on water
conservation, waste minimization and safe disposal of waste following
guidelines given by CEA and LA.
2.3.
8.
Extraction of water
(a) The contractor is responsible for arranging adequate supply of water for the
project purpose throughout the construction period. Contractor shall not
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
155
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
obtain water for his purposes including for labor camps from public or
community water supplies without approval from the relevant authority.
Such extraction (if approved) should be under direct supervision of the
engineer
Within project
sites and labor
camps
(b) Extraction of water by the contractor for the project purposes shall comply
with the guidelines and instructions issued by relevant authority.
The Contractor shall not extract water from groundwater or from surface
water-bodies without permission from the Engineer.
-
(c) Construction over and close to rivers, minor streams and lagoon shall be
undertaken in dry season.
All drainage and
irrigation
activities
(d) The Contractor may use the natural sources of water subject to the provision
that any claim arising out of conflicts with other users of the said natural
sources of water shall be made good entirely by the contractor
At all natural
water sources
used for
construction
works
2.4. Flood Prevention
2.4.
1.
Blockage of drainage paths and drains
(a) Contractor’s activities shall not lead to flooding conditions as a result of
blocked drainage paths and drains. The contractor shall take all measures
necessary or as directed by the Engineer to keep all drainage paths and drains
clear of blockage at all times.
All construction
work sites
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) If flooding or stagnation of water is caused by contractor’s activities,
contractors shall provide suitable means to (a) prevent loss of access to any
land or property and (b) prevent damage to land and property. Contractor
shall compensate for any loss of income or damage as a result.
2.4.
2
Work in Flood Prone Areas
(a) Contractor’s activities shall not lead to aggravate floods in flood prone areas
when working in flood prone areas.
All construction
work sites and
- Contractor IA
156
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(b) When working in flood prone areas during rainy season the contractor shall
avoid storing materials, chemicals and other items of work in areas where
those can be washed away by the floods.
their impacts
areas
2.5 Air Pollution
2.5.
1.
Generation of Dust
(a) The contractor shall effectively manage the dust generating activities such
as topsoil removal, handling and transporting sand, rubble, bitumen, and
cement during periods of high winds or during more stable conditions with
winds directed towards adjacent residences and other facilities.
Within the
construction
area where earth
work will take
place, storage
locations of
sand, rubble,
bitumen, cement
and all sub roads
used for material
transportation,
paying special
attention to
sensitive
locations.
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) All stockpiles shall be located sufficiently away from sensitive receptors.
(c) All vehicles delivering materials shall be covered to avoid spillage and dust
emission.
(d) The Contractor should avoid, where possible and take suitable action to
prevent dirt and mud being carried to the roadway (particularly following
wet weather).
(e) The contractor should enforce vehicle speed limits to minimize dust
generation.
(f) The Contractor shall employ a water truck to sprinkle water for dust
suppression on all exposed areas as required (note: the use of waste water /
waste oil for dust suppression is prohibited)
(g) All cleared areas shall be rehabilitated progressively.
(h) All earthwork shall be protected in a manner acceptable to the minimize
generation of dust.
(i) All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, or any of his sub-
contractor or supplies of materials or plant and similar roads which are part
of the works shall be kept clean and clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous
materials dropped by such vehicles or their tires.
(j) Clearance shall be affected immediately by manual sweeping and removal
of debris, or, if so directed by the Engineer, by mechanical sweeping and
clearing equipment. Additionally, if so directed by the Engineer, the road
surface will be hosed or sprinkled water using appropriate equipment.
157
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(k) Plants, machinery and equipment shall be handled (including dismantling)
so as to minimize generation of dust.
(l) The contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the level of dust
emission from the hot mix plants and the batching plants up to the
satisfaction of the Engineer in accordance with the relevant emission norms.
2.5.
2
Emission from Hot-Mix Plants and Batching Plants
(a) The hot mix plants and batching plants shall be sited in accordance with CEA
guidelines. It is recommended that hot mix plants and batching plants to be
located sufficiently away from sensitive receptors such as vulnerable
habitats, religious and cultural sites, residential areas, schools and industrial
areas
Locations at
which hot mix
plant/s and
concrete
batching plant/s
to be located
- Contractor IA
(b) The exhaust gases shall comply with the requirements of the relevant current
emission control legislation. All operations at plants shall be undertaken in
accordance with all current rules and regulations protecting the environment
as well as the conditions given in the EPL.
(c) The hot mix plant be sited in accordance with CEA guidelines and operated
with an EPL. The hot mix plants shall be fitted with the requirements of the
relevant current emission control legislation.
Road side mixing should be avoided
2.5.
3.
Odor and offensive smells
(a) Contractor shall take all precautions such as storing all chemicals used for
construction works in properly closed containers with good ventilations to
prevent odor and offensive smell emanating from chemicals and processes
applied in construction works or from labor camps. In a situation
when/where odor or offensive smell does occur contractor shall take
immediate action to rectify the situation. Contractor is responsible for any
compensation involved with any health issue arisen out of bad odor and
offensive smells.
Within
construction and
work sites
including all
sites used for
store all
chemicals and
places where
chemical
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
158
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
reactions take
place.
(b) The waste disposal and sewerage treatment system for the labor camps shall
be properly designed, built and operated so that no odor is generated.
Compliance with the regulations on health and safety as well as CEA and
LA guidelines shall be strictly adhered to.
At all labor
camps
2.5.
4.
Emission from construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machinery
(a) The emission standards promulgated under the National Environment Act
shall be strictly adhered to.
All plants,
machinery and
vehicles used for
construction
- Contractor IA
(b) All vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction shall be
regularly serviced and well maintained to ensure that emission levels comply
with the relevant standards.
Engineering
cost
(c) Contractor should obtain the certificate issued by the Vehicular Emission
Test (VET) for all construction vehicles, plants and other machineries and it
should be renewed annually
2.5.
5.
Air Pollution from Crusher
(a) Crusher plants should operate under an EPL and shall confirm to relevant
dust emission levels as stated in the EPL. Only the quarries approved by
GSMB and holding current EPL shall be used for material extraction.
Location of
crusher plants
- Contractor IA
(b) Crushing plants shall be sited sufficiently away from sensitive receptors such
as houses, place of worships and outdoor recreation areas (locations given
under item 2.4.1) or as required by the Engineer.
(c) Sprinkling of water (through a sprinkler system) for dust suppression. Engineering
cost
2.6 Noise Pollution and Vibration
2.6.
1
Noise from Vehicles, Plants and Equipment.
(a) All machinery and equipment should be well maintained and fitted with
noise reduction devices in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
All machinery
and vehicles
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
159
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
used for
construction
works
(b) In construction sites within 150 m of the nearest habitation, noisy
construction work such as crushing, concrete mixing and batching,
mechanical compaction, etc., will be stopped between 20.00 hours to 06.00
hours. No construction shall take place within 100m around hospitals
between 20.00 hours to 06.00 hours. Near noise sensitive sites, such as
schools noisy equipment shall not be used during noise sensitive times of the
day.
Within the
construction
sites and their
vicinity
-
(c) All vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be fitted with exhaust
silences. During routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust
silencers shall be checked and if found to be defective shall be replaced.
Notwithstanding any other conditions of contract, noise level from any item
of plant(s) must comply with the relevant legislation for levels of sound
emission. Non-compliant plant shall be removed from site.
Engineering
cost
(d) Noise limits for construction equipment used in this project (measured at one
meter from the edge of the equipment in free field) such as compactors,
rollers, front loaders, concrete mixers, cranes (moveable), vibrators, and
saws shall not exceed 75 dB(A).
All equipment,
machinery and
vehicles used for
construction
works
-
(e) Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and
proper, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, to keep noise from these at a
minimum.
Engineering
cost
(f) Workers in vicinity of strong noise, and workers working with or in crushing,
compaction, batching or concrete mixing operations shall be provided with
protective gear.
Within the
construction
sites and their
vicinity
2.6.
2
Vibration
(a) Contractor shall take appropriate action to ensure that construction works do
not result in damage to adjacent properties due to vibration.
Within the
construction
- Contractor IA
160
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(b) Prior to commencement of excavation, blasting activity, the Contractor shall
undertake a condition survey of existing structures within the zone of
influence, as agreed with the relevant government agencies and the engineer.
sites and their
vicinity
(c) Contractor shall carry out monitoring at the nearest vibration sensitive
receptor during blasting or when other equipment causing vibrations are
used.
(d) The contractor shall modify the method of construction until compliance
with the criteria, if vibration levels exceed the relevant vibration criteria.
(e) Contractor shall pay due consideration on vibration impacts of blasting on
adjoining structures. Explosive loads shall be determined so that excessive
vibration can be avoided and blasts shall be controlled blasting in nature.
Notwithstanding to these provisions contractor is liable for any damage
caused by blasting work.
2.6.
3
Noise from Blasting or Pre splitting Operations
(a) Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours (preferably during mid-day),
as permitted by the Engineer. The timing should be made known to all the
people within 500 m (200 m for pre-splitting) from the blasting site in all
directions. People, except those who actually light the fuse shall be excluded
from the area of 200 m (50 m for pre-splitting) from the blasting site in all
directions at least 10m minutes before the blasting.
Only chemical blasting where rocks have to be removed for landslide
mitigation measures
At quarry sites
and landslide
mitigation sites
- Contractor IA
2.7 Impacts to Flora
2.7.
1
Loss or Damage to Trees and Vegetation
(a) All works shall be carried out in a manner that the destruction to the flora
and their habitats is minimised. Trees and vegetation shall be felled /
removed only if that impinges directly on the permanent works or necessary
temporary works. In all such cases contractor shall take prior approval from
the Engineer.
All project sites
- Contractor IA
161
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(b) Contractor shall make every effort to avoid removal and/or destruction of
trees of religious, cultural and aesthetic significance. If such action is
unavoidable the Engineer shall be informed in advance and carry out public
consultation and report on the same should be submitted to the Engineer.
(c) Contractor shall adhere to the guidelines and recommendations made by the
Central Environmental Authority, if any with regard to felling of trees and
removal of vegetation.
(d) Removed trees must be handed over to the Timber Corporation.
(e) The contractor shall plant over 5 year old root-balled native trees suitable for
the location as identified by the Engineer.
The planting should take place in public land suitable for the purpose
The contractor shall build hardy structures around the trees for protection.
The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the well-being of the
trees/plants until the end of the contract
Indicative
number of trees /
plants and
indicative
number of
planting
structures
necessary are to
be identified by
the contractor.
Planting should
take place as
soon as the plant
removal takes
place
Engineering
cost
2.7.
3
Spread of Invasive Plant Species
There is a possibility of introducing / spreading of invasive species during
material transportation and disposing cleared vegetation from one site to
another, thus the following measures are to be undertaken.
Close monitoring of transportation, storage of borrowing material for the
spread of any invasive species must be done.
Contractor IA
162
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
Vehicles should be covered during transportation of cleared vegetation to
and from the construction site.
Borrow material to be brought from properly identified borrow pits and
quarry sites, the sites should be inspected in order to ensure that no invasive
plant species are being carried with the burrow material.
Washing the vehicles should be conducted periodically to prevent carrying
any invasive species
The construction site should be inspected periodically to ensure that no
invasive species are establishing themselves at the site.
2.7.
2
Chance finds of important Flora
(a) During construction, if a rare/threatened/endangered flora species is found,
it shall be immediately informed to the relevant agency by the contractor
through the engineer. All activities that could destroy such flora and/or its
habitat shall be stopped with immediate effect. Such activities shall be
started only after obtaining the Engineer’s approval. Contractor shall carry
out all activities and plans that the Engineer instructed him to undertake to
conserve such flora and/or its habitat.
All project sites
- Contractor IA
2.8. Impact on Fauna
2.8.
1.
Loss, Damage or Disruption to Fauna
(a) All works shall be carried out in such a manner that the destruction or
disruption to the fauna and their habitats is minimum.
All project sites
- Contractor IA
(b) Construction workers shall be instructed to protect fauna including wild
animals and aquatic life as well as their habitats. Hunting, poaching and
unauthorized fishing by project workers is not allowed.
(d) Siting of all hot mix plants, crushing plants, workshops, depots and
temporary worker camps and storing of toxic and hazardous materials at
approved locations, and recycling and dumping of solid waste matter at
locations approved by local authorities, maintenance of vehicles and
Locations
selected for
erecting the
asphalt, crusher
Engineering
cost
163
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
equipment in good operable condition, ensuring no leakage of oil or fuel and
the fitting of proper exhaust baffles. Any solid waste should not be dumped
into natural habitats.
and concrete
batching plants
and workshops
2.8.
2
Chance found important Fauna
(a) During construction, if a rare/threatened/endangered fauna species is found,
it shall be immediately informed to the relevant agency by the contractor.
All activities that could destroy such fauna and/or its habitat shall be stopped
with immediate effect.
Such activities shall be started only after obtaining the Engineer’s approval.
Contractor shall carry out all activities and plans that the Engineer instructed
him to undertake to conserve such fauna and/or its habitat.
All project sites
- Contractor IA
2.9 Disruption to people
2.9.
1
Loss of Access
(a) At all times, the Contractor shall provide safe and convenient passage for
vehicles, pedestrians and livestock. Work that affects the use of existing
accesses shall not be undertaken without providing adequate provisions to
the prior satisfaction of the Engineer.
All project sites
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) The works shall not interfere unnecessarily or improperly and ensure
convenience of public at all times
-
(c) On completion of the works, all temporary obstructions to access shall be
cleared away, all rubbish and piles of debris that obstruct access be cleared
to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Engineering
cost
(d) Providing advance information to the public about the planned construction
works and activities causing disruption to access and the temporary
arrangements made to give relief to public in order to avoid any
inconveniences due to the construction activities.
2.9.
3
Traffic Control and Safety
164
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
(a) The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic
during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades,
including signs, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by
the Engineer for the information and protection of traffic approaching or
passing through the section of the highway under improvement. The
provision of traffic safety measures shall be considered incidental to work
and follow The Institute for Construction Training and Development
(ICTAD) guidelines and instructions given by the Police, if any.
Road-side
construction
sites
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) Vehicles travelling in and out of the PA should maintain low speeds when
transporting material inside the boundaries of the PA in order to avoid
disturbing the wildlife and avoid the risk of accidents.
In the event the road within the PA is blocked by wildlife the contractor will
not disturb the wildlife until they move away from the path, with noise or
other means.
Construction
areas
2.1
0
Accidents and Risks
2.1
0.1
Public and Worker safety
(a) All reasonable precautions will be taken to prevent danger of the workers
and the public from accidents such as fire, explosions, blasts, falling rocks,
falling to excavated pits, chemical sprays, unsafe power supply lines etc.
Construction
areas, material
storage and
worker camps
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) The Contractor shall comply with requirements for the safety of the
workmen as per the international labor organization (ILO) convention No.
62 and Safety and Health regulations of the Factory Ordinance of Sri Lanka
to the extent that those are applicable to this contract. The contractor shall
supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets,
masks, boots, etc., to the workers and staff. The contractor has to comply
with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms,
gangway, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.
( c) Construction activities on existing facilities where operation is underway
should be conducted post times of operation, post operational hours of the
center if on the same site.
165
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
2.1
0.2
Prevention of Risks of Electrocution
(a) All electrical wiring and supply related work should confirm to British
Standards (BS) or relevant Sri Lankan Standards. Adequate precautions will
be taken to prevent danger of electrocuting from electrical equipment and
power supply lines including distribution boards, transformers, etc.
Measures such as danger signboards, danger/red lights, fencing and lights
will be provided to protect the public and workers. All electric power driven
machines to be used in the construction shall be free from defect, be properly
maintained and kept in good working order, be regularly inspected and as
per BS provisions and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Construction
areas, material
storage and
worker camps
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
2.1
0.3
Risk at Hazardous Activity
(a) All workers employed in hazardous activities shall be provided with
necessary protective gear. These activities include mixing asphalt material,
cement, lime mortars, concrete etc., welding work, work at crushing plants,
blasting work, operators of machinery and equipment such as power saws,
etc.
Construction
areas, material
storage and
worker camps
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) The use of any toxic chemical shall be strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. The Engineer shall be notified of toxic
chemicals that are planned tobeused in all contract related activities. A
register of all toxic chemicals delivered to the site shall be kept and
maintained up to date by the Contractor. The register shall include the trade
name, physical properties and characteristics, chemical ingredients, health
and safety hazard information, safe handling and storage procedures, and
emergency and first aid procedures for the product.
2.1
0.4
Lead Pollution
(a) No paint containing lead or lead products will be used except in the form of
paste or readymade paint. Facemasks shall be supplied to workers who are
working in spray painting or scraping lead paints.
Workshops,
yards where
spray painting is
done
- Contractor IA
166
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
2.1
0.5
Handling of Explosives
(a) Except as provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by the Engineer,
the Contractor shall not use explosives. Where the use of explosives is so
provided or ordered or authorized, the Contractor shall comply with the
requirements of the following Sub-Clauses of this Clause besides the law of
the land as applicable.
All locations
where blasting
activities will
commence
- Contractor
IA
(b) The Contractor shall at all times take every possible precaution and shall
comply with relevant laws and regulations relating to the importation,
handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives. Contractor shall
obtain Ministry of Defense (MoD) approval for importing and handling
explosives and keep the Local Police informed of the same.
Engineering
cost
IA
2.1
1
Health and Safety
2.1
1.1
Prevention of Vector based Diseases
(a) Contractor shall take necessary actions to prevent breeding of mosquitoes at
places of work, labor camps, plus office and store buildings. Stagnation of
water in all areas including gutters, used and empty cans, containers, tires,
etc. shall be prevented. Approved chemicals to destroy mosquitoes and
larvae should be regularly applied.
All burrow sites should be rehabilitated at the end of their use by the
contractor in accordance with the requirements/guidelines issued by the
Central Environmental authority and relevant local authorities
At worker
camps, stores,
yards
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) Contractor shall keep all places of work, labor camps, plus office and store
buildings clean devoid of garbage to prevent breeding of rats and other
vectors such as flies.
2.1
1.2
Workers Health and Safety
(a) Contractor shall comply with the provisions in Health and Safety regulations
under the Factory Ordinance with regard to provision of health and safety
measures and amenities at work place(s).
Within
construction
sites, workshops
- Contractor IA
167
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
and worker
camps
2.1
1.3
First Aid
(a) At every workplace, first aid kit shall be provided as per the regulations. At
every workplace an ambulance room containing the prescribed equipment
and nursing staff shall be provided.
Within
construction
sites, quarry,
crusher,
concrete
batching plants,
workshops and
worker camps
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
2.1
1.4
Potable Water
(a) In every workplace and labor camps portable water shall be available
throughout the day in sufficient quantities.
Within
construction
sites, quarry,
crusher,
concrete
batching plants,
workshops and
worker camps
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
2.1
1.5
Hygiene
(a) The contractor shall provide and maintain necessary (temporary) living
accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour to standards and scale
approved by the engineer.
Worker camps
and temporary
sheds at work
sites
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) At every workplace and labor camps sufficient number of bathing facilities,
latrines and urinals shall be provided in accordance with the Health and
Safety regulations and/or as directed by the Engineer. These bathroom and
toilet facilities shall be suitably located within the workplace/buildings.
Latrines shall be cleaned at least three times daily in the morning, midday
168
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
and evening and kept in a strict sanitary condition. If women are employed,
separate latrines and urinals, screened from those for men and marked in the
vernacular shall be provided. There shall be adequate supply of water,
within and close to latrines and urinals.
(c) The sewage system for the camp must be properly designed, built and
operated so that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground
or adjacent watercourses takes place.
(d) Garbage bins must be provided in the camp, work sites and regularly emptied
and the garbage disposed of in a hygienic manner. Construction camps shall
have a clean hygienic environment and adequate health care shall be
provided for the work force.
(e) Unless otherwise arranged for by the Local Authority, the contractor shall
arrange proper disposal of sludge from septic tanks. The contractor shall
obtain approval for such disposal from the Public Health Inspector of the
area.
2.1
2
Protection of Archaeological, Cultural and Religious Places and Properties
2.1
2.1
Prevention of damage to Cultural and Religious Places and Properties
(a) During construction activities the contractor should take all necessary and
adequate care to minimize impacts on cultural properties which includes
cultural sites and remains, places of worship.
Workers should not be allowed to trespass in to such areas.
Near physical
cultural
resources
- Contractor IA
2.1
2.2
Chance finds of Archaeological property
(a) All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity and structures and other
remains or things of geological or archaeological interest etc. discovered on
the site and/or during construction work shall be the property of the
Government of Sri Lanka, and shall be dealt with as per provisions of
Antiquities Ordinance of 1940 (Revised in 1956 & 1998)
In all project
sites
- Contractor IA
(b) The contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workmen or any
other persons from removing and damaging any such article or thing and shall,
Engineering
cost
169
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer
of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the
same, awaiting which all work shall be stopped within 100m in all directions
from the site of discovery.
(c) If directed by the Engineers the Contractor shall obtain advice and assistance
from the Department of Archaeological of Sri Lanka on conservation measures
to be taken with regard to the artefacts prior to recommencement of work in the
area.
2.1
3
Environmental Enhancement
2.1
3.1
Landscaping
(a) Landscape plantation, re-vegetation etc, shall be taken up as per either
detailed design or typical design guidelines given as part of the Bid
Documents.
The contactor also shall remove all debris, piles of unwanted earth, spoil
material, away from the roadsides and from other work places and disposed
at locations designated or acceptable to the Engineer or as per Clause 2.1.1.
Special care should be taken to ensure that the species selected for replanting
are not invasive to the said site.
All project sites
and associated
sites
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
(b) On completion of the works, the temporary structures shall be cleared away
in full, all rubbish burnt, waste dumps and septic tank shall be filled and
closed and roadsides, workplaces and labor camps, cleared and cleaned.
(b) In case of an inadvertent damage cause to a utility, the contractor shall
immediately inform the service provider and help to restore the service
without delay.
All project sites
2.1
4
Handling Environmental Issues during Construction
(a) The Contractor will appoint a suitably qualified Environmental Officer
following the award of the contract. The Environmental Officer will be the
primary point of contact for assistance with all environmental issues during
Relevant
construction
sites during the
Engineering
cost
Contractor IA
170
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
the pre-construction and construction phases. He/ She shall be responsible
for ensuring the implementation of EMP.
construction
period
(b) The Contractor shall appoint a person responsible for community liaison and
to handle public complaints regarding environmental/ social related matters.
All public complaints will be entered into the Complaints Register. The
Environmental Officer will promptly investigate and review environmental
complaints and implement the appropriate corrective actions to arrest or
mitigate the cause of the complaints. A register of all complaints is to be
passed to the Engineer within 24 hrs. They are received, with the action taken
by the Environmental Officer on complains thereof.
(c) Contractor shall develop suitable method to receive complaints and establish
a Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM). The complaint register shall be
placed at a convenient place, easily accessible by the public.
• Grievances submitted in writing shall be referred to the IA/PMU by
the safeguard officer of the Contractor through the Engineer.
• Verbal communications shall be directed to IA/PMU through
Engineer. Contact information of Engineer/IA/IA/PMU/in print
form shall be available at the site.
• The grievances shall be submitted to the Engineer on the same day
of receiving. It has to be recorded and the safeguard officer of the
Engineer shall ensure the timely redress through the IA/PMU
(d) Contractor shall prepare detailed Environmental Method Statement (EMS)
clearly stating the approach, actions and manner in which the EMP is
implemented. It is required from the contractor to prepare the EMS for each
work site, if work will be carried out at more than one site at once and time
plan for implementation. The EMS shall be updated regularly and submit for
Engineers review.
3.0 Operational stage
3.1 Hygienic Conditions
(a) Regular clearing/ cleaning and maintenance of the facility should be
conducted, especially of Kitchens and Sanitary facilities in in order to
maintain hygienic conditions.
All buildings
supported by the
project
Maintenance
cost
IA IA
171
Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/
Project phase
Mitigation
cost
Institutional Responsibility
Implementation Supervision
3.2 Solid Waste Management
(a) Solid Waste should be segregated and collected in covered bins and
arrangements should be made with the LA for removal of solid waste from
the site as per the set solid waste management scheme in the area.
Daily collection should be conducted in facilities located within the PA
boundaries.
In all project
sites
Maintenance
cost
IA IA
3.3 Mosquitoes and Vector Breading
(a) Regular checks should be conducted to ensure that there is no storm water
collection and stagnation at the site which will facilitate the breading of
mosquitoes.
Clearing should be conducted accordingly to prevent collection and
stagnation of water.
In all project
sites
Maintenance
cost
IA IA
172
7.11 Annex 11: Guidance Note on Selecting Mitigation Measures to be Included
in the Environmental Management Plan for Construction Projects in Sri
Lanka
Pre-Construction Impact Mitigation
Utility Relocation
Identify the common utilities to be affected such as: telephone cables, electric cables, electric
poles, water pipelines, public water taps, etc.
Affected utilities shall be relocated with prior approval of the concerned agencies before
construction starts.
Ensure community consensus and minimum impact to common utilities like telephone cable,
electric cables, electric poles, water taps and etc., Proper clearance to be obtained from the
concerned authorities and sent to the PMU before commencement of works.
Tree Removal
Attempt to save the trees by changing the alignment of the designs
Provide adequate protection to the trees to be retained with tree guards (e.g. Masonry tree guards,
Low level RCC tree guards, Circular Iron Tree Guard with Bars) as required.
Identify the number of trees that will be affected with girth size & species type
Trees shall be removed from the construction sites before commencement of construction with
prior permission from the concerned department.
Compensatory plantation by way of Re-plantation of at least twice the number of trees cut should
be carried out in the project area. (Please Refer Tree Protection/ Tree Re-Planting Procedures
outlined in Section X)
Construction of labor camps
The location, layout and basic facility provision of labor camp must be submitted to Engineer
prior to their construction.
The construction will commence only upon the written approval of the Engineer.
The contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in
functional and hygienic manner and as approved by the Engineer.
All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that
uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The sewage system for the
camp must be planned and implemented with concurrence from the Local Public Health Officer
(PHI)
Adequate health care is to be provided for the work force. The layout of the construction camp
and details of the facilities provided should be prepared and shall be approved by the engineer.
Labor camp sites after use should be cleared and the site should be reinstated to previous
condition at the close of the construction work.
Planning of temporary Traffic arrangements
173
Temporary diversion will be provided with the approval of the engineer. Detailed traffic control
plans will be prepared and submitted to the engineers for approval, one week prior to
commencement of works.
The traffic control plans shall contain details of temporary diversion, details of arrangements for
construction under traffic, details of traffic arrangement after cessation of work each day,
Signage, safety measures for transport of hazardous materials and arrangement of flagmen.
Site Management and Mitigation of Impacts during Construction Phase
Information Disclosure among Stakeholders
Discussions should be conducted with the residents who reside around the immediate vicinity of
the construction site; provide them with information on the project activities muster their views
for possible impact mitigation as this will also ensure a good rapport and less complains. This
should be done immediately once the contractor is mobilized.
A copy of the EMP should be available at all times at the project supervision office on site.
Material Sourcing
Significant impact on geological resources is anticipated at quarry sites and borrow areas the PIA
shall ask contractors to ensure that sand, aggregates and other quarry material is sourced from
licensed sources.
It is recommended that all burrow and/or quarry material should be sourced from licensed
sources.
The contractor is required to maintain the necessary licenses and environmental clearances for all
burrow and quarry material they are sourcing to obtain soil , fine aggregate and coarse aggregate.
Sourcing of any material from any protected areas and/or designated natural areas are strictly
prohibited.
The Project Supervision Engineer will require maintaining the numbers and relevant details of all
necessary licenses etc. and report of their status accordingly.
Transport and Storage of construction materials
Sites for storage of construction materials should be identified, without affecting the traffic and
other common utilities that will lead to access issues as the compound is operational.
All material should be transported in fully covered trucks. Overloading of vehicles with materials
should be controlled and done in a manner to suit the trucks capacity.
Construction material such as cement, sand and metal should be stored in closed structures or in a
contained manner.
Dust
All construction materials such as sand, metal, lime, bricks etc. should be transported under cover
to the site and stored under cover at the sight. Plastic sheeting (of about 6 mm minimum
thickness) can be used and held in place with weights, such as old tires or cinder blocks, with the
edges of the sheeting buried, or by the use of other anchoring systems. This will minimize the
levels of airborne dust.
174
Mud patches caused by material transporting vehicles in the access road should be immediately
cleaned
Continual water sprinkling should be carried out in the work and fill areas and the access road if
dust stir is observed. Water sprinkling should be done more frequently on days that are dry and
windy (at least four time’s day) as the levels of dust can be elevated during dry periods.
Dust barriers should be used during all construction activities, especially in areas along roads
with heavy traffic, commercial and residential areas.
The maximum height of barriers should be
6ft at minimum. Material such as Amano
roofing sheets, fine mesh geo textiles are
recommended materials to be used for
setting up dust barriers.
Dust masks should be provided to the laborers for the use at required times.
Noise
Noise generating work should be limited to day time (6:00AM to 6:00PM). Other type of
construction work which will not disturb the environment by noise or vibration could be carried
out during the night time. No work that generates excessive noise should be carried out during
night hours (from 6:00PM to 6:00AM on the following day).
Even during day time use of the access road should be minimized during departure times
(7:00AM to 8:30AM), school time (1:00PM-2:00PM) and arrival times (After 4:30PM -6:00PM).
This will not only reduce noise levels but also help mitigate congestion issues in the area due to
the construction activities.
175
All equipment and machinery should be operated at noise levels that do not exceed the
permissible level of 75 dB (during construction) for the day time. For all construction activities
undertaken during the night time, it is necessary to maintain the noise level at below 50 dB as per
the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) noise control regulations
All equipment should be in good serviced condition. Regular maintenance of all construction
vehicles and machinery to meet noise control regulations stipulated by the CEA in 1996 (Gazette
Extra Ordinary, No 924/12) must be conducted for vehicles/machinery that will be used in
construction on site and for transport.
Ideally noise generating work should not be carried out during public holidays and religious days.
Special care should be taken as there is a temple nearby.
Labor gangs should be warned to work with minimum noise. Strict labor supervision should be
undertaken in this respect. Number of night time resident laborers should be minimized.
Temporary sound barriers also should be erected around buildings or premises as appropriate to
shield residents if there are complaints from them.
Vehicular noise pollution at residential / sensitive receptors
Idling of temporary trucks or other equipment should not be permitted during periods of loading /
unloading or when they are not in active use. The practice must be ensured especially near
residential / commercial / sensitive areas.
Stationary construction equipment will be kept at least 500m away from sensitive receptors,
where possible. These include hospitals, schools, places of worship and households.
All possible and practical measures to control noise emissions during drilling shall be employed.
Noise from vehicles, machinery and equipment
Contractor shall submit the list of high noise/vibration generating machinery & equipment to the
PIA for approval.
Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery must be done regularly and during routine
servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective
will be replaced.
Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of
the Engineer to keep noise levels at the minimum.
Removal and Disposal of construction debris and excavated materials
During site clearance activities, demolition and debris removal must be carried out swiftly and in
well-planned manner. Possibly debris removal can be carried out during non-peak hours to avoid
traffic at the site.
The contractor shall identify the sites for debris disposal and should be finalized prior to start of
the earthworks; Spoil and other disposal materials should only be dumped at sites for which prior
approval from relevant authorities such as the LA have been obtained. Taking into account the
following
o The dumping does not impact natural drainage courses
o No endangered / rare flora is impacted by such dumping
o Should be located in nonresidential areas located in the downwind side
176
o Located at least 100m from the designated forest land.
o Avoid disposal on productive land.
o should be located with the consensus of the local community , in consultation with the
engineer and shall be approved by the highways department
o Minimize the construction debris by balancing the cut and fill requirements.
The contractor should avoid any spillage of spoil when transporting such materials to the
approved material dumping sites.
Protection of top soil
The top soil to be protected and compacted after completion of pipe laying activities.
The contractor should attempt to reuse the cut material from earthworks for project activities
where possible
Pollution from Fuel and Lubricants
The contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking location, fuel/lubricants storage
sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and refueling sites shall be located away
from rivers and irrigation canal/ponds.
Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and
refueling will be carried out in such a fashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not
contaminate the ground.
Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified
disposal sites (list to be submitted to Engineer) and approved by the Engineer. All spills and
collected petroleum products will be disposed off in accordance with standards set by the
CEA/MoE.
Engineer will certify that all arrangements comply with the guidelines of CEA/MoE or any other
relevant laws.
Public and Worker Safety
The construction site should be barricaded at all time in a day with adequate marking, safety tape,
flags, reflectors etc. for safety of individuals using the compound on a daily basis. ( Items such as
parking cones, lights, tubular markers, orange and white strips and barricades of a luminous
nature for night visibility)
The construction site should be clearly demarcated by the above means and restriction of access
to public to the site will help the safety of public.
Safety signboards should be displayed at all necessary locations.
177
The contractor should obtain a Third party insurance to compensate any damages, injuries caused
to the public or laborers during the construction period.
All construction vehicles should be operated by experienced and trained operators under
supervision.
Basic onsite safety training should be conducted for all laborers during the EMP training prior to
the start of the construction activities.
All digging and installation work should be completed in one go, if this task is not accomplished
the area should be isolated using luminous safety tape and barricading structures surrounding the
whole area.
Trenches should be progressively rehabilitated once work is completed.
Material loading and unloading should be done in an area, well away from traffic and barricaded
178
Construction wastes should be removed within 24 hours from the site to ensure public safety.
Safety Gear for Labors
Protective footwear and protective goggles should be provided to all workers employed on
mixing of materials like cement, concrete etc.
Welder's protective eye-shields shall be provided
to workers who are engaged in welding works.
Earplugs shall be provided to workers exposed to
loud noise, and workers working in crushing,
compaction, or concrete mixing operation.
The contractor shall supply all necessary safety
appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, safety
belts, ear plugs, mask etc. to workers and staffs.
In addition, the contractor shall maintained in
stock at the site office, gloves, ear muffs, goggles,
dust masks, safety harness and any other
equipment considered necessary.
A safety inspection checklist should be prepared
taking into consideration what the workers are
supposed to be wearing and monitored on a
monthly basis and recorded.
Prevention of accidents
Prevention of accidents involving human beings,
animals or vehicles falling or accidents due to
open trenches/manholes during construction
period. This needs to be ensured with proper
barricading, signage boards and lighting etc.
A readily available first aid unit including an
adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials
and appliances should be available at the site
office at all times
Availability of suitable transport at all times to
take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest
hospital should also be insured.
Names and contact information for emergency
services such as Ambulance services, hospitals,
police and the fire brigade should be prepared as a
sign board and displayed at the work site.
Presence of Outside Labor in a Residential Area
Strict labor supervision should be undertaken. There should be labor awareness programs to
educate the laborers about their general behavior while at work as well as their own safety.
Operation of labor camps
179
The Contractor shall construct and maintain all labor accommodation in such a fashion that
uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing.
Supply of sufficient quantity of potable water (as per IS) in every workplace/labor camp site at
suitable and easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such facilities.
The sewage system for the camp are designed, built and operated in such a fashion that no health
hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place.
Ensure adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals.
The contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly
emptied and disposed of in a hygienic manner
Surface Drainage and Possible Water Stagnation
Provide storm water drain system in the premises which will discharge water to the improved
roadside storm water drain.
Carry out overall storm water management in the premises during construction using temporary
ditches, sand bag barriers etc.
Temporary flooding due to excavation.
Proper drainage arrangements to be made, to avoid the overflowing of existing drains due to
excavation during the laying of pipes, cutting activities.
Tree Protection during Construction Phase
Giving due protection to the trees that fall in the shoulders /corridor of impact shall be the prime
focus during Construction/post construction
Masonry tree guards, Low level RCC tree guards, Circular Iron Tree Guard with Bars, use of
plate compactors near trees may also be considered where necessary
Tree Re-Planting
Re-plantation of at least twice (1:2) the number of trees cut should be carried out along the
project road. Since the major portion of the project road may pass through open lands, planting of
trees along the entire stretch of the road is recommended as an enhancement measure.
Growth and survival of trees planted shall be ensured and monitoring done at least for a period of
3 years .Survival status shall be reported on monthly basis to Engineer in charge.
Clearing/Closure of Construction Site/Labor Camps
Contractor to prepare site restoration plans for approval by the engineer. The plan is to be
implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization.
On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish cleared,
excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean
and tidy, at the contractor’s expenses, to the entire satisfaction of the engineer.
Procedures for Dealing with Chance Finds
Flora and Chance found Fauna
The contractor will take reasonable precaution to prevent workmen or any other persons from
removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any
water body and hunting of any animal.
180
If any wild animal is found near the construction site at any point of time, the contractor will
immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint the Engineer and carry out the Engineer's
instructions for dealing with the same.
The Engineer will report to the nearby Forest Department /Department of Wild Life Conservation
(range office or divisional office) and will take appropriate steps/ measures, if required in
consultation with the forest officials.
Chance Found Archaeological Property
All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains or things of
geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the
Government and shall be dealt with as per provisions of the relevant legislation.
The contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from
removing and damaging any such article or thing. He will, immediately upon discovery thereof
and before removal acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the instructions for
dealing with the same, waiting which all work shall be stopped.
The Engineer will seek direction from the Archaeological Department of Sri Lanka and inform
the project EO to follow the Chance Find Procedures set forth.
181
7.12 Annex 12: Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Burrow Pits Illustration on the Burrow Pit Rehabilitation
Mitigatory Measures to be Implemented
182
The following conditions must follow by the contractor during the construction period in burrowing earth:
o The sides of the pits should be sloped with a minimum angle of 1:3, to enable the escape of animals
that may accidentally fall into the pits.
o The burrow pits should be restored by filling them or when it is not practical to rehabilitate them
as small tanks/water holes enabling wild animals to use as a water source
o The earth burrowing activity at the identified site should be carried out only during the given time
period of from 6.00 am to 6.00 pm
o Burrowing earth, transportation and unloading should be carried out under the inspection of
Assistant Director (Mahaweli/Irrigation) or an officer appointed by him
o A 15-cm topsoil will be stripped off from the borrow pit and this will be stored in stockpiles in a
designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical:
Horizontal).
o Suitable drainage ditches or conduits shall be constructed or installed to avoid conditions where
small pools of water that are, or are likely to become noxious, or foul, collect or remain on the
burrow area. Surface drainage must be designed to minimize erosion during runoff and major
rainfall events.
o Burrow Pit shall be backfilled with clean or inert fill. There shall be no material of deleterious
nature (i.e. any material that would be classed as hazardous or waste). Please refer to the diagram
above for the Illustration on burrow pit rehabilitation.
o Non-usable material including overburden, screenings and rocks, should be placed in the pit bottom
and covered with Topsoil stripped from the surface so as to facilitate water seepage, planting grass
and tree planting to be carried out using the Native trees.
o Once the site is reclaimed, any fences where they exist shall be removed to permit re-vegetation.
o Access and haul roads to the pit must be restored in a mutually agreeable manner where these are
considered unnecessary after extraction has been completed.
o Above conditions should be included in the contract document and must monitor whether they are
followed.
o Precautions must be taken to minimize spreading of the listed invasive species.
• Destroy the listed invasive plants as much as possible prior to burrowing material.
• Surface soil of the burrow site should be separated and stored to prevent transporting seeds of
the invasive plants to the tank. This surface soil can use when restoring the burrow pit.
• When restoring the invasive plants if any germinated in soil should be removed and burn.
• Wash down of all vehicles that use to transport burrow materials before leaving the site
183
7.13 Annex 13: Environmental Guidelines for Decommissioning and Demolition
of Existing Buildings Potential Environmental Impacts
The hazards and environmental impacts associated with demolition works are mainly a function of:
• The location of the demolition work, i.e. whether demolition is near to main road or whether
demolition is far away from development and movement
• The type of building being demolished i.e. concrete, iron sheets, etc
• The method of demolition i.e. manually using hand tools; mechanically using heavy machinery
including electric grinders, pneumatic compressors, excavator on trucks and lorries; or by
induced collapse demolition using explosives
• The scale of the project i.e. the area of building being demolished and amount of solid wastes,
dust and traffic being generated
• The duration of the demolition work
Potential environmental impacts in connection with demolition works are: -
• Noise and vibration
• Dust
• Traffic implications
• Generation of demolition wastes including doors, windows, wood and metal frames; concrete
rubbles and blocks, corrugated iron sheets, asbestos cement sheets, etc.
• Visual and aesthetic impacts
Procedures for Management of Potential Environmental Impacts
• The following guidelines will be followed for any decommissioning of the existing buildings
and demolition. While the EMP covers measure to manage construction waste, dust and noise
in general. It is essential to ensure that the process and demolition waste is handled specifically
as outlined below.
• As a requisite, a demolition plan will be prepared and approved by the project engineer of the
proponent. The demolition work will be conducted post conducting the following activities.
• Crack Survey of Neighboring Buildings o A crack survey or neighboring buildings should
be conducted for all buildings directly adjacent to the construction site.
o The current condition of these buildings need to be photo documented and filed prior to
the decommissioning commencing to ensure that no damages are caused to the structures
due to vehicle movements and demolition works.
o A crack survey report will be prepared and submitted to the Engineer prior to
commencement of decommissioning on the ground.
• Management of Utilities o Termination of Utilities
▪ Prior to actual demolition, the Authorized Person shall liaise with all available
utility companies so as: (A) to keep records of available utilities leading into the
premises; and (B) to cause all utilities to be terminated.
o Effects of Demolition on Utilities
184
▪ The demolition plan shall ensure that during the course of demolition, no existing
utilities in the vicinity of the demolition sites are affected by the demolition
operation.
o Common Utilities
▪ The common utilities encountered in building demolition generally include the
following:(A) Electricity;(B) Water; (C) Gas; (D) Telecommunication; (E)
Drainage; (F) Overhead and Underground Cables; (G) Railway Tunnel and its
accessories, such as vent shafts; (H) Sewage Tunnel and its accessories; and (I)
Disused Tunnel.
▪ All utility companies and relevant agencies should be consulted prior to demolition
of the structure.
• Management of Asbestos Cement (ACM) Based Material-Avoiding Exposure Risk o An
inspection of building materials for the presence of asbestos and lead hazards must be
conducted prior to initiating demolition projects.
o Removal of ACM roof sheeting requires trained and qualified personnel as damage to/or
broken ACM during removal will have an exposure risk to demolition workers.
o Thus it is essential that workers have the necessary personal protective equipment, most
importantly masks, safety boots, full suiting to cover body and hard hats. It is also
recommended that High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters vacuum cleaners would
be requiring to vacuum up any debris. These activities must be supervised by the engineer.
o ACM Material should be removed prior to demolition of the structure, and transported
immediately in a contained manner to an approved disposal site by the engineer. As there
are no sites to accept hazardous waste material this will pose a challenge, it should be
explored how best the material can be managed via CEA guidance on best practice.
o No ACM material can be stockpiled off site. This should be fully prohibited.
• Management of Environmental Impacts During Demolition Process.
o The demolition works shall not cause any nuisance by way of noise, dust and vibration to
the surrounding environment, by following the requirements as per the project
Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
o Particular attention should be payed to ensure the following
▪ The site of works shall be fenced and screened to protect site from strong
winds and to contain dust.
▪ The noise level during demolition works shall be within the permissible
limits as ▪ per the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) guidelines on
noise.
▪ All hazardous wastes, including asbestos shall be disposed of as per the
provisions laid out by the CEA
▪ The following measures shall be taken so as to abate the visual impacts
during demolition works:
➢ Visual screening / fencing of works
➢ Proper location of equipment and machinery on site
➢ No encroachment of demolition wastes on pavements and roads
▪ Demolition works within residential areas shall be carried out during normal
working hours (8:00 – 17:00) only.
185
▪ The demolition wastes may be used as filler material as appropriate and approved
by the engineer. Any excess wastes shall be disposed of to an authorized site as
recommended by the
▪ No debris shall be burned on the site.
186
7.14 Annex 14: Guidelines for Health and Safety of Workers, Communities and
Visitors
Health and safety of workers and the public should be designed into constructions, before and during and
after the building phase. It is cheaper and easier to control risks in construction to workers as well as the
public before work starts on site by proper planning, training, site induction, worker consultation and
incorporating strict safety procedures in construction plans. The proposed project interventions will mostly
involve small to medium scale construction sites. As such, extreme dangers posed by working in
environments such as great heights, deep water and involving dangerous chemicals and radioactive material
will not be present. Potential dangers associated with ESCAMP sites will include falling from moderate
heights, vehicle accidents, falling into trenches, drowning, breathing dust and other air pollutants, back
aches caused by handling heavy material, wildlife attacks, etc. and can be mitigated with following safety
guidelines.
EA/EMP for each site should mandatorily include a risk assessment as to what are the hazards involved in
the work site, who might be harmed and how seriously, how likely this harm might happen and what actions
are required to eliminate or reduce the risk and incorporate such measures in the EMP and clearly set out
in the tender documents. All sub-projects must observe health and safety regulations, hence during
implementation it is important to check if these control measures are put in place and are meeting the legal
requirement.
Further guidance can be found in the World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines. The following measures
have been developed to fit the country context based on the General EHS Guidelines.
Training
• Ensure constructors carry out suitable training programs on occupational health and safety for workers
prior to commencement of construction, especially with regard to working in wild territory.
• Ensure only experienced and well trained workers are used for the handling of machinery, equipment
and material processing plants
• Ensure all persons, including managers, are trained and able to carry out their work without risk to the
safety or health of themselves, other workers or the public
Personal Protective Equipment
• Ensure appropriate safety equipment, tools and protective clothing are provided to workers and that
safe working methods are applied. A safety inspection checklist should be prepared taking into
consideration what the workers are supposed to be wearing and monitored.
• Any person who works or operates in an area where there is a risk of flying objects, such as
splinters, should wear safety goggles at all time. These should be securely fitted to the face.
Welders should protect the entire face from hot sparks and bright rays by using a welding mask.
• Any person exposed to high levels of dust or hazardous gases (when working in tunnels) should
wear respiratory protection in the form of disposal masks or respiratory masks which fit more
snugly around the nose and mouth.
• Any person working in an area where there is the risk of being struck on the head by a falling or
flying object should wear a hard hat at all times. These should be well maintained in order to be
fully effective, and any helmets or hard hats that are damaged or cracked should immediately be replaced.
187
• All workers will be required to wear shoes or strong boots to prevent sharp objects from
penetrating or crushing the foot. Those working in muddy conditions and in canals with polluted water should avoid hand/foot contact with water and should never wear slippers.
• Road workers should wear reflective vests to avoid being hit by moving vehicular traffic.
Site Delineation and Warning Signs
• Ensure delineation devices such as cones, lights, tubular markers, orange and white strips and barricades
are erected to inform about work zones.
• Ensure all digging and installing work items that are not accomplished are isolated and warned of by
signposts and flash lamps in nighttime (for those sites outsides PAs).
• Ensure dangerous warning signs are raised to inform public of particular dangers and to keep the public
away from such hazards, such as warning for bathing when working on river sites and irrigation works.
• Ensure rehabilitation of trenches progressively once work is completed.
• The safety inspection checklist must look to see that the delineation devices are used, whether they are
appropriately positioned, if they are easily identifiable and whether they are reflective.
Equipment safety
• Work zone workers use tools, equipment and machinery that could be dangerous if used incorrectly or
if the equipment malfunctions Inspections must be carried out to test the equipment before it is used,
so that worker safety can be secured. Inspections should look for evidence of wear and tear, frays,
missing parts and mechanical or electrical problems.
Material management
• Ensure easily flammable materials are not be stored in construction site and that they are transported
out of project site
Emergency Procedures
• Ensure an emergency aid service is in place in the work zone.
• Ensure all site staff is properly briefed as to what to do in the event of an emergency, such as who to
notify and where to assemble for a head count. This information must be conveyed to employees by
the site manager on the first occasion a worker visits the site.
Construction camps • Ensure installation of adequate construction camps and sanitation facilities for construction workers to
control of transmission of infectious diseases.
• Ensure that adequate warning is provided on issues of poaching and wildlife attacks
Information management
• Develop and establish contractor’s own procedure for receiving, documenting and addressing
complaints that is easily accessible, culturally appropriate and understandable to affected communities.
• Provide advance notice to local communities by way of information boards about the schedule of
construction activities.
Worker consultation
• Consulting the workforce on health and safety measures is not only a legal requirement, it is an effective
way to ensure that workers are committed to health and safety procedures and improvements.
Employees should be consulted on health and safety measures and before the introduction of new
technology or products.
7.15 Annex 15: Chance find procedure for Physical Cultural Resources
Contracts for civil works involving earth moving and excavation activities, especially in areas known to be
sites of old civilizations and now returned to forest, should normally incorporate procedures for dealing
with situations in which buried PCRs are unexpectedly exposed.
Recognition of unknown PCRs – This is the most difficult aspect to cover, especially if the contractor is
not full-time accompanied by a specialist. Upon discovery of such material during project implementation
work, the following should be carried out;
• Immediately stop construction activities.
• With the approval of the resident engineer delineate the discovered site area.
• Secure the site to prevent any damage or loss of removable objects. In case of removable antiquities
or sensitive remains, a night guard should be present until the responsible authority takes over.
• Through the Resident Engineer, notify the responsible authorities, the Department of Archaeology
and local authorities within 24 hours.
• Submit a brief chance find report, within a specified time period, with date and time of discovery,
location of discovery, description of finding, estimated weight and dimension of PCR and
temporary protection implemented.
• Responsible authorities would be in charge of protecting and preserving the site before deciding on
the proper procedures to be carried out.
• An evaluation of the finding will be performed by the Department of Archaeology who may decide
to either remove the PCR deemed to be of significance, further excavate within a specified distance
of the discovery point and conserve on-site, and/or extend/reduce the areas demarcated by the
contractor etc. This should ideally take place within about 7 days.
• Construction work could resume only when permission is given from the Department of
Archaeology after the decision concerning the safeguard of the heritage is fully executed.
189
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
7.16 Annex-16: Environmental Health and
Safety Guidelines
Introduction
The Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS)
Guidelines are technical reference documents with
general and industryspecific examples of Good
International Industry Practice (GIIP)17. When one or
more members of the World Bank Group are involved
in a project, these EHS Guidelines are applied as
required by their respective policies and standards.
These industry sector EHS guidelines are designed to
be used together with the General EHS Guidelines
document, which provides guidance to users on
common EHS issues potentially applicable to all
industry sectors. For complex projects, use of multiple
industry-sector guidelines may be necessary. A
complete list of industry-sector guidelines can be
found at:
www.ifc.org/ifcext/enviro.nsf/Content/Environmenta
lGuidelines
The EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels
and measures that are generally considered to be
achievable in new facilities by existing technology at
reasonable costs. Application of the EHS Guidelines
to existing facilities may involve the establishment of
site-specific targets, with an appropriate timetable for
achieving them.
The applicability of the EHS Guidelines should be
tailored to the hazards and risks established for each
project on the basis of the results of an environmental
assessment in which sitespecific variables, such as
host country context, assimilative capacity of the
environment, and other project factors, are taken into
account. The applicability of specific technical
recommendations should be based on the professional
17 Defined as the exercise of professional skill, diligence, prudence and foresight that would be reasonably expected from skilled and experienced professionals engaged in the same type of undertaking under the same or similar circumstances globally. The circumstances that skilled and experienced professionals may find when evaluating the range of pollution prevention and control techniques available to a project may include, but are not limited to, varying levels of environmental
opinion of qualified and experienced persons. When
host country regulations differ from the levels and
measures presented in the EHS Guidelines, projects
are expected to achieve whichever is more stringent.
If less stringent levels or measures than those provided
in these EHS Guidelines are appropriate, in view of
specific project circumstances, a full and detailed
justification for any proposed alternatives is needed as
part of the site-specific environmental assessment.
This justification should demonstrate that the choice
for any alternate performance levels is protective of
human health and the environment.
Applicability
The EHS Guidelines for Waste Management cover
facilities or projects dedicated to the management of
municipal solid waste and industrial waste, including
waste collection and transport; waste receipt,
unloading, processing, and storage; landfill disposal;
physico-chemical and biological treatment; and
incineration projects.18 Industry-specific waste
management activities applicable, for example, to
medical waste, municipal sewage, cement kilns, and
others are covered in the relevant industry-sector EHS
Guidelines, as is the minimization and reuse of waste
at the source. This document is organized according
to the following sections:
Section 1.0 — Industry-Specific Impacts and
Management
Section 2.0 — Performance Indicators and Monitoring
Section 3.0 — References and Additional Sources
Annex A — General Description of Industry
Activities
1.0 Industry-Specific Impacts and Management
The following section provides a summary of the most
significant EHS issues associated with Waste
Management, which occur during the operational and
degradation and environmental assimilative capacity as well as varying levels of financial and technical feasibility. 18 This document covers the most common
commercial methods of waste management. It does
not cover other activities such as the management of
radioactive wastes, co-incineration at combustion
plants, or deep well injection.
190
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
decommissioning phases, along with
recommendations for mitigating these impacts.
Recommendations for the management of EHS
impacts common to most large industrial facilities
during the construction phase are provided in the
General EHS Guidelines, as are other operational
phase issues, such as noise, common to many
industrial activities.
1.1 Environment
Municipal solid waste (MSW) is typically managed
separately from industrial hazardous and non-
hazardous wastes; therefore, environmental impacts
associated with management of MSW and industrial
wastes are addressed separately below.
1.1.1 Municipal Solid Waste
Municipal solid waste (MSW) is generally defined as
the wastes (other than sewage and air emissions)
generated in and usually collected by a municipality.
MSW is extremely variable in composition,
depending on the income and lifestyle of the
generators. As shown in Table 1, MSW includes
household refuse, institutional wastes, street
sweepings, commercial wastes, as well as
construction and demolition debris. MSW may
include paper and packaging materials; foodstuffs;
vegetable matter such as yard debris; metal; rubber;
textiles; and potentially hazardous materials such as
batteries, electrical components, paint, bleach, and
medicines. MSW may also contain varying amounts
of industrial wastes from small industries, as well as
dead animals and fecal matter. Environmental
impacts and associated mitigation measures
applicable to MSW collection and transport; waste
receipt, unloading, processing, and storage; biological
treatment; incineration; and landfilling are described
below.
Table 1 - Sources and Types of Municipal Solid
Waste
Source Typical Waster
Generators
Types of Solid
Waste
Residential Single and
multifamily
dwellings
Food waste, paper,
cardboard,
plastic, textiles,
leather, yard waste,
wood, glass, metal,
ash, special waste
(e.g., bulky items,
consumer
electronics, white
goods, batteries,
oil, tires) and
household
hazardous waste
Industrial Light and heavy
manufacturing,
fabrication,
construction sites,
power and
chemical plants
Housekeeping
waste, packaging,
food waste,
construction and
demolition
materials,
hazardous waste,
ash, special waste
Commercial Stores, hotels,
restaurants,
markets, office
buildings
Paper, cardboard,
plastic, wood, food
waste, glass, metal,
special waste,
hazardous waste
Institutional Schools,
hospitals, prisons,
government
centers
Same as
commercial
Construction
and
Demolition
New construction
sites, road repair,
renovation sites,
demolition of
buildings
Wood, steel,
concrete, dirt, etc.
Municipal
Services
Street cleaning,
landscaping,
parks, beaches,
other recreational
areas, water and
wastewater
treatment plants
Street sweepings;
landscape and tree
trimmings; general
waste from parks,
beaches and other
recreational areas;
sludge from water
and wastewater
treatment plants
191
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Process Heavy and light
manufacturing,
refineries,
chemical plants,
power plants,
mineral extraction
and
processing
Industrial process
waste, scrap
materials,
off-specification
products, slag,
tailings
Source: World Bank (2005)
Waste Collection and Transport
Litter and clandestine dumping
The causes of littering and clandestine dumping in
urban areas occur because of inadequate availability
of litter bins along walkways, inadequate public
awareness of their responsibilities as urban dwellers,
and inadequate refuse collection service. Littering
occurs everywhere and often into drains, while
clandestine dumping is commonly on vacant lots,
public spaces, or along waterways. Accumulated
waste may attract disease vectors, contribute to
clogging of drainage and sewerage networks, make
waste readily accessible to neighborhood animals and
birds, and pollute waterways.
Recommended management strategies to minimize
litter and clandestine dumping include:
Encourage use of containers or bags for waste at the
point of collection for each household and
establishment;
Implement a regular collection schedule with
sufficient frequency to avoid accumulation of
garbage;
Use vehicles appropriate for the geographic
conditions and waste types to maximize reliability of
collection (e.g., compactor trucks may be appropriate
for neighborhoods with wide streets and low-density
trash, while smaller vehicles may be appropriate for
neighborhoods with narrow streets and higher-density
garbage);
Encourage separation of recyclable materials at the
point of generation, so that the collection points do not
become sorting points for informal sector waste
pickers;
Cover collection and transfer vehicles along the entire
route of transport to avoid windblown litter;
19 Additional information is provided in Cointreau,
S. (2006).
Clean vehicles used for waste hauling before
transportation of any goods, including compost;
Encourage residents to put waste out at designated
times and locations;
Where possible, blocking off access to dumping sites
and fining illegal dumpers.
Air Emissions
Air emissions from MSW collection and transport
include, dust and bio-aerosols, odors, and vehicle
emissions.
Dust, Bio-aerosols, and Odors
Dust can include nuisance dust, hazardous dust (e.g.,
containing asbestos or silica), and bioaerosols (i.e.,
particles in the air consisting wholly or partially of
microorganisms). Bioaerosols are of particular
concern to the health of waste workers and have been
show to be the source of reduced pulmonary function
and increased respiratory disease for those in
immediate proximity to waste sweeping and
collection activities.19 Recommended management
strategies to minimize dust, bio-aerosols, and odors
include:
Establishing frequent waste collection schedules;
Instituting a washing program for waste collection
vehicles and for company-owned waste collection and
transfer containers;
Promoting the use of bags to reduce the odors from
soiling of waste collection and transport equipment.
Vehicle Emissions
Emissions from on-road vehicles may be regulated
through national or regional programs. In the absence
of these, specific measures to prevent, minimize, and
control vehicle air emissions during waste collection
and transport include the following:
Optimize waste collection routes to minimize distance
traveled and overall fuel use and emissions
Implement transfer stations for small vehicles to
consolidate waste into large vehicles for
transportation to a treatment or disposal facility;
Waste collection and transport vehicle owners and
operators should implement the equipment
manufacturers’ recommended engine maintenance,
along with the mechanical maintenance for the safe
192
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
operation of the vehicle, including proper tire
pressure.;
Drivers should also be instructed on the benefits of
driving practices which reduce both the risk of
accidents and fuel consumption, including measured
acceleration and driving within safe speed limits
(working with garbage truck drivers can save as much
as 25% on fuel use and reduce maintenance by 15%).
Additional fleet management recommendations are
presented in the General EHS Guidelines.
Waste Receipt, Unloading, Processing, and Storage
Control of the incoming waste stream is necessary to
ensure safe and effective processing, treatment, and
disposal of the waste and the quality of end products
(e.g., compost). While procedures may vary
depending on the nature of the waste and necessary
processing methods, recommended measures include:
Visually evaluate, weigh, and document incoming
waste loads;
Reject or, if the facility is equipped to process the
waste, segregate potentially hazardous materials or
wastes identified, including infectious waste, and
manage as a hazardous or infectious waste, as
applicable;
Analyze suspected hazardous materials before
acceptance so that they are segregated relative to
compatibility and so that they can be adequately
treated and disposed of;
If possible, isolate size reduction equipment (e.g.,
shredders or grinders) in an explosion-proof area with
proper ventilation and pressure relief to reduce the
impacts of potential explosions that could be caused
by materials such as gas cylinders and ignitable
liquids that may be present in MSW. Visual
inspection of the incoming waste, along with sorting
and removal procedures, can minimize this potential
hazard;
Separate recoverable secondary materials for
recycling and organic waste for composting to the
extent practical.
Contaminated Runoff
Leachate from waste piles caused by exposure to
precipitation and from residual liquids in the waste
itself may contain organic matter, nutrients, metals,
salts, pathogens, and hazardous chemicals. If allowed
to migrate, leachate can contaminate soil, surface
water, and groundwater potentially causing additional
impacts such as eutrophication and acidification of
surface water and contamination of water supplies.
Recommended contaminated runoff management
strategies include:
When siting, consider the proximity of waste handling
and storage areas to water supply wells for people and
animals, irrigation canals, and surface water bodies
that support aquatic life and the ability to prevent
contaminated leachate and drainage from entering
surface and ground water;
Use impermeable materials for roads, waste
processing and storage areas, and vehicle washing
areas, and install curbs to prevent runoff to permeable
areas;
Collect runoff and leachate from areas used for waste
storage, and treat runoff to meet applicable
environmental standards before discharge to surface
water or the municipal sewage system (e.g., screen to
remove large material, install silt traps to remove
particulates, and
remove separate-phase liquids with an oil/water
separator). Discharge to the municipal sewage system
(via pipe or tanker truck), where available, is preferred
for runoff from waste storage and handling areas;
Re-use collected water in on-site disposal processes to
the extent practical or store with collected leachate
awaiting treatment.
In addition, management strategies for contaminated
runoff from vehicles include:
Cover containers during transport,
Ensure vehicle equipment is designed to collect
drainage and that it is held in a sump container until
the vehicle reaches a safe discharge location.
Litter
The following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control litter and solid waste during
waste receipt, unloading, processing, and storage:
Provide adequate storage for waste not immediately
treated or disposed of;
Implement good housekeeping procedures;
Consider use of enclosed/covered areas for waste
tipping, shredding, compacting, etc.;
Install catch fences and netting to trap windblown
litter.
Air Emissions
The following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control vehicle emissions and
193
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
emissions of dust, odors, and bioaerosols during waste
receipt, unloading, processing, and storage:
Select vehicles and containers that minimize air
emissions during waste loading and unloading;
Design drop-off points to minimize queuing of
vehicles; Sweep waste management areas and roads
frequently and use water spray for dust control where
needed;
Pre-treat wastes as needed (e.g., solidification,
encapsulation, or wetting sufficient to reduce dust but
without forming leachate);
Use enclosed waste handling and storage areas for
malodorous wastes or wastes that generate hazardous
dust (e.g., asbestos). Enclosed waste storage and
handling areas are preferred for all wastes;
Use extraction system to remove dust from working
areas, buildings, and storage vessels, and treat as
needed to control particulate emissions (e.g., bag
filter);
Remove, treat, or dispose of all biological/malodorous
wastes in an expeditious manner;
Use odor-neutralizing sprays where necessary;
Use negative pressure in processing buildings and
appropriate air filtration (e.g., biofilter) to remove
odor,
Noise and Vibration
Principal sources of noise and vibration include truck
traffic; loading equipment (e.g., cranes, wheeled
loaders), stationary compactors, balers, grinders, and
other treatment and conveyance systems.
Recommended noise management strategies include:
Construct a buffer zone between the facility and the
external environment or locate facilities away from
sensitive receptors;
Include noise and vibration considerations during
design, including use of models to predict noise levels
20 Compost is organic material that can be used as a soil amendment or as a medium to grow plants. Mature compost is a stable material with a content called humus that is dark brown or black and has a soil-like, earthy smell. It can be created by combining organic wastes (e.g., yard trimmings, food wastes, manures) in proper ratios into piles, rows, or vessels; adding bulking agents (e.g., wood chips) as necessary to accelerate the breakdown of organic materials; and allowing the finished material to fully stabilize and
at specified noise-sensitive locations, using
standardized sound power levels for construction
plant;
Maintain site roads in good condition to reduce noise
and vibration from vehicle movements;
Use acoustic screens around fixed/mobile plant and
equipment;
Select equipment that has low noise emission levels;
Fit silencing equipment to plant, e.g. baffles/mufflers;
Use buildings to contain inherently noisy fixed plant
equipment (e.g., locate waste shredder in the tipping
hall, and enclose tipping hall on all sides) and consider
use of sound-insulating materials in construction.
Biological Treatment
Biological treatment includes composting with other
organic materials for the preparation of soil products20
(i.e., aerobic treatment), and anaerobic digestion. To
maximize the usability of end products, waste should
not be accepted that contains organics that are
contaminated by potentially hazardous chemicals
(e.g., PCBs, chlordane and other pesticides, heavy
metals and metalloids) and/or pathogenic substances
and micro-organisms (e.g., prions, viruses, bacteria,
and parasites) that will not be rendered harmless by
the process or may constitute a health or
environmental risk. This may include certain clinical
waste and other related wastes of clinical origin, and
diseased carcasses, or contaminants classified as
hazardous or industrial wastes.21
Leachate and Runoff
Leachate and runoff from waste storage and
processing areas may contain organic material
(biochemical oxygen demand (BOD)), phenols,
nitrates, phosphorous, dissolved metals, and other
contaminants. If treated wood is processed, wood
preservative chemicals, such as creosote and
mature through a curing process (as defined by the US EPA (http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/nonhw/composting/basic.htm)). 21 Additional information on composting is provided
in Chapter 7 (Composting) of the Decision Maker’s
Guide to Solid Waste Management, Volume II, EPA,
1995
(http://www.epa.gov/garbage/dmg2.htm)
194
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
chromated copper arsenate, and their degradation
products may be present. Municipal waste may
contain human and animal fecal matter and blood
which have a wide range of disease microorganisms.
Some household chemicals can possess hazardous
properties; examples include pesticides, solvents,
paints, batteries, used oils, pharmaceuticals, etc.
The following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control leachate generation and
discharge from biological treatment operations:
Install a drainage layer underneath the processing area
to provide adequate leachate drainage from
composting organics. This may consist of a bed of
coarse material such as wood chips, or alternatively
the processing platform may permanently incorporate
a drainage layer designed to withstand the loading,
working and removal of material. For small-scale
compost facilities or in dry areas, an adsorbent
material can be incorporated in the compost and at the
base of the pile;
The material processing or storage areas of the facility
should have a leachate barrier system that forms a
secure barrier between the groundwater, soil, and
substrata and the composting or stored organics, as
well as systems for collecting and treating leachate;
Design and maintain the slope and orientation of
windrows and/or leachate drains such that free
drainage of leachate to a collection drain is facilitated
and ponding of leachate is avoided; shape the piles and
windrows to maximize run-off and hence reduce
infiltration;
Store leachate in a lined earthen basin or in
aboveground storage tanks;
For anaerobic digestion, maximize recycling of
wastewater to the reactor;
Measure total organic carbon (TOC), chemical
oxygen demand (COD), nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P)
and chlorine (Cl) levels in the inlet and outlet flows
from an anaerobic digester. When a better control of
the process is required, or a better quality of the waste
output, monitoring of additional parameters may be
necessary;
Operate an anaerobic digester under thermophilic
digestion conditions, in order to increase the pathogen
22 US EPA (1995)
destruction, biogas production rate (hence higher
energy recovery) and the retention time
Maintain ideal composting conditions such as22:
Carbon: nitrogen (C:N) ratio between 25:1 and 35:1 o
Moisture content of 50 to 60 percent of total weight
during treatment (and less than 50 percent for
marketing following screening)
Balance between particle size and void space to
promote rapid decomposition. Void space should be
sufficient to achieve a 10 to 15 percent oxygen level
within the pile in aerobic systems
Optimum temperature levels which can range between
32 and 60 degrees Celsius. Pathogen destruction can
be achieved by attaining and maintaining a
temperature of 55 degrees Celsius for three days in a
vessel composting system or 15 days in a windrow
system
pH of between 6 and 8.
Air Emissions
Releases to the air can include direct stack emissions
and fugitive emissions associated with biological
processes, as well as emissions from burning of
biogas. Direct air emissions can include bioaerosols,
particulate matter/dust, ammonia, amines, volatile
organic compounds (VOCs), sulfides, odors, etc. The
following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control air emissions from biological
treatment:
Use mist spray to keep down dusts, especially during
and prior to loading or other handling procedures.
Use windrow turning equipment that is specially
designed to minimize air emissions, as opposed to
wheeled loaders or conveyor loaders that drop wastes
into piles.
For highly odorous wastes, use closed feed bunkers
constructed with a vehicle sluice; for less odor-
intensive wastes, use automated and rapid action
doors (opening times of the doors being kept to a
minimum) in combination with an appropriate exhaust
air collection device resulting in an under pressure in
the treatment hall.
Enclose leachate drains to reduce the emission of
odors.
Minimize the amount of water added to compost (e.g.,
by covering compost material) to avoid anaerobic
195
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
conditions that can cause hydrogen sulfide odors if the
compost mixture contains sulfur-containing materials.
Biomass and biogas combustion emissions depend on
the type of biomass material and combustion method
and can include particulate matter, nitrogen oxide
(NOX), sulfur oxide (SOX), carbon monoxide (CO),
hydrogen sulfide (H2S), and VOCs. When using
biomass or biogas as a fuel source for power
generation, reference should be made to the General
EHS Guidelines for emissions guideline values and
the selection of appropriate emissions prevention and
control techniques.
Fire
Biodegradable wastes can be combustible and aerobic
degradation can produce sufficient heat to cause
spontaneous combustion in certain circumstances.
Wastes can, in some instances, also contain ashes and
other readily ignitable materials that burst into flame
under wind conditions, or when contacting
flammables. In landfills, methane is generated by
anaerobic digestion and can potentially ignite if it
encounters an ignition source within or external to the
landfill. Methane in landfill gas can become trapped
in underground cavities, and even move along
geologic discontinuities, to pose a risk of explosion.
Recommended fire prevention and control strategies
include:
For composting, avoid conditions that can lead to
spontaneous combustion (e.g., moisture between 25 –
45 percent and temperatures above about 93ºC. This
can be achieved for example by keeping windrows
less than about
3m high and turning them when the temperature
exceeds
60ºC);
Collect biogas for use or treatment (e.g. energy
recovery or flaring);
Provide a fire alarm system, including temperature
sensors in the waste being treated;
Design the facility for access by firefighting
equipment, including clear aisles among windrows
and access to an adequate water supply.
MSW Incineration Facilities
Air Emissions
Air emissions from incineration depend on the
specific waste composition and the presence and
effectiveness of air pollution control systems.
Polluting emissions may include carbon dioxide
(CO2), CO, NOX, sulfur dioxide (SO2), particulate
matter, ammonia, amines, acids (HCL, HF), VOCs,
dioxins/furans, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs),
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), metals
(Hg), and sulfides, etc., depending on the waste
content and combustion conditions.
The following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control air emissions:
Conduct waste segregation and/or presorting to avoid
incineration of wastes that contain metals and
metalloids that may volatilize during combustion and
be difficult to control through air emission technology
(e.g., mercury and arsenic);
Follow applicable national requirements and
internationally recognized standards for incinerator
design and operating conditions, mainly rapid
quenching of the flue gas after leaving all combustion
chambers and before entering any dry particulate
matter air pollution control device but also
combustion temperature, residence time, and
turbulence.7 Standards for stationary incinerators
which include temperature and afterburner exit gas
quenching (i.e. rapid temperature reduction)
requirements are preferred in order to nearly
eliminate dioxins and furans;
Introduce wastes into the incinerator only after the
optimum temperature is reached in the final
combustion chamber.
The waste charging system should be interlocked with
the temperature monitoring and control system to
prevent waste additions if the operating temperature
falls below the required limits;
Minimize the uncontrolled ingress of air into the
combustion chamber via waste loading or other
routes;
Optimize furnace and boiler geometry, combustion air
injection, and, if used, NOX control devices using flow
modeling;
Optimize and control combustion conditions by the
control of air (oxygen) supply, distribution and
temperature, including gas and oxidant mixing; the
control of combustion
7 For example, according to Article 6 of EU Council
Directive 2000/76, the gas resulting from the
196
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
incineration process should be raised, after the last
injection of combustion air to a temperature of 850
degrees Celsius (1,100 degrees Celsius for hazardous
wastes with a content greater than 1% of halogenated
organics) for a period of two seconds. Additional
details on operating conditions are provided in this
reference. Other sources of emissions standards
include the U.S. EPA regulations for air emissions
from stationary sources at 40 CFR Part
60.
temperature level and distribution; and the control of
raw gas residence time;
Implement maintenance and other procedures to
minimize planned and unplanned shutdowns;
Avoid operating conditions in excess of those that are
required for efficient destruction of the waste;
Use auxiliary burner(s) for start-up and shut-down and
for maintaining the required operational combustion
temperatures (according to the waste concerned) at all
times when unburned waste is in the combustion
chamber.
Use a boiler to transfer the flue-gas energy for the
production of electricity and/or supply of steam/heat,
if practical;
Use primary (combustion-related) NOX control
measures and/or selective catalytic reduction (SCR) or
selective noncatalytic reduction (SNCR) systems,
depending on the emissions levels required;
Use flue gas treatment system for control of acid
gases, particulate matter, and other air pollutants;
Minimize formation of dioxins and furans by ensuring
that particulate control systems do not operate in the
200 to 400 degrees Celsius temperature range;
identifying and controlling incoming waste
composition; using primary (combustion-related)
controls; using designs and operation conditions that
limit the formation of dioxins, furans, and their
precursors; and using flue gas controls;
Consider the application of waste-to-energy or
anaerobic digestion technologies to help off-set
23 The possibility of applying waste-to-energy technologies depends on a number of issues which may include the project design specifications established by local government as well as laws applicable to the generation and sale electricity. Also, it should be noted that recycling options may often
emissions associated with fossil fuel based power
generation.23
Ash and Other Residuals
Combustion of solid wastes generates ash and other
material remaining after incineration. Solid wastes
may also be generated from treatment of wastewater
from flue gas treatment (FGT).
The following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control solid waste from incineration:
Design the furnace to, as far as possible, physically
retain the waste within the combustion chamber (e.g.
narrow grate bar spacing for grates, rotary or static
kilns for appreciably liquid wastes), and use a waste
throughput rate that provides sufficient agitation and
residence time of the waste in the furnace at
sufficiently high temperatures, including any ash
burn-out areas, in order to achieve a total organic
carbon (TOC) value in the ash residues of below 3 wt
percent and typically between 1 and 2 wt percent.
Manage bottom ash separately from fly ash and other
flue gas treatment residues to avoid contamination of
the bottom ash for its potential recovery;
Separate remaining ferrous and non-ferrous metals
from bottom ash as far as practicably and
economically viable, for their recovery;
Treat bottom ash on or off-site (e.g., by screening and
crushing) to the extent that is required to meet the
specifications set for its use or at the receiving
treatment or disposal site (e.g., to achieve a leaching
level for metals and salts that is in compliance with the
local environmental conditions at the place of use);
Bottom ash and residuals should be managed based on
their classification as hazardous or non-hazardous
materials. Hazardous ash should be managed and
disposed of as hazardous waste. Non-hazardous ash
may
be disposed of in an MSW landfill or considered for
recycling in construction materials.24
Water Effluents
save more energy than what is generated by incineration of mixed solid waste in a wasteto-energy facility. 24 EPA (http://www.epa.gov)
197
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Cooling systems generate cooling tower blowdown,
which is addressed in the General EHS Guidelines. In
addition, flue gas treatment generates wastewaters
requiring treatment and disposal.
To prevent, minimize, and control water effluents,
wastewater from flue gas treatment should be treated
as necessary, e.g., using filtration coagulation,
precipitation, and filtration to remove heavy metals,
and neutralization.
Noise
Principal sources include exhaust fans and resulting in
noise from the outlet of the stack; cooling system (for
evaporation cooling and especially for air cooling);
and turbine generators.
Measures to address noise impacts are addressed in
the
General EHS Guidelines. Additional recommended
measures to prevent, minimize, and control noise from
incineration include use of silencers on air coolers and
chimneys, as necessary.
Landfilling
A sanitary landfill is a carefully engineered,
structurally stable formation of segregated waste cells
separated by soil cover material, with base and side
slopes designed to minimize infiltration and facilitate
collection of leachate. Landfills are sited, designed
and operated to isolate the wastes from the
surrounding environment, particularly groundwater.
Even after closure, landfills required long-term care,
including maintenance of the cap system, collection
and treatment of leachate, collection and flaring or
utilization of landfill gas, and monitoring of
groundwater so that the waste remains isolated. Thus,
the EHS impacts of eventual decommissioning or
closure and longterm operation and maintenance of a
landfill need to be considered in the system design.
Specific closure procedures should focus on the
preservation of the long-term integrity and security of
the site, preferably with a minimum of maintenance.
Landfill operators, working in coordination with local
regulatory authorities, should explore and implement
opportunities to minimize the landfill disposal of
municipal wastes which contain metals, such as
25 Additional detail on siting is provided in Cointraeu
(2004) and European Union Council Directive
(1999).
mercury, which may be released due to crushing of
waste materials. Segregation and presorting of these
materials should be performed to the extent feasible.
Landfill Siting
The location of the landfill should take into account
potential impacts associated with releases of polluting
substances including the following:25
Proximity to residential, recreation, agricultural,
natural protected areas, or wildlife habitat and areas
prone to scavenging wildlife, as well as other
potentially incompatible land uses:
Residential development should be typically further
than 250 meters from the perimeter of the proposed
landfill cell development to minimize the potential for
migration of underground gaseous emissions
Visual impacts should be minimized by evaluating
locational alternatives
Siting should be further than 3 km of a turbojet airport
and 1.6 km of a piston-type airport or as permitted by
the aviation authority fully considering potential
threats to air safety due to attraction and presence of
birds
Proximity and use of groundwater and surface water
resources;
Private or public drinking, irrigation, or livestock
water supply wells located downgradient of the
landfill boundaries should be further than 500 meters
from the site perimeter, unless alternative water
supply sources are readily and economically available
and their development is acceptable to regulatory
authorities and local communities
Areas within the landfill boundaries should be located
outside of the 10-year groundwater recharge area for
existing or pending water supply development.
Perennial stream should not be located within 300
meters downgradient of the proposed landfill cell
development, unless diversion, culverting or
channeling is economically and environmentally
feasible to protect the stream from potential
contamination.
Site geology and hydrogeology; o Landfills should be
located in gently sloped topography, amenable to
development using the cell (bund) method), with
198
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
slopes which minimize the need for earthmoving to
obtain the correct leachate drainage slope of about 2%
Groundwater's seasonally high table level (i.e., 10
year high) should be at least 1.5 meters below the
proposed base of any excavation or site preparation to
enable landfill cell development
Suitable soil cover material should be available on-site
to meet the needs for intermediate (minimum of 30 cm
depth) and final cover (minimum of 60 cm depth), as
well as bund construction (for the cell method of
landfill operation). Preferably, the site would have
adequate soil to also meet required cover needs
(usually a minimum of 15 cm depth of soil)26
Potential threats to landfill site integrity from natural
hazards such as floods, landslides, and earthquakes:
Landfills should be sited outside of a floodplain
subject to 10-year floods and, if within areas subject
to a 100year flood, amenable to an economic design
which would eliminate the potential for washout
There should be no significant seismic risk within the
region of the landfill which could cause destruction of
berms, drains or other civil works, or require
unnecessarily costly engineering measures; otherwise,
side slopes should be adjusted accordingly to prevent
failure in the event of seismic activity
No fault lines or significantly fractured geologic
structure should be present within 500 meters of the
perimeter of the proposed landfill cell development
which would allow unpredictable movement of gas or
leachate
There should be no underlying limestone, carbonate,
fissured or other porous rock formations which would
be incompetent as barriers to leachate and gas
migration, where the formations are more than 1.5
26 Daily cover needs can be alternatively met by using
removable tarps, other relatively inert materials (i.e.,
compost residuals), or by removing the previously
laid daily soil cover at the start of each day for reuse
at the end of the same day. 27 Liner systems for MSW landfills can consist of a
combination of geological barrier with an overlying
bottom liner and leachate drainage layer.
Permeability and thickness requirements may range
from a hydraulic conductivity of 1 x 10-7
centimeters/second for a 0.6-meter layer of
compacted soil overlaid by a 30-mil flexible
meter in thickness and present as the uppermost
geologic unit above sensitive groundwaters.
Leachate Generation
Landfill leachate contains dissolved constituents
derived from the interstitial waters of the disposed
waste as well as its degradation products. It also may
contain some suspended solids, including pathogens.
If not collected and treated, leachate can migrate from
the landfill and contaminate soil, groundwater, and
surface water. Leachate and site monitoring are used
to confirm that the engineered landfill systems
effectively isolate the waste, both during operation of
the landfill
For purposes of siting, assume that at least 1 cubic
meter of daily, intermediate, and final compacted soil
cover is needed for every 6 cubic meters of compacted
refuse.
and after closure. Leachate from a MSW landfill
typically is very high in nitrogen (as ammonium),
chloride, and potassium, as well as dissolved
biological oxygen demand and chemical oxygen
demand organics.
The following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control leachate generation from MSW
landfills:
Site landfills in areas with stable geology and avoid
siting near particularly vulnerable or sensitive
ecosystems and groundwater and surface water
resources;
Design and operate the landfill in accordance with
applicable national requirements and internationally
recognized standards to minimize leachate generation,
including the use of low-permeability landfill liners27
membrane liner (60-mil if made from high density
polyethylene (HDPE)) (see U.S. EPA Regulations at 40 CFR Part 258) to a 1 meter thickness and hydraulic conductivity of 1 x 10-9 meters/second for the combined geological barrier and liner system with a 0.5 meter drainage layer (see European Union Council Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of waste). 13 For additional detailed design criteria refer to Basel Convention Guidelines on
Specially Engineered Landfill, Basel Convention Series/SBC No. 02/03; U.S. EPA Regulations at 40 CFR Part 258; and European Union Council
199
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
to prevent migration of leachate as well as landfill gas,
a leachate drainage and collection system, and landfill
cover
(daily, intermediate, and final) to minimize
infiltration;13
Treat leachate onsite and/or discharge to municipal
wastewater system. Potential treatment methods
include aerated lagoons, activated sludge, anaerobic
digestion, artificial wetlands, re-circulation,
membrane filtration, ozone treatment, peat beds, sand
filters, and methane stripping;
Minimize the daily exposed working face and use
perimeter drains and landfill cell compaction, slopes
and daily cover materials to reduce infiltration of
rainfall into the deposited waste;
Prevent run-on of precipitation into the active area of
the landfill (e.g., by use of berms or other diversions);
systems should be designed to handle the peak
discharge from a
25-year storm;
Collect and control run-off from the active area of the
landfill; the system should be designed to handle the
discharge from a 24-hour, 25-year storm. Runoff is
typically treated together with leachate from the site.
Groundwater and Leachate Monitoring
Recommended measures for groundwater and
leachate monitoring include the following:
Measure and record the quantity and quality of
leachate generated. Changes in leachate quantity or
quality not attributable to weather or other factors may
indicate changes in the liner, leachate collection, or
landfill cover systems;
Install groundwater monitoring wells outside the
landfill perimeter at locations and depths sufficient to
evaluate whether leachate is migrating from the
landfill into the uppermost groundwater unit. This
groundwater monitoring network should usually
include, at a minimum, one monitoring well located in
the upgradient groundwater flow direction from the
landfill and two monitoring wells located in the down
gradient direction. The groundwater monitoring
system should be consistent with applicable national
Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of waste. 28 See, for example, U.S. EPA regulations at 40 CFR
Part 258 Subpart E.
regulations and internationally recognized
standards.28
Regularly sample the monitoring wells and analyze
for constituents, selected based on:
The types, quantities, and concentrations of
constituents in wastes managed in the landfill
The mobility, stability, and persistence of waste
constituents their reaction products in the unsaturated
zone beneath the waste management area
The detectability of indicator parameters, waste
constituents, and reaction products in ground water;
The constituent concentrations in the groundwater
background.
Landfill Gas Emissions
MSW contains significant portions of organic
materials that produce a variety of gaseous products
when dumped, compacted, and covered in landfills.
Oxygen in a landfill is quickly depleted, resulting in
anaerobic bacterial decomposition of the organic
materials and the production of primarily carbon
dioxide and methane. Carbon dioxide is soluble in
water and tends to dissolve in the leachate. Methane,
which is less soluble in water and lighter than air,
tends to migrate out of the landfill, resulting in landfill
gas that is typically about 60 percent methane and 40
percent CO2, with trace amounts of other gases. Some
MSW landfills are designed to maximize anaerobic
degradation and production of landfill gas, which can
be burned for energy. In addition, operation of
landfills can generate dust and odors. Landfill gas is
not generated, or in lesser quantities, if the waste
material is primarily inert, such as construction debris.
Recommended methods to control and monitor
landfill gas emissions include the following:
Include landfill gas collection system designed and
operated in accordance with applicable national
requirements and recognized international standards
including recovery and pre-use processing or thermal
destruction through an efficient flaring facility.29
Prevent condensation from accumulating in extraction
systems by arranging the pipe work to fall to a removal
point such as a knock out-pot.
29 Flare design depends on the type of flare system
which may include open flares or enclosed flares.
Retention time and temperature necessary to achieve
200
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Use landfill gas as fuel if practical, or treat before
discharge (e.g., by using enclosed flare or thermal
oxidation if methane content is less than about 3
percent by volume).
Use gas blowers (boosters) of sufficient capacity for
the predicted gas yield and constructed of materials
appropriate for landfill gas duty; blowers should be
protected by flame arrestors at both gas inlet and
outlet.
Install and regularly sample boreholes surrounding the
landfill to monitor for migration of landfill gas.
Carbon financing may also be considered, including
opportunities implemented through the host-country
Joint Implementation of the United Nations Network
Convention on Climate Change.
Recommended methods to control dust and odor
emissions include the following:
Compact and cover waste promptly after discharge
from the vehicle delivering the waste
Minimize open tipping face area
Dispose of odorous sludge in covered trenches
Restrict acceptance of loads known to be particularly
odorous
Restrict tipping activities during periods of adverse
weather
(e.g., wind toward sensitive receptors)
Seal sump covers
Aerate leachate storage areas
highly efficient combustion of landfill gas ranges from
0.6-1.0 seconds at 850 degrees Celsius to 0.3 seconds
at 1000 degrees Celsius in enclosed flares. Open flares
operate at lower combustion temperatures. Additional
information on the technical specifications for
efficient flaring systems is provided in European
Agency, United Kingdom, and Scottish Environment
Protection Agency (2002) and World Bank – ESMAP
(2003).
Litter
Wind, vehicles, and vermin can disperse MSW,
potentially attracting vermin, contributing to
transmission of diseases, and adversely affecting
wildlife and neighboring communities.
30 For additional details on closure and post-closure
planning, refer to the EPA’s Guide for Industrial
Waste Management
The following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control dispersal of litter:
Avoid siting of facilities in particularly exposed,
windy areas
Provide perimeter planting, landscaping, or fences to
reduce wind;
Pin waste by use of dozers and landfill compactors
immediately after discharge from the vehicles
delivering the waste;
Use soil or artificial cover materials so that deposited
waste is held in place. More frequent application of
cover may be required during high winds or in
exposed areas;
Use scaring techniques or natural predators to control
scavenging birds;
Provide an emergency tipping area/foul weather cell
for lightweight wastes such as paper;
Construct temporary banks and bunds immediately
adjacent to the tipping area, install strategically placed
mobile catch fences close to the tipping area or on the
nearest downwind crest, and/or fully enclose of the
tipping area within a mobile litter net system;
Install wind fencing upwind of the tipping area to
reduce the wind strength as it crosses the facility;
Temporarily close the facility to specific or all waste
or vehicle types when weather conditions are
particularly adverse.
Closure and Post-Closure
Landfill facility operators should plan for the closure
and postclosure care of the facility. Such planning
should take place as early as possible in the project
cycle so that potential closure and post-closure issues
are incorporated in the financial and technical
planning. Closure and post-closure planning activities
should include the following elements:30
Development of a closure plan which specifies the
necessary environmental objectives and controls
(including technical specifications), future landuse (as
defined in consultation with local communities and
government agencies), closure schedule, financial
resources, and monitoring arrangements;
Evaluation, selection, and application of closure
methods consistent with post-closure use and which
(http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/nonhw/industd/guide
.htm)
201
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
should include the placement of a final cover to
prevent further impacts to human health and the
environment;
Application of final cover components that are
consistent with post closure use and local climatic
conditions. The final cover should provide long term
environmental protection by preventing direct or
indirect contact of living organisms with the waste
materials and their constituents; minimize infiltration
of precipitation into the waste and the subsequent
generation of leachate; control landfill gas migration;
and minimize long term maintenance needs.
Financial instruments in place to cover the costs of
closure and post-closure care and monitoring.
1.1.2 Industrial Hazardous Waste
Hazardous wastes may be so defined because they
share the properties of a hazardous material (e.g.
ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity), or
other physical, chemical, or biological characteristics
which may pose a potential risk to human health or the
environment if improperly managed. Wastes may
also be defined as “hazardous” by local regulations or
international conventions, based on the origin of the
waste and its inclusion in hazardous waste lists.
Waste Collection and Transport
Transportation of industrial hazardous waste is a
specialized activity requiring appropriate equipment
and suitably trained staff. Recommended measures to
prevent spills and releases during waste transport and
to facilitate emergency response if an accident should
occur are provided in the General EHS Guidelines.
Additional recommendations specifically applicable
to hazardous waste collection and transport operations
include:
Follow applicable national regulations and
internationally accepted standards for packaging,
labeling, and transport of hazardous materials and
wastes;31
Use tanks and containers specially designed and
manufactured to incorporate features appropriate for
the wastes they are intended to carry;
If drums or other containers are used to transport
waste, containers should be in good condition and
31 See, for example, UN Recommendations on the
Transport of Dangerous Goods (Orange Book);
compatible with the waste and are adequately secured
in the transport vehicle;
Adequately label all transport tanks and containers to
identify the contents, hazards, and actions required in
various emergency situations.
Waste Receipt, Unloading, Processing, and Storage
Because of the potential inherent hazards of the waste,
it is especially important for industrial hazardous
waste management facilities to understand and control
the nature of the waste that is accepted for storage,
treatment, or disposal. Failure to adequately identify
and classify incoming waste could result in inadequate
treatment or disposal or unintended reactions that
could release hazardous substances or cause fires or
explosions. Therefore, recommended measures to
control waste receipts and general measures to
mitigate risks at industrial hazardous waste
management facilities include:
Establish and maintain a close relationship with the
waste generator to understand the process generating
the waste and to monitor any changes in the process
or waste characteristics;
Sufficient personnel with the requisite qualifications
should be available and on duty at all times. All
personnel should undergo specific job training;
Obtain a thorough understanding of the incoming
waste. Such knowledge needs to take into account the
waste characteristics and variability, the origin of the
waste, the treatment and disposal under consideration,
the nature of the waste residuals, if any, that may be
generated during treatment, and potential risks
associated with waste treatment and disposal;
Implement a pre-acceptance procedure that includes,
as applicable, tests of the incoming waste and
documentation of the waste source (e.g., the processes
producing the waste, including the variability of the
process), and identifying the appropriate
treatment/disposal;
Implement an acceptance procedure that includes, as
applicable, procedures that limit the acceptance of
waste to only that which can be effectively managed
including effective disposal or recovery of residuals
from waste treatment. Only accept waste if the
U.S. Department of Transportation Regulations at
49 CFR Subtitle B Chapter 1.
202
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
necessary storage, treatment capacity, and disposition
of any treatment residuals (e.g. acceptance criteria of
the output by another treatment or disposal facility)
are assured. The reception facility should include a
laboratory to analyze incoming
waste samples at the speed required by facility
operations to determine if the waste is acceptable;
In the case of treatment, analyze the waste out
according to the relevant parameters important for the
receiving facility (e.g. landfill or incinerator).
Spills and Releases
Overfills, vehicle accidents, and tank and piping
failures can lead to releases during waste storage and
handling. Mitigation measures, including physical
protection, overfill protection, tank integrity, and
secondary containment for tanks are addressed in the
General EHS Guidelines. Additional recommended
measures include:
Segregate hazardous wastes and materials from
nonhazardous wastes and materials;
Separate incompatible wastes, such as certain alkaline
and acidic wastes that would release toxic gases if
mixed; keep records of testing; store waste in separate
drums or vessels based on their hazard classification;
Lock out valves controlling material and waste
transfer when not in use;
Waste containers should be suitably labeled to include
details of their contents and that their locations are
recorded in a tracking system;
Transfer or decant only one type of material at any one
time;
Conduct regular training and exercises for site staff
regarding emergency procedures;
Provide sufficient firewater containment to prevent
uncontrolled discharge of water off site in the event of
a fire.
Fires and Explosions
Industrial hazardous wastes can be flammable and
reactive; therefore, special precautions are needed
when handling these wastes to prevent accidents.
Recommended measures to prevent and prepare for
fires and explosions are presented in the General EHS
Guidelines. Additional recommended measures
include:
Fire fighting equipment appropriate to the type of
waste received at the site should be available;
Minimize the storage of flammable liquids on site
(e.g. fuel, flammable wastes);
Use of a nitrogen atmosphere for organic waste liquid
with a low flashpoint stored in tanks;
Perform crushing and shredding operations under full
encapsulation and under an inert or exhausted
atmosphere for drums and containers containing
flammable or highly volatile substances;
Provide an emergency tipping area for waste loads
identified to be on fire or otherwise deemed to be an
immediate risk;
Prepare and annually review a fire risk assessment.
Air Emissions
Air emissions may include releases of particulate
matter and
VOCs from storage vessels and waste processing
equipment. Hazardous waste incineration facilities
should minimize leaks from hazardous waste transfer
equipment (e.g. pumps, piping, etc) through the
implementation of leak detection and repair
program.18 Additional guidance on VOC emissions
prevention and control is addressed in the General
EHS Guidelines. Guidance on emissions prevention
and control is also addressed above under the MSW
section.
Water Effluents
Storage and processing operations may generate wash
water
and runoff from waste management areas. General
measures
18 Additional information on VOC emissions
prevention programs is provided in
40 CFR Part 264, Subparts BB and CC
(http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr/waisidx_99/40c
fr264_99.html)
for runoff control are addressed under MSW above
and in the General EHS Guidelines. In addition, the
following methods are recommended for prevention,
minimization, and control of water effluents:
Collect and treat wash water and runoff from waste
storage and handling areas as potentially hazardous,
unless analytical tests determine otherwise;
Segregate runoff from areas storing incompatible
wastes.
Biological and Physico-Chemical Treatment
203
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Biological and physico-chemical treatment processes
destroy, separate, concentrate, or contain waste
materials to minimize potential environmental, health,
and safety hazards and to facilitate environmentally
sound management of the wastes. These treatments
are usually applied to aqueous solutions or sludge.
Many of the treatment processes are effective only for
specific waste types, and can be compromised by
constituents from other waste streams; therefore,
waste acceptance procedures discussed above are
especially important. Many of the processes in this
sector incorporate sophisticated equipment
technology requiring highly-trained staff.
General recommended procedures for biological
treatment are addressed under MSW, above. General
recommended procedures to prevent, minimize, and
control potential environmental impacts from
chemical treatment include:
Design and operate facilities in accordance with
applicable national requirements and internationally
accepted standards;32
Prepare a quality control plan, which may include a
definition of personnel rolls, responsibilities, and
qualifications, inspection procedures, and
documentation etc.;
Clearly define the objectives and the expected reaction
chemistry for each treatment process;
Assess each new set of reactions and proposed mixes
of wastes and reagents in a laboratory-scale test prior
to waste treatment;
Specifically design and operate the reactor vessel so
that it is fit for its intended purpose;
Monitor the reaction so that it is under control and
proceeding towards the anticipated result.
Air Emissions
Air emissions associated with storage and transfer
operations are discussed above. Additional
recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and
control air emissions include:
Enclose treatment and reaction vessels so that they are
vented to the air via an appropriate scrubbing or other
air emission abatement system;
32 See, for example, Basel Convention Technical
Guidelines on Hazardous Waste Physico-Chemical
Treatment and Biological Treatment, Basel
Install gas detectors (e.g. suitable for detecting HCN,
H2S, and NOX) and implement safety measures to
prevent releases of potentially toxic gases;
Link the air space above filtration and dewatering
processes to the main air pollution abatement system
of the plant, if such a system is in place.
Water Effluents
Waste water from biological and chemical processes
includes runoff and leachate (addressed above),
pollution control residuals, and waste residuals (e.g.,
separated aqueous fractions of wastes). General
measures for runoff control are addressed under MSW
above and in the General EHS Guidelines.
Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and
control water effluents include:
Add flocculation agents to the sludge and waste water
to be treated to accelerate the sedimentation process
and to facilitate the further separation of solids or,
where practical, use evaporation (which avoids the use
of flocculation agents);
Preventing the mixing of wastes or other streams that
contain metals and complexing agents.
Waste Residuals
Biological and chemical treatments typically generate
solid waste residuals that must be disposed of.
Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and
control solid wastes include:
Restrict the acceptance of wastes to be treated by
solidification/immobilization to those not containing
high levels of VOCs, odorous components, solid
cyanides, oxidizing agents, chelating agents, high
TOC wastes, and compressed gas cylinders.
Minimize the solubility of metals and reduce the
leaching of toxic soluble salts by a suitable
combination of water washing, evaporation, re-
crystallization, and acid extraction when
immobilization is used to treat solid waste containing
hazardous compounds prior to landfilling.
Based on the waste residual’s physical and chemical
characteristics, solidify, vitrify, melt, or fuse wastes as
required/necessary prior to landfill disposal.
Test the leachability of inorganic compounds (e.g., by
using the standardized European Committee for
Convention Series/SBC No. 02/09; U.S. EPA
regulations at 40 CFP Part 264.
204
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Standardization (CEN) or U.S. EPA leaching
procedures) for waste to be landfilled.
Hazardous Waste Incineration
Incineration involves several integrated process
operations, including feed control and preparation,
combustion, and management of combustion products
(e.g., flue gases and ash).
Incineration reduces the volume and weight of waste
and destroys nearly all of the organic compounds in
the waste, but also generates air emissions and waste
residues that must be appropriately managed.
To minimize potential environmental, health, and
safety impacts, the following general measures should
be considered:
Design and operate incinerators in accordance with
applicable national requirements and internationally
accepted standards.33 These standards typically
require destruction efficiencies of 99.99 percent to
99.9999 percent, depending on the hazard
characteristics of the waste;
Implement stringent waste selection procedures so
that only wastes that can be effectively managed are
accepted;34
Continuously monitor incinerator parameters
including waste feed rate, total hydrocarbons,
temperature (measured at the end of the residence
zone), and CO and oxygen (measured a the stack);
Install an automatic system to prevent feeding of
hazardous waste to the incinerator when operating
conditions deviate from the acceptable range (e.g.,
during startup and shutdown or upset conditions).
Air Emissions
Air emissions depend on the waste-feed composition
and may include NOX, SO2, CO2, metals, acids, and
products of incomplete combustion, most notably
polychlorinated dibenzo-pdioxins and -furans
(PCDDs and PCDFs).
33 See, for example, Basel Convention Technical
Guidelines on Incineration on
Land, Basel Convention Series/SBC No. 02/04;
European Commission
Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control Reference Document on the Best Available Techniques for Waste Incineration, August 2006; and U.S. EPA Regulations at 40 CFR Chapter I Subpart O.
Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and
control air emissions include:
Continuously monitor CO and O2 to evaluate proper
combustion conditions;
Closely track chlorine content of the waste feed and
the feed rates of these and other potential pollutants;;
Periodically monitor concentrations of PCDDs,
PCDFs, other combustion products, and heavy metals
in flue gas; • Reduce the generation and emission of
PCDDs and
PCDFs, if/when chlorine containing wastes are
incinerated, by ensuring rapid cooling of flue gas as
well as good turbulence of the combustion gas, high
temperature, adequate oxygen content, and adequate
residence time. De-NOX systems can also reduce
PCDD and PCDF emissions;
Additional emission controls (e.g., activated carbon)
should be installed if necessary;
Treat combustion gases to remove metals and acid
gases (e.g., by wet scrubbers);
Control fugitive emissions from the combustion zone
(e.g., by sealing the combustion zone or maintaining
the combustion zone pressure below atmospheric
pressure);
Minimize fugitive emissions of ash (e.g., use of closed
systems to handle fine dry material and use of closed
containers for transfer to the disposal site).
Consider the application of waste-to-energy
technologies to help conserve resources and off-set
emissions associated with fossil fuel based power
generation.35
Water Effluents
Many air pollution control devices use water for gas
cleaning, and generate wastewater that contains the
pollutants removed from the flue gas. Recommended
34 Mercury should be excluded from the waste feed
to the maximum extent possible. 35 As previously noted, the possibility of applying
waste-to-energy technologies depends on a number
of issues which may include the project design
specifications established by local government as
well as laws applicable to the generation and sale
electricity.
205
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
measures to prevent, minimize, and control water
effluents include:
Periodically monitor concentrations of PCDDs and
PCDFs if/when chlorine containing wastes are
incinerated, and other combustion products and heavy
metals in wastewater;
Minimize discharge of process wastewater to the
extent possible while maintaining required air
emission control;
Treat wastewater before discharge (e.g., using
settling, precipitation of metals, and neutralization).
Ash and Residues
Incinerator bottom ash contains metal oxides and
halides, which can have significant water solubility
(halides) and can potentially constitute a hazardous
waste. Fly ash can absorb water-soluble incomplete
combustion products from the flue gas. Thus,
contaminants may readily leach from untreated
incinerator waste residuals.
Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and
control solid wastes include:
Treat ash and other solid residue from incineration of
industrial hazardous wastes as hazardous unless it can
be demonstrated that they are not hazardous;
Periodically monitor concentrations of PCDDs,
PCDFs, other combustion products, and heavy metals
in pollution control residues, and ash or slag;
Reduce the potential for leaching from ash residues
(e.g., by solidification or vitrification) prior to final
disposition.
Landfilling
Hazardous constituents in landfilled industrial
hazardous wastes can potentially migrate from the
landfill as leachate or in the gas phase. Therefore,
design and operation criteria are particularly
important for landfills that accept industrial hazardous
waste so that the waste remains contained during the
operating life of the landfill, including after closure of
the landfill.
General recommended measures to prevent,
minimize, and control potential environmental
impacts from landfilling of industrial hazardous
wastes include:
36 See, for example, Basel Convention Guidelines on
Specially Engineered Landfill, Basel Convention
Design and operate the landfill in accordance with
applicable national requirements and internationally
accepted standards;36
Divide the landfill into different cells to separate
wastes with different properties;
Maintain records of the wastes received, including
sources, analytical results, and quantity;
Record on a map the location and dimensions of each
landfill cell and the approximate location of each
hazardous waste type within the landfill cell.
Leachate Generation
Storm water controls are addressed under MSW
landfills, above, and in the General EHS Guidelines.
In addition, recommended measures to prevent,
minimize, and control leachate generation include:
Install a liner system, preferably consisting of two or
more liners with a leachate collection system above
and between the liners, to prevent migration of wastes
out of the landfill to the adjacent subsurface soil or
ground water or surface water at anytime during the
active life of the landfill and
after closure, as long as the wastes remain hazardous.
The liners should be:
Constructed of low-permeability materials that have
appropriate chemical properties and sufficient
strength and thickness to prevent failure due to
pressure gradients, physical contact with the waste or
leachate to which they are exposed, climatic
conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of
daily operation;
Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing
support to the liner and resistance to pressure
gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure
of the liner due to settlement, compression, or uplift;
Installed to cover all surrounding earth likely to be in
contact with the waste or leachate.
Install a leachate collection and removal system
immediately above the upper liner to collect and
remove leachate from the landfill so that leachate
depth over the liner does not exceed 30 cm. The
leachate collection and removal system should be:
Constructed of materials that are chemically resistant
to the waste managed in the landfill and the leachate
expected to be generated and of sufficient strength and
Series/SBC No. 02/03; and U.S. EPA Regulations at
40 CFR Chapter I Subpart N.
206
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures
exerted by overlying wastes, waste cover materials,
and by any equipment used at the landfill;
Designed and operated to function without clogging
through the scheduled closure of the landfill.
In a two-liner system, install a leak detection system
between the liners. This leak detection system should
be capable of detecting, collecting, and removing
leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest
practicable time through all areas of the top liner likely
to be exposed to waste or leachate;
At final closure of the landfill or upon closure of any
cell, cover the landfill or cell with a final cover
designed and constructed to:
Provide long-term minimization of migration of
liquids through the closed landfill;
Function with minimum maintenance; o Promote
drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the
cover;
Accommodate settling and subsidence so that the
cover's integrity is maintained; and
Have a permeability less than or equal to the
permeability of any bottom liner system or natural
subsoils.
Groundwater and Leachate Monitoring
Groundwater monitoring is addressed under MSW
landfills, above. In addition, recommended measures
for leachate and site inspections and monitoring
include:
During construction, inspect the liners for uniformity,
damage, and imperfections.
Inspect the landfill regularly (e.g., after storms and
weekly during operation and quarterly after closure)
to detect evidence of any of deterioration,
malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and
run-off control systems, such as erosion of the final
cover; proper functioning of wind dispersal control
systems, where present; and the presence of leachate
in and proper functioning of leachate collection and
removal systems.
Landfill Gas
If biodegradable wastes are disposed of, landfill gas
can be generated and should be controlled and
monitored, as described for MSW landfills, above.
Closure and Post-Closure
Landfill facility operators should plan for the closure
and postclosure care of the facility as described
previously (see Municipal Solid Waste – Landfills).
1.1.3 Industrial Non-Hazardous
Waste
Solid industrial non-hazardous wastes are defined
through national legislation as they originate from
industrial sources but do not meet the definition of
hazardous waste with regards to their specific origin
within the industrial process or its characteristics.
Examples of non-hazardous industrial wastes include
any garbage, refuse, or sludge from a waste treatment
plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution
control facility, and other discarded material,
including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained
gaseous material resulting from industrial operations;
inert construction / demolition materials; refuse, such
as metal scrap and empty containers; and residual
waste from industrial operations, such as boiler slag,
clinker, and fly ash.
Waste Collection and Transport
Transportation of industrial non-hazardous waste
requires appropriate equipment and suitably trained
staff, and mitigation measures described above for
hazardous waste can be generally applicable to
industrial non-hazardous waste. Additional
recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and
control potential environmental risks associated with
waste collection and transport include:
Vehicles and other equipment used for collection
industrial non-hazardous wastes should not be used
for collection of MSW without prior cleaning to
remove waste residues.
Vehicles and other equipment used for collection
industrial non-hazardous wastes should not be used
for distribution of goods (e.g., mulch).
Waste Receipt, Unloading, Processing, and Storage
As with MSW and industrial hazardous waste,
facilities managing industrial non-hazardous waste
should understand and control the nature of the waste
that is accepted for storage, treatment, or disposal so
that the waste can be managed safely and effectively.
Waste acceptance and analysis procedures should be
implemented considering the nature and expected
variability of the incoming waste streams, and
generally should be similar to measures suggested for
207
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
industrial hazardous waste management facilities,
described above.
Biological and Physico-Chemical Treatment
Treatment of non-hazardous industrial waste can help
to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste prior to
disposal. Treatment can also make a waste amenable
for reuse or recycling. Consequently, a facility
managing non-hazardous industrial waste might elect
to apply treatment. For example, treatment might be
incorporated to address small quantity VOC emissions
from a waste management unit, or a facility might
elect to treat a waste so that a less stringent waste
management system design could be used. Treatment
and post-treatment waste management methods can be
selected to minimize environmental impact, keeping
in mind that treatment residuals, such as sludge, are
wastes themselves that will need to be managed. In
general, recommended mitigation measures are
similar to those for industrial hazardous waste
treatment facilities, discussed above.
Incineration
Incineration might be considered for industrial non-
hazardous wastes, including solids, and especially
liquids, with heat value that can be recovered during
incineration. Recommended mitigation measures for
industrial hazardous waste incineration facilities,
discussed above, should be considered and adopted
for industrial non-hazardous incineration facilities as
appropriate, based on the nature of the incoming waste
stream.
Landfilling
Industrial non-hazardous waste landfills, like other
landfill facilities, depend on waste containment,
including leachate collection and treatment (and
where appropriate, gas management) to control
potential hazards associated with the waste. Industrial
non-hazardous waste landfills might accept only one
type of waste (i.e., monofills), or a variety of wastes.
The nature of the incoming wastes will determine
whether the design and controls are more similar to
MSW or industrial hazardous waste landfills. In
addition to measures discussed for MSW and
industrial hazardous waste landfills, the following
37 See, for example, Basel Convention Guidelines
on Specially Engineered Landfill, Basel
Convention Series/SBC No. 02/03; U.S. EPA
measures are recommended to prevent, minimize, and
control potential environmental impacts associated
with industrial nonhazardous waste landfills.
Comply with applicable national and local
requirements and internationally accepted standards
for industrial non-hazardous waste landfills, including
provisions for monitoring; 37
Do not dispose of putrescible wastes, unless the
facility is equipped to manage these types of wastes,
with landfill gas collection and treatment systems and
degradation products will not interact with the other
industrial wastes in a manner that would increase their
toxicity or mobility;
Do not dispose of liquids, explosive wastes,
radioactive or nuclear materials, or medical wastes
together with non-hazardous industrial wastes or by
landfilling;
Design the landfill systems, including selection of
liner and cover materials, so that industrial wastes and
degradation products are contained;
Monitor groundwater and surface water quality in the
vicinity of the facility in a manner similar to that
recommended for industrial hazardous waste
management facilities;
Develop and follow a written schedule for inspecting
monitoring equipment, safety and emergency
equipment, and operating and structural equipment
(such as dikes and sump pumps) that are important to
preventing, detecting, or responding to potential
environmental or human health hazards;
Implement a training program so that facility
personnel are able to respond effectively to
emergencies by familiarizing them with emergency
procedures, emergency equipment, and emergency
systems.
1.2 Occupational Health and Safety
Occupational health and safety impacts during the
construction and decommissioning of waste
management facilities are common to other large
industrial projects and are addressed in the General
EHS Guidelines. The most significant occupational
health and safety impacts typically associated with
regulations at 40 CFR Part 257; and 30 Texas
Administrative Code Chapter 335.
208
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
workers at waste management facilities occur during
the operational phase and include:
Accidents and injuries
Chemical exposure
Exposure to pathogens and vectors
Accidents and Injuries
Physical hazards encountered at waste management
facilities are similar to those at other large industrial
projects and are addressed in the General EHS
Guidelines. Solid waste workers are particularly
prone to accidents involving trucks and other moving
equipment, so traffic management systems and traffic
controllers are recommended. Accidents include
slides from unstable disposal piles, cave-ins of
disposal site surfaces, fires, explosions, being caught
in processing equipment, and being run over by
mobile equipment. Other injuries occur from heavy
lifting, contact with sharps, chemical burns, and
infectious agents. Smoke, dusts, and bioaerosols can
lead to injuries to eyes, ears, and respiratory systems.38
Mitigation measures for accidents and injuries are
partially addressed in the General EHS Guidelines. In
addition, the following procedures are recommended
to prevent, minimize, and control accidents and
injuries at waste management facilities:
In landfills, conduct compaction of wastes in thin
layers using heavy equipment and place regular cover
material over each compacted layer of waste, so that
any underground fires within a waste cell are not able
to spread throughout the landfill and lead to
significant cave-ins;
Ventilate landfill gas so that underground fires and
explosions do not occur;
Use maximum side slopes of 3:1 in non-seismic areas
and lower slopes (e.g., 5:1) in seismic areas, with
regular drainage of water so that saturated conditions
do not develop and lead to slope subsidence;
Provide workers with appropriate protective clothing,
gloves, respiratory face masks and slip-resistant shoes
for waste transport workers and hard-soled safety
shoes for all workers to avoid puncture wounds to the
feet. For workers near loud equipment, include noise
38 Refer to Cointreau. S. (2006) for additional
information.
protection. For workers near heavy mobile
equipment, buckets, cranes, and at the discharge
location for collection trucks, include provision of
hard hats;
Provide all landfill equipment with enclosed air
conditioned cabs and roll-over protection;
Provide refuse collection vehicles and landfill
equipment with audible reversing alarms and visible
reversing lights;
Improve the storage of solid wastes at the source so
that the loads to be collected are well contained and
not too heavy;
Locate exhaust pipes on waste collection vehicles so
that exhaust does not discharge into the breathing zone
of workers on the riding steps;
Design collection routes to minimize, or possibly
eliminate, crossing traffic that is going in the opposite
direction;
Provide two-hand constant-pressure controls for
collection vehicles with compaction mechanisms;
Restrict access to disposal sites such that only
safetytrained personnel with protective gear are
permitted to high-risk areas;
Segregate people from operating trucks in recycling
and transfer stations;
Use automated systems to sort and transfer waste to
the extent practical in order to minimize contact with
the waste;
Provide workers with communications tools, such as
radios. Special signaling codes have been developed
for communications on landfill sites;
Minimize sorting from the ground by providing
conveyor belts and/or tables that facilitate sorting;
Establish engineering and materials norms for special
facility and stationary equipment design requirements
that minimize exposure to hazards (e.g., ventilation,
air conditioning, enclosed conveyor belts, low loading
and
sorting heights, non-skid flooring, safety rails on stairs
and walkways, spill protection and containment, noise
control, dust suppression, gas alarm systems, fire
alarm and control systems, and evacuation facilities).
Chemical Exposure
209
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Chemical hazards encountered at waste management
facilities are similar to those at other large industrial
facilities, such as toxic and asphyxiating gases, and
are addressed in the General EHS Guidelines.
However, the full composition of wastes and their
potential hazards is often unknown. Even municipal
solid waste (MSW) often contains hazardous
chemicals, such as heavy metals from discarded
batteries, lighting fixtures, paints, and inks.
The following procedures are recommended to
prevent, minimize, and control chemical exposure at
waste management projects:
Control and characterize incoming waste (see waste
receipt, unloading, processing and storage);
Provide adequate personnel facilities, including
washing areas and areas to change clothes before and
after work;
Ventilate enclosed processing areas (e.g., dust in
waste size reduction areas, VOCs driven off by high
temperatures during composting);
Monitor breathing zone air quality in work areas at
processing, transfer and disposal facilities. Direct-
reading instruments that measure methane and oxygen
deficiency are of primary importance; these include
combustible gas indicators, flame ionization
detectors, and oxygen meters. At waste
treatment/disposal facilities, volatile organics should
also be analyzed in the biodegradation gases being
collected and/or vented. In waste handling, sorting,
and composting facilities, monitoring for organic dust
is needed;
Prohibit eating, smoking, and drinking except in
designated areas;
Provide air filtered and air conditioned cabs for heavy
mobile equipment used at landfills as necessary.
Dust
Waste processing can generate nuisance and
hazardous dust, including organic dust. Dust control
measures discussed in Section 1.1 above, will also
help to reduce worker exposure to dusts. General
mitigation measures for dust are also addressed in the
General EHS Guidelines.
Pathogens and Vectors
Workers can be exposed to pathogens contained in
manure and animal excreta found in MSW from the
disposal of sludge, carcasses, diapers, and yard
trimmings containing domestic animal waste.
Uncontrolled dumping of MSW attracts rats, flies, and
other insects that can transmit diseases. Processing of
MSW can also generate bioaerosols, suspensions of
particles in the air consisting partially or wholly of
microorganisms, such as bacteria, viruses, molds, and
fungi. These microorganisms can remain suspended in
the air for long periods of time, retaining viability or
infectivity. Workers may also be exposed to
endotoxins, which are produced within a
microorganism and released upon destruction of the
cell and which can be carried by airborne dust
particles.
The following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control pathogens and vectors:
Provide and require use of suitable personal protective
clothing and equipment;
Provide worker immunization and health monitoring
(e.g. for Hepatitis B and tetanus);
Maintain good housekeeping in waste processing and
storage areas;
Use automatic (non-manual) waste handling methods
if practical;
For landfills, promptly emplace, compact and cover of
wastes in defined cells, especially for waste with the
potential to attract vermin and flies, such as food
wastes (especially animal by-products if accepted at
the facility) and tannery wastes;
Clean and wash with disinfectant the cabins of heavy
mobile equipment used at regular intervals;
For composting, maintain aerobic conditions and
proper temperatures in the windrows. Isolate workers
from sporedispersing components of the composting
process such as mechanical turning (e.g., by using
tractors or front-end loaders with enclosed air-
conditioned or heated cabs). Aeration systems are
preferred over manual turning;
Maintain adequate temperature and retention time in
biological treatment systems to achieve pathogen
destruction (e.g., 55ºC for at least 3 consecutive days
in most compost situations and 55ºC for 15 days in
windrows);
Grade the area properly to prevent ponding (to
minimize insect breeding areas);
Use integrated pest-control approaches to control
vermin levels, treating infested areas, such as exposed
faces and flanks with insecticide, if necessary;
.
210
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Provide and require use of dust masks or respirators
under dry and dusty conditions (e.g., when compost is
being turned). Charcoal-filled respirators also reduce
odor perception;
Provide prompt medical attention for cuts and bruises.
Cover open wounds to prevent contact with the
incoming loads or feedstock;
Fully enclose the waste management site with fencing
so that no livestock or wildlife is able to come in
contact with the waste, which contains significant
potential to enable the spread of livestock and
zoonotic disease, as well as spillover disease to
wildlife. Provide daily cover of wastes to minimize
the attraction to birds, which can become infected with
avian influenza and other bird diseases that can then
be carried off-site.
1.3 Community Health and Safety
Community health and safety issues related to the
construction of waste management projects may
include emissions from the solid wastes and
construction site issues which are addressed in the
General EHS Guidelines..
Community health and safety impacts which occur
during the operational and decommissioning phases of
waste management facilities may include:
General occupational and environmental health issues
associated with waste scavenging
Physical, chemical, and biological hazards
Litter
Noise
Dust and odors
General Occupational and Environmental Health
Issues Associated with Waste Scavenging
The presence of informal sector workers laboring in
municipal or mixed waste disposal sites in search of
commercially valuable materials is a common place
occurrence in developing countries. The causes and
dynamics are the result of complex social, cultural,
labor, and economic factors that are clearly outside of
the scope of this guidance document. However, the
following principles should be considered in
managing the occupational, health, and safety risks of
informal laborers:
Waste scavenging should not be allowed under any
circumstances in hazardous and non-hazardous
industrial waste management facilities;
Facilities dedicated to the management of MSW
should work with government entities in the
development of simple infrastructure that can allow
for the sorting of waste, helping groups of scavengers
form cooperatives or other forms of micro-enterprises,
or formally contracting them to provide this function.
The outright displacement of scavenging workers as
an occupational health and safety management
strategy, without the provision of viable alternatives,
should be avoided;
Operators of existing facilities with scavenging
workers should exercise commercially viable means
of formalizing their work through the creation of
management programs that include:
Allowing only registered adults on the site, excluding
children and domestic animals. Striving to provide
alternatives to access to childcare and education to
children;
Providing protective gear, such as shoes. face masks,
and gloves;
Arranging the disposal layout and provide sorting
facilities to improve access to recyclables while
reducing their contact with other operations, thus
minimizing potential hazards;
Providing water supply for washing and areas for
changing clothes;
Implementing education campaigns regarding
sanitation, hygiene, and care of domestic animals;
Providing a worker health surveillance program
including regular vaccination and health
examinations.
Physical, Chemical, and Biological Hazards
Visitors and trespassers at waste management
facilities may be subject to many of the hazards
described for site workers. In particular, waste
pickers, looking for recyclable materials and food
scraps for animal feeding, often work informally at
waste transfer and disposal sites, especially MSW
facilities, typically living adjacent to the site in poor
housing conditions, with minimal basic infrastructure
for clean water and sanitation. Waste pickers may be
encounter numerous risks, including contact with
human fecal matter, paper that may have become
saturated with toxic materials, bottles with chemical
residues, metal containers with residue pesticides and
solvents, needles and bandages (containing
pathogenic organisms) from hospitals, and batteries
211
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
containing heavy metals. Exhaust fumes of waste
collection trucks traveling to and from disposal sites,
dust from disposal operations, and open burning of
waste all contribute to potential occupational health
problems.39
Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and
control physical, chemical, and biological hazards to
the community include:
• Restrict access to waste management facilities by
implementing security procedures, such as:
Perimeter fencing of adequate height and suitable
material, e.g. chain link, stock proof palisade;
Lockable site access gate and buildings; o
Security cameras at key access points linked
to recording equipment and remote access CCTV,
where required;
Security alarms fitted to buildings and storage areas;
o Review of site security measures annually or
whenever a security breach is reported
Use of a site visitor register; o Immediate repair of
fencing/access points if damaged;
and
Lighting of site during night time where necessary.
As this may cause light nuisance to neighbors, the
lighting installations should be selected to minimize
ambient light pollution.
Litter
Uncollected garbage and litter spread beyond the
waste management facility boundaries by wind,
vermin, and vehicles can directly spread disease;
attract rats, flies, and other vectors; and expose the
community to hazardous substances. Scavenging
birds, such as gulls and crows, commonly congregate
on landfill sites accepting household waste. They
disturb newly tipped and partially covered waste
whilst searching for food, and lead to complaints from
adjoining residents and landowners about food scraps,
excreta and other waste dropped away from the
landfill. Litter control is addressed in Section 1.1,
above.
Noise
39 Sandra Cointreau, The World Bank Group,
Occupational and Environmental Health Issues of
Solid Waste Management Special Emphasis on
Middle- and
Noise is typically generated by waste processing and
treatment equipment as well as vehicular traffic on the
site and bringing waste and materials to and from the
facility. Sources of noise and abatement measures are
addressed in Section 1.1, above, and the General EHS
Guideline. In addition, facility operators should
coordinate hours of operation with adjacent land uses.
Dust and Odors
Dust and odors from waste management facilities can
be a nuisance to the neighboring community. Organic
dust can also carry disease-causing microorganisms.
Dust and odor controls are addressed in Section 1.1
and in the General EHS Guidelines. In addition, the
following measures are recommended to prevent,
minimize, and control community exposure to dust
and odors from waste management facilities:
Provide adequate buffer area, such as hills, trees, or
fences, between processing areas and potential
receptors.
Avoid siting facilities near densely populated
neighborhoods and installations with potentially
sensitive receptors, such as hospitals and schools. Site
facilities downwind from potential receptors, if
possible.
2.0 Performance Indicators and Industry Benchmarks
2.1 Environmental Performance
Emissions and Effluents
Tables 1 through 4 present examples of emissions and
effluent standards for waste management facilities
from the European Union and the United States for
this sector.40 These emissions and effluent values are
assumed to be achievable under normal operating
conditions in appropriately designed and operated
facilities through the application of pollution
prevention and control techniques discussed in the
preceding sections of this document. These levels
should be achieved at all times as described in the
above-referenced standards. Deviation from these
levels in consideration of specific, local project
conditions should be justified in the environmental
assessment.
Lower-Income Countries, Urban Papers UP-2, July
2006. 40 Sources should be consulted directly for the most
updated information.
212
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Effluent guidelines are applicable for direct
discharges of treated effluents to surface waters for
general use. Site-specific discharge levels may be
established based on the availability and conditions in
the use of publicly operated sewage collection and
treatment systems or, if discharged directly to surface
waters, on the receiving water use classification as
described in the General EHS Guideline. These levels
should be achieved, without dilution, at least 95
percent of the time that the plant or unit is operating,
to be calculated as a proportion of annual operating
hours. Deviation from these levels in consideration of
specific, local project conditions should be justified in
the environmental assessment.
Environmental Monitoring
Environmental monitoring programs for this sector
should be implemented to address all activities that
have been identified to have potentially significant
impacts on the environment, during normal operations
and upset conditions. Environmental monitoring
activities should be based on direct or indirect
indicators of emissions, effluents, and resource use
applicable to the particular project.
Monitoring frequency should be sufficient to provide
representative data for the parameter being monitored.
Monitoring should be conducted by trained
individuals following monitoring and record-keeping
procedures and using properly calibrated and
maintained equipment. Monitoring data should be
analyzed and reviewed at regular intervals and
compared with the operating standards so that any
necessary corrective actions can be taken. Additional
guidance on applicable sampling and analytical
methods for emissions and effluents is provided in the
General EHS Guidelines.
2.2 Occupational Health and Safety Performance
Occupational Health and Safety Guidelines
Occupational health and safety performance should be
evaluated against internationally published exposure
guidelines, of which examples include the Threshold
Limit Value (TLV®) occupational exposure
guidelines and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs®)
published by American Conference of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), the
United States
National Institute for Occupational Health and Safety
(NIOSH),
Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) published by the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the
United States (OSHA), Indicative Occupational
Exposure Limit Values published by European Union
member states, or other similar sources.
Accident and Fatality Rates
Projects should try to reduce the number of accidents
among project workers (whether directly employed or
subcontracted) to a rate of zero, especially accidents
that could result in lost work time, different levels of
disability, or even fatalities. Facility rates may be
benchmarked against the performance of facilities in
this sector in developed countries through
consultation with published sources (e.g. US Bureau
of Labor Statistics and UK Health and Safety
Executive).
Occupational Health and Safety Monitoring
The working environment should be monitored for
occupational hazards relevant to the specific project.
Monitoring should be designed and implemented by
credentialed professionals as part of an occupational
health and safety monitoring program. Facilities
should also maintain a record of occupational
accidents and diseases and dangerous occurrences and
accidents. Additional guidance on occupational
health and safety monitoring programs is provided in
the General EHS
Guidelines
Table 1. Air Emission Standards for MSW Incinerators
in the EU and US
Parameter EU USAa
Total Suspended
Particulates
10 mg/m3 (24-hr
average) 20 mg/dscm
Sulfur Dioxide
(SO2)
50 mg/m3 (24-
hr average) 30 ppmv (or 80%
reduction)b
Oxides of
Nitrogen (NOX)
200 – 400
mg/m3
(24-hr average)
150 ppmv (24-hr
average)
Opacity n/a 10%
Hydrochloric
Acid (HCl)
10 mg/m3 25 ppmv (or 95%
reduction)b
Dioxins and
Furans
0.1 ng TEQ/m3
[6 – 8 hr average] 13 ng/dscm (total
mass)
213
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Cadmium
0.05 – 0.1
mg/m3 [0.5 – 8
hr average]
0.010 mg/dscm
Carbon
Monoxide (CO)
50 – 150 mg/m3 50 – 150 ppmvc
Lead (Pb) (See Total
Metals below) 0.140 mg/dscm
Mercury (Hg)
0.05 – 0.1
mg/m3 [0.5 – 8
hr average]
0.050 mg/dscm
(or 85% reduction)b
Total Metals
0.5 – 1 mg/m3
[0.5 – 8 hr
average]
n/a
Hydrogen
fluoride (HF)
1 mg/m3 n/a
Sources:
- EU Directive 2000/76/EC (applicable to MSW and
Hazardous Waste Incinerators) - US EPA Standards of
Performance for Large Municipal Waste Combustors, 40
CFR Part 60 Subpart Eb.
Notes:
a All values corrected to 7% oxygen b Whichever is
less stringent c Depending on the type of unit: modular
starved air, and modular excess air—50 ppm (4hr
average); mass burn waterwall, mass burn refractory, and
circulating fluidized bed combustor—100 ppm (4-hr
average); mass burn rotary waterwall—100 ppm (24-hr
average); pulverized coal/refuse-derived fuel mixed fuel-
fired combustor—150 ppm (4-hr average); refuse-
derived fuel stoker, and spreader stoker coal/refuse-
derived fuel mixed fuel-fired combustor—150 ppm (24-
hr average). mg/m3 = milligrams per cubic meter;
mg/dscm = milligrams per dry standard cubic meter;
ppmv = parts per million by volume; TEQ = Toxicity
Equivalent Units;
Table 2. Air Emission Standards for Hazardous
Waste Incinerators in the EU and US
Parameter EU US a
Particulate
Matter
See
Table
1
1.5 mg/dscm
Carbon
Monoxide (CO)
or
Hydrocarbons
(HC)
See
Table
1
100 (CO) ppmv 10 (HC)
ppmv
Total Chlorine
(HCl, Cl2)
See
Table
1
21 ppmv
Mercury (Hg)
See
Table
1
8.1 µg/dscm
Semi-Volatile
Metals (Pb, Cd)
See
Table
1
10 µg/dscm
Low Volatile
Metals (As, Be,
Cr)
See
Table
1
23 µg/dscm
Dioxins and
Furans
See
Table
1
0.11 dry APCD or WHB
0.20 other sources
(ng TEQ/dscm)
Destruction and
Removal
Efficiency
See
Table
1
99.99% – 99.9999%
Source:
US EPA National Emission Standards for
Commercial and Industrial Solid
Waste Incineration Units, 40 CFR Part 63 Subpart
EEE.
Notes:
a All values corrected to 7% oxygen
TEQ = toxicity equivalent; APCD = air pollution
control device; WHB = waste heat boiler; mg/m3 =
milligrams per cubic meter; mg/dscm = milligrams
per dry standard cubic meter; ppmv = parts per
million by volume;
Table 3. Air Emission Standards for Industrial Non-
Hazardous Waste Incinerators in the EU and US
Parameter EU USa
Opacity
See
Table
1
10%
Particulate Matter
See
Table
1
70 mg/dscm
Carbon
Monoxide (CO)
See
Table
1
157 ppmv
Oxides of
Nitrogen (NOX)
See
Table
1
388 ppmv
Sulfur Dioxide
(SO2)
See
Table
1
20 ppmv
Hydrogen
Chloride (HCl)
See
Table
1
62 ppmv
Cadmium (Cd)
See
Table
1
4 µg/dscm
Lead (Pb)
See
Table
1
40 µg/dscm
Mercury (Hg)
See
Table
1
470 µg/dscm
Dioxins and
Furans
See
Table
1
0.41 ng TEQ/dscm b
Source:
US EPA National Emission Standards for
Commercial and Industrial Solid Waste Incineration
Units , 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart CCCC.
Notes:
a. All values corrected to 7% oxygen. Based on 3-
run average (1-hr minimum sample time per run),
except for opacity, which is based on 6-minute
averages. mg/m3 = milligrams per cubic meter;
mg/dscm = milligrams per dry standard cubic meter;
ppmv = parts per million by volume; TEQ = toxicity
equivalent.
215
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Table 4—Effluent Standards for Landfills in the US
Parameter Units
Guidelinec
Hazardous
Waste Landfills
MSW Landfills
Daily
Max
Monthly
Avg.
Daily
Max
Monthly
Avg.
BOD5 220 56 140 37
pH 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9
Total
Suspended
Solids
mg/L 88
27 88 27
Ammonia
(as N)
mg/L 10 4.9 10 4.9
Arsenic mg/L 1.1 0.54
Chromium mg/L 1.1 0.46
Zinc mg/L 0.535 0.296 0.20 0.11
a-Terpineol mg/L 0.042 0.019 0.033 0.016
Analine mg/L 0.024 0.015
Benzoic
Acid
mg/L 0.119 0.073 0.12 0.071
Naphthalene mg/L 0.059 0.022
p-Cresol mg/L 0.024 0.015 0.025 0.014
Phenol mg/L 0.048 0.029 0.026 0.015
Pyridine mg/L 0.072 0.025
Source: U.S. EPA Effluent Guidelines for Centralized
Waste Treatment, 40 CFR Part 437.
216
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
3.0 References and Additional Sources
Cointreau, Sandra. 2006. Occupational and Environmental Health Issues of
Solid Waste Management Special Emphasis on Middle- and Lower-Income Countries. The World Bank
Group Urban Papers UP-2. Available at http://www.worldbank.org/urban/uswm/healtheffects.pdf
European Agency, United Kingdom, and Scottish Environment Protection Agency. 2002. Guidance on
Landfill Gas Flaring. Bristol, UK. Available at
http://cdm.unfccc.int/UserManagement/FileStorage/I1QGOF15CVN430N9A7NM 6C0JPFWW88
European Commission, European Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control
Bureau (EIPPCB). 2006a.. Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for the Waste
Treatments. EIPPCB: Seville, Spain. Available at http://eippcb.jrc.es/pages/FActivities.htm
European Commission, EIPPCB. 2006b. Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for Waste
Incineration. EIPPCB: Seville, Spain. Available at http://eippcb.jrc.es/pages/FActivities.htm
European Commission, EIPPCB.. 2006c. Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document on
Emissions from Storage. EIPPCB: Seville, Spain. Available at http://eippcb.jrc.es/pages/FActivities.htm
European Commission. 2003. 2003/33/EC: Council Decision of 19 December
2002 establishing criteria and procedures for the acceptance of waste at landfills pursuant to Article 16 of
and Annex II to Directive 1999/31/EC. Available at
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/landfill_index.htm
European Commission. 1999. Council of the European Union. Council Directive on 1999/31/EC of 26 April
1999 on the landfill of waste. Available at http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/landfill_index.htm
European Union Council Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of waste. Available at
http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/landfill_index.htm
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Division of Technology,
Industry and Economics. 2004. Waste Management Planning An
Environmentally Sound Approach for Sustainable Urban Waste Management, An Introductory Guide for
Decision-makers. Integrative Management Series, No 6. Geneva: UNEP.
UNEP. 2000a. Secretariat of the Basel Convention. Technical Guidelines on Hazardous Wastes: Physico-
Chemical Treatment/Biological Treatment. Basel Convention series/SBC No. 02/09. Geneva: UNEP.
UNEP. 2000b. Secretariat of the Basel Convention. Technical Guidelines on
Wastes Collected from Households. Basel Convention Series/SBC No. 02/08. Geneva: UNEP.
UNEP. 1997a. Secretariat of the Basel Convention. Technical Guidelines on Specially Engineered Landfill
(D5). Basel Convention Series/SBC No. 02/03. Geneva: UNEP.
UNEP, Secretariat of the Basel Convention. 1997b. Technical Guidelines on Incineration on Land. Basel
Convention Series/SBC No. 02/04. Geneva: UNEP.
United States (US) Department of Labor. 2003. Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA). CPL 02-02-071 - Technical Enforcement and Assistance
Guidelines for Hazardous Waste Site and RCRA Corrective Action Clean-up
Operations HAZWOPER 1910.120 (b)-(o) Directive. Washington, DC: OSHA. Available at
http://www.osha.gov/
US Environment Protection Agency (EPA), Decision Maker’s Guide to Solid
Waste Management, Volume II, 1995 (http://www.epa.gov/garbage/dmg2.htm)
US Environment Protection Agency (EPA), Center for Environmental Research
217
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Information. 1998. Guidance for Landfilling Waste in Economically Developing Countries. Authors:
Savage, G.M., L.F. Diaz, C.G. Golueke, and Charles Martone. EPA/600/SR-98/040. Cincinnati, OH: US
EPA.
US EPA. Microbiological and Chemical Exposure Assessment Research (MCEARD). Available at
http://www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/merb.htm
The following additional selected references are available at the World Bank’s Website at
http://web.worldbank.org/
Diaz L., Savage G., Eggerth L., Golueke C. "Solid Waste Management for
Economically Developing Countries." ISWA, October 1996. Environmental Protection Agency, August
1995, sec. edition. To obtain a copy, visit the International Solid Waste Association web site; click on
Bookshop.
Cointreau, Sandra. "Transfer Station Design Concepts for Developing Countries." Undated.
Cointreau, Sandra. "Sanitary Landfill Design and Siting Criteria." World Bank/Urban Infrastructure Note.
May 1996 and updated November 2004.
Ball, J.M., ed. "Minimum Requirements for Waste Disposal by Landfill." First
Edition, WasteManagement Series, Ministry of Water Affairs and Forestry, Pretoria, South Africa, 1994.
(To be posted)
International Solid Waste Association. "Guide for Landfilling Waste in Economically Developing
Countries." CalRecovery, Inc., The International Solid Waste Association, United States Environmental
Protection Agency, April 1998. To obtain a copy, visit the ISWA website and click on Bookshop.
Johannessen, Lars Mikkel. "Guidance Note on Leachate Management for Municipal Solid Waste
Landfills". Urban and Local Government Working Paper Series #5, World Bank, Washington, DC, 1999.
Johannessen, Lars Mikkel. "Guidance Note on Recuperation of Landfill Gas from Municipal Solid Waste
Landfills". Urban and Local Government Working Paper Series #4, World Bank, Washington, DC, 1999.
Oeltzschner, H. and Mutz, D. "Guidelines for an Appropriate Management of
Sanitary Landfill Sites." Deutsche Gesellschaft für Technische Zusammenarbeit
(GTZ) GmbH, Division 414, Water, Waste Management and Protection of Natural Resources, Munich,
June 1996.(Also available in Spanish: "Desechos sólidos sector privado/rellenos sanitarios." Programa de
Gestion Urbana (PGU), Serie Gestión Urbana Vol. 13, Quito, Ecuador.)
Thurgood, M., ed. "Decision-Maker's Guide to Solid Waste Landfills." Summary. The World Bank, World
Health Organization, Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation, and Swiss Center for Development
Cooperation in Technology and Management, Washington, DC, July 1998.
Rand, T., J. Haukohl, U. Marxen. "Municipal Solid Waste Incineration: Decision Maker's Guide". World
Bank, Washington, DC, June 1999.
Rand, T., J. Haukohl, U. Marxen. "Municipal Solid Waste Incineration: Requirements for a Successful
Project". World Bank Technical Paper No. 462. World Bank, Washington, DC, June 1999.
WHO Regional Office for Europe ."Waste Incineration". Copenhagen, WHO Regional Office for Europe,
1996, Briefing Paper Series, No. 6.
World Bank, Energy Sector Management Assistance Programme (ESMAP). 2003. Handbook for the
Preparation of Landfill Gas-to-Energy Projects in Latin America and the Caribbean. Washington DC.
World Bank. 2005. Waste Management in China: Issues and Recommendations. Urban Development
Working Papers, East Asia
Infrastructure Department. World Bank Working Paper No. 9. Washington DC
United Nations Environment Programme. "Landfill of Hazardous Industrial
Wastes – a trainers manual". UNEP/ISWA Technical Report No. 17. 1993.
UNFCCC. "Clean Development Mechanism Project Design Document: Salvador Da Bahia LandfillGas
Project." ICF Consulting. Version 3, June 2003.
218
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
UNFCCC. "Project Design Document for Durban, South Africa Landfill Gas to Electricity." The Prototype
Carbon Fund. Final Draft., April 15, 2003.
UNFCCC. "Clean Development Mechanism Project Design Document:
Municipal Solid Waste Treatment cum Energy Generation Project, Lucknow, India." Infrastructure
Development Finance Company, Ltd., September 2003.
UNFCCC. "Project Design Document: Brazil NovaGerar Landfill Gas to Energy Project." Eco Securities.
July 14, 2003.
UNFCCC. "Project Design Document: CERUPT Methodology for Landfill Gas
Recovery Project – Tremembe, Brazil." Onyx. undated
Description and Definition of Wastes
Municipal Solid Waste
Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) typically includes household refuse, institutional wastes, street sweepings,
commercial wastes, as well as construction and demolition debris. MSW is extremely variable in
composition, depending on the income and lifestyle of the generators. MSW may include paper and
packaging materials; foodstuffs; vegetable matter such as yard debris; metal; rubber; textiles; and
potentially hazardous materials such as batteries, electrical components, paint, bleach, and medicines. In
developing countries, MSW may also contain varying amounts of industrial wastes from small industries,
as well as dead animals and fecal matter. In general, and the content of organic waste in developing
countries (up to 70 – 80 percent) is higher than in industrialized countries, and the content of packaging
waste is lower, making MSW in developing countries relatively dense and moist.
Industrial Waste
The waste categories generated within the industrial enterprises depend on the manufacturing processes and
waste management practices. In some cases, sector-specific waste arising within industrial facilities is
disposed of at the municipal landfill. These types of waste may consist of slag from iron works and steel
mills, ashes, residues from flue gas cleaning, bark, wood, sawdust, cutting fluids, waste oil, organic waste
from food industry, and sludges (organic and non-organic). Some of the waste types generated within the
industries can be hazardous.
Waste Collection and Transportation
Household waste typically is collected from individual households at the curbside or from neighborhood
collection stations with dedicated containers or bins.
Collection vehicles may range from horse-drawn carts, to pickup trucks, to back-loaded and compacting
vehicles with a capacity of about 6 – 10 cubic meter (or up to 10 tons). One of the most common problems
in developing countries has traditionally been the lack of household waste collection service in low-income
neighborhoods with poor road infrastructure; in these settings, smaller vehicles are usually most effective.
Depending on the type, characteristics, volume, and compatibility of different categories of hazardous
waste, generators may store them in containers, bins, drums, or aboveground or underground tanks, etc.
These types of wastes are typically transported to the treatment or disposal facilities in trucks (for drums,
bins or containers) or if larger volumes in tanker trucks.
Transfer Stations
Transfer stations serve as collection points for garbage and brush trucks to transfer their loads to other long
haul vehicles. The small collection trucks unload the waste onto a concrete floor or into a hopper; the waste
is then compacted further and loaded into containers (typically with a capacity of 20 cubic meters) or
directly into specially designed semi trailers. As a rule of thumb, to optimize and reduce the number of
Annex A: General Description of Industry Activities
219
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
trips to the treatment/disposal facility, transfer stations might be preferred if the distance to the
treatment/disposal facility exceeds 30 km. In some cases, the distance to the treatment/disposal facility can
be shorter and still be viable if the road conditions are poor.
Reception of Waste
When the collection vehicles or the long haul vehicles reach the treatment or disposal facility, the waste
should be inspected visually and controlled that the paperwork corresponds to the actual load. In some
cases, samples of the waste are taken and analyzed, (e.g., if the waste will be treated biologically where the
end-product is utilized and there are demands for low contaminant concentrations such as heavy metals).
Waste Treatment and Disposal
Biological Treatment
Composting
Generally speaking, the purpose of the composting process is to decompose organic solids in the presence
of air and humidity, producing a humic substance valuable as soil conditioner. Economic advantages
include the reduction in the volume of waste deposited in landfills (extending the life of the landfill and
avoiding or delaying the construction of additional ones), and the generation of commercially valuable
agricultural nutrients.
Waste categories that are ideal for composting are park, yard and garden waste, paper, paper packaging,
food scraps, animal manure and other types of organic waste. If animal waste is composted, the waste
should be hygienized prior to composting.
There are several methods available for central composting; the most common and simple is windrow
composting where the waste is distributed in rows with the application of oxygen from underlying active
or passive ventilation systems. Other methods include closed systems such as drums, tunnel, and membrane
methods. The operational conditions and odor generation of closed systems are typically easier to control
and are definite advantages over open treatment methods.
Anaerobic Digestion
Anaerobic digestion facilities are ideal for the treatment of the same types of organic waste that can be
composted including wastes from households food scraps, paper tissue, garden waste like grass cuttings,
leaves; food processing waste such as vegetables, cheese, meat, sugar; manure and animal waste;
slaughterhouse waste; sewage sludge; and crop waste.
The quality requirements of the incoming waste to the digestion facility are typically higher than in
composting requiring a more homogenized and heterogeneous waste.
Organic waste is treated in closed containers in the absence of air enhancing the generation of biogas (about
55-70 % methane) which can be recovered for subsequent use as a fuel source. The semi-solid residue
(digestate) is normally treated through aerobic digestion and may be used as agricultural fertilizer.
Chemical and Physical Treatment
Chemical and physical treatment methods are varied and complex but may include: absorption, evaporation,
distillation, filtration, chemical oxidation/reduction, neutralization, precipitation, solvent extraction,
stripping / desorption, membrane-based separation, ion exchange, and solidification. Treatment systems
may include one of these or a combination of multiple treatment operations. As most of these systems
operate on a continual basis, they require a reliable, preferably homogenous source of material.
Incineration
Thermal treatment in incineration facilities can be used for all types of organic waste, including hazardous
waste and mixed household waste. MSW incinerators reduce the volume of waste by about 90% and the
weight by approximately 75%, while
hazardous waste incinerators may achieve much higher waste volume and weight reductions,
depending on the inorganic content of the wastes. Some incinerators today in operation are waste-to-energy
facilities, which may use the combustion process to generate steam and electricity. Waste-to-energy
220
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
facilities can be either mass burn or refuse-derived-fuel facilities. Incineration facilities typically range in
size from 15,000 tons of waste per year to 500,000 tons per year. In mass burn facilities, wastes are injected
into the boiler without any pre-processing or sorting of non-combustible materials.
Most mass burning facilities use grate incinerators and operated at temperatures of at least 850ºC with
higher temperatures applied to hazardous wastes. Flue gas treatment is typically required regardless of the
type of incineration system. Residual wastes generated from the incineration process include slag, ashes,
and flue gas treatment residues.
Landfilling
Landfilling can be used for most waste categories, but ideally only for inert material. A modern sanitary
landfill is an engineered facility for the disposal of municipal solid waste designed and operated to minimize
public health and environmental impacts.
The typical landfill consists of several cells in which the waste is systematically placed. Compactors may
be used to reduce the waste volume and to enhance the build up of the cells. The landfill base usually
consists of a liner that minimizes the leakage of liquid waste materials from the landfill into the groundwater
system. As the waste is built up in layers it is covered daily to prevent paper, dust or odors from escaping
into the environment. The leachate that is generated can be collected and treated. If organic waste is
landfilled, landfill gas will be generated and may be collected and utilized or flare
7.17 Annex 17: Special Monitoring Checklist for Ensuring Safe Conditions for Workers and Public.
222
7.18 Annex-18: Environmental and Social Monitoring Checklist for Project
Activities as per EMPs
Title of project :
Proponent :
Contractor’s Name :
Monitoring Date :
Monitor’s Name & :
Designation
Issue Proposed mitigation
measures (from the
EMP)
Implementing
Responsibility
Compliance
Yes/No
Reason for
non-
compliance
Follow up
Action
Pre-Construction Phase
Construction Phase
Operational Phase
Photo-documentation of Issue Identified Above Issue # (from
description
above)
Date of photograph Photograph depicting issue
7.19 Annex 19: Generic Monitoring Plan for Environmental Parameters for Construction Phase of Subprojects
Phase
What
parameter is
to be
monitored?
(Action Steps
Should be
consistent
with the
respective
EMPs)
Where is
the
parameter
to be
monitored?
How is the
parameter to
be
monitored? /
type of
monitoring
equipment
When is the
parameter to
be monitored?
(frequency of
measurement
or continuous)
Why is the
parameter
to be
monitored?
(optional)
Cost
Institutioanl
Responsibility
Monitoring
oversight
Install Operate
Construction Material Sourcing
a) Stone,
sand, gravel
and clay
borrow pit
a) possession
of official
approval or
valid operating
license
a) stone,
gravel and
clay borrow
pit
a) Inspection a) before work
begins a) NA a) NA a) Contractor
Construction
Supervising
Engineer and
Environmental
Officer
Transport of Construction Material
a) Crushed
stone
a) truck load
covered or
wetted
a) Main and
local road;
job site
a) Inspection
a) unannounced
inspections
during work
a)-c) safety
requirements
and enable
as
a) NA a) minimal a) Contractor
Construction
Supervising
Engineer and
Environmental
Officer
b) Sand,
gravel, clay
b) truck load
covered or
wetted
b) Main and
local road;
job site
b) Inspection
b) unannounced
inspections
during work
little
disruption to
traffic as it is
possible
b) NA b) minimal b) Contractor
Construction
Supervising
Engineer and
Environmental
Officer
c) Traffic
management
c) routes
selected;
following a
traffic
management
plan
c) Main and
local road;
job site
c) Inspection
c) unannounced
inspections
during work
c) NA c) minimal c) Contractor
Construction
Supervising
Engineer and
Environmental
Officer
225
Phase
What
parameter is
to be
monitored?
(Action Steps
Should be
consistent
with the
respective
EMPs)
Where is
the
parameter
to be
monitored?
How is the
parameter to
be
monitored? /
type of
monitoring
equipment
When is the
parameter to
be monitored?
(frequency of
measurement
or continuous)
Why is the
parameter
to be
monitored?
(optional)
Cost
Institutioanl
Responsibility
Monitoring
oversight
Install Operate
During Construction Phase
a) Noise
a) Overall
level of noise
that is
transmitted in
the immediate
environment
a) job site;
nearest homes
a) sound
monitoring
smart phone
application/
sound
monitoring
device
a) At the
beginning of
works, on
complain
a) assure
compliance
of
performance
with
environment,
a) NA a) NA a) Contractor Environmental
Officer
b) Emissions,
Particulate
matter and
Dust
b) air
pollution
(flying
particles,
pollutants in
the air and
oxides of C, S,
N, ozone and
similar. )
b) at and near
job site
b) laboratory
with necessary
equipment of
the licensed
organization
(NBRO)
b) during
material delivery
and
construction; on
complain
health and
safety
requirements
and enable
as little
disruption to
traffic as it is
possible
b) NA b) NA b) Contractor Environmental
Officer
c) Vibrations c) limited time
of activities c) job site
c) observation,
/Vibration
metering device
c) unannounced
inspections
during work and
on complain
c) NA c) NA c) Contractor Environmental
Officer
d) Traffic
disruption
during
construction
activity
d) existence of
traffic
management
plan; traffic
patterns
d) main and
local road;
job site
d) traffic police
d) unannounced
inspections
during work and
on complain
d) NA d) NA d) Contractor
Construction
Supervising
Engineer and
Environmental
Officer
226
Phase
What
parameter is
to be
monitored?
(Action Steps
Should be
consistent
with the
respective
EMPs)
Where is
the
parameter
to be
monitored?
How is the
parameter to
be
monitored? /
type of
monitoring
equipment
When is the
parameter to
be monitored?
(frequency of
measurement
or continuous)
Why is the
parameter
to be
monitored?
(optional)
Cost
Institutioanl
Responsibility
Monitoring
oversight
Install Operate
a) Reduced
access due to
project
activities
a) Provided
alternative
access
c) Job site b) Observation a) During
construction a) NA a) minimal a) Contractor
Construction
Supervising
Engineer and
Environmental
Officer
b) Vehicle
and
pedestrian
safety
b) Visibility
and
appropriateness
d) At and
near job site c) Observation
b) During
construction b) NA b) minimal b) Contractor
Construction
Supervising
Engineer and
Environmental
Officer
c) Water and
soil pollution
from
improper
material
storage,
management
and usage
building and
auxiliary
materials
c) water and
soil quality
(suspended
solids, oils,
organic solids,
heavy metals,
pH value,
conductivity,
constant
physical and
chemical
parameters)
e) runoff
from site,
material
storage areas;
wash down
areas of
equipment
d) observation;
laboratory with
necessary
equipment of
the licensed
organization
a) Twice
depending on
the construction
lifetime
b) On complain
or in case of
accident
situation
c) NA c) NA c) Contractor Environmental
Inspector
227
Phase
What
parameter is
to be
monitored?
(Action Steps
Should be
consistent
with the
respective
EMPs)
Where is
the
parameter
to be
monitored?
How is the
parameter to
be
monitored? /
type of
monitoring
equipment
When is the
parameter to
be monitored?
(frequency of
measurement
or continuous)
Why is the
parameter
to be
monitored?
(optional)
Cost
Institutioanl
Responsibility
Monitoring
oversight
Install Operate
a) Potential
contamination
of soil and
water from
improper
maintenance
and fuelling of
equipment
a) Water and
soil quality
(suspended
solids, oils,
fuel, lubricants,
organic
compounds,
heavy metals,
pH value,
conductivity);
procedures of
work
h) Job site;
equipment
maintenance
facilities
b) Observation;
laboratory with
necessary
equipment of
the licensed
organization
a) Twice
depending on
the construction
lifetime
b) On complain
or in case of
accident
situation
a) NA a) NA a) Contractor Environmental
Inspector
h) Labour
Health and
Safety
i) protective
equipment
(glasses,
masks,
helmets, boots,
etc); ii)
Condition of
worker camps
i) Job
site/Worker
camps
b) Observation
a) Unannounced
inspections
during work
a) NA a) minimal a) Contractor
PHI, Construction
Supervising
Engineer and
Environmental
Officer
228
7.20 Annex 20: Requirements for Post Closure Environmental Monitoring of
Environmentally Closed Open Dump Sites
Monitoring of environmental pollution and sequential stabilization of the closed dump site should be carried
out continuously and will be a key factor in ensuring the that the site is fully environmentally closed. The best
practices and para meters presented in this document are to be included in the operation and monitoring plan
to be developed for implementation by the implementing agency who will manage the environmental closure
in collaboration with the PMU and handed to the designated authority that will manage the site post the closure
works are completed. It is essential to ensure that the results of monitoring as per the guidance provided in this
section, as well as records on the operation and maintenance will be maintained and shared with the World
Bank on request during the operational phase. This will be the responsibility of the designated authority. At
project closure the PMU will be responsible for formally communicating the relevant information of focal
points for environmental monitoring and operational management of the site, to the World Bank, from the
designated authority that will manage the environmentally closed dump site at the operational phase.
Monitoring Parameters and Frequency:
Monitoring
media/parameters
Items and parameters Frequency Location
Preliminary site
inspection
Integrity of the surrounding
environment
The condition of the facility-
organization-cleanliness,
unauthorized activities,
encroachments, Nuisance
condition
On a quarterly basis
(3 times each annum)
Project site and
perimeter
Leachate pH
Biological Oxygen Demand-
BOD
Chemical Oxygen Demand-COD
Nitrogen (Ammonia, Nitrate,
Nitrite)
Oxidation Reduction Potential-
ORP
Electrical Conductivity-EC
Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
Dioxins
Quarterly
(4 times each annum)
1 point per
leachate pond
Gas Accumulation at
Disposal Site
Oxygen (O2)
Nitrogen (N2)
Methane (CH2)
Carbon anhydride (CO2)
Hydrogen sulphide (H2S)
Temperature
Gas monitoring
should be conducted
at least twice a day
for about 7
consecutive days’
post closure.
Then onwards 4
times, on a monthly
basis or as stipulated
in the detailed
monitoring plan as
appropriate to the
site.
North, South,
East, Center and
West (5 points)
on top of closed
mound)
8 points, North,
South, East,
West and 3
additional mid
points around
perimeter of
base
Soil subsidence Topographic level at the top of the
disposal site
Bi Annum
(2 times each annum)
Top of closed
mound
229
Groundwater quality-
detailed provided below
Parameters will be defined and
sampling, preservation and analysis of
water will be carried out in accordance
with those stipulated in the subsections
below and Standards Methods for
Testing Water and Wastewater, 21st
edition, published by American Public
Health Association (2005).
Quarterly (4 times
each annum)
8 points at
minimum as
outlined below.
Surface water quality Quarterly
(4 times each annum)
6 points at
minimum- 2
upstream and 4
downstream of
site
All parameters indicated above are to be monitored until the time the site is completely environmentally closed and suitable for re-use and redevelopment. Groundwater Monitoring: Wells for groundwater monitoring should be installed in order to determine the rate and direction of flow,
permeability, and if groundwater contamination is occurring. The monitoring wells are installed:
(a) Above the gradient of the site to monitor background/baseline water quality;
(b) down Below the gradient of the site (areas that may have been impacted by the dump site), and
(c) Areas between the site and any other possible sources of contamination.
For an open dumpsite classified as large (over 10feet in height and 500m in surface area covered) it is
recommended that, at least 8 sampling wells should be installed: 2-3 up gradient, and 3- 5 down gradient.
For analysis purposes, it is important to install and sample wells prior to the operation of the landfill to
determine the background quality of the ground water. This will help establish a statistical baseline against
which future measurements are taken to determine contamination or trends in the analysis. As this may not
have been done for the site, existing data from ground water studies done in the area, should be taken in to
account and the information should be used to set the baseline according.
Monitoring should be conducted at regular frequencies to observe any changes in quality of the groundwater
down gradient of the landfill that may indicate contamination. Standards for monitoring frequencies and
criteria are stipulated in the table above.
Parameters that are at minimum monitored are: Arsenic, Cyanide, Selenium, total organic carbon (TOC),
Barium, Hardness (as CaCO3), Silver, total dissolved solids (TDS), Sodium, Manganese (dissolved),
Magnesium, chemical oxygen demand (COD), Cadmium, Sulfate (SO4-), Potassium, Iron, Calcium,
Electrical Conductivity, Lead, VOCs, Chloride, Bicarbonate (HCO3-)), Sodium, pH, and Chromium.
Gas Monitoring Gas monitoring probes should be installed around the closed dump site to monitor gas movement, mainly
methane. Due to the variability of gas concentrations with time, gas monitoring should be done as per the site-
specific schedule that will be schedule during detail monitoring planning. Methane is explosive at
concentrations of between 5 to 15% so attention should be paid to ensure the levels are below that which is
indicated.
Guidelines for probe Installation Requirements:
The lateral spacing should not exceed 300m around the allowable boundary of the site
A shallow probe should be installed 1.5-2m below the surface.
The probe should be placed adjacent to soils that are most conductive to gas flow.
A minimum seal of 1.5m of bentonite at the surface and between the monitored zones should be
provided.
230
Monitoring Period: The duration of the monitoring period depends on the bio-degradation and stabilization
of the covered waste layers. In practice the monitoring should continue until the duration when the site is fully
technically certified as safe and ready for reuse in any other form.
Recording and Reporting- The data and records of the monitoring activities will be maintained by the
relevant authority managing the closed dump site, continuously until the site is fully technically certified as safe.
At any time over this period, the World Bank may request the monitoring documents for routine ex-post
evaluations.
231
7.21 Annex 21: Guiding Principles for Development of Operational and Post Closure
Environmental Monitoring and Recording Plans for Sanitary Landfill
Operations
The following provides guidance on best practices to be maintained in terms of environmental monitoring and
associated record keeping during the operation of a Sanitary Landfill facility.
1. During Operation of Sanitary Landfill site
1.1. Waste input records
Daily records of the waste entering the site should be kept. Where a weighbridge is not present tallies or
estimate of truck loads could be taken or made. Table 1 shows details of how the records should typically
be kept. A daily summation of the amounts of different categories of wastes should be kept, together with
monthly and yearly totals. This information is important for amongst other things the future planning and
design of the Landfill can be made more accurate.
Table 1: Daily Waste Input Records
Vehicle no Time Wastes Weigh in Weigh out
(tare weight) Amount delivered
Source* Type** Solid
waste
Cover
material
TOTAL
Whein Town Landfill Facility Date:
Signature …………………………………..
Instructions:
[To be completed for each vehicle each time it makes a delivery]
* R = Residential C = Commercial
I = Industrial A = Agricultural
Other codes as appropriate
**H = Household
B = Bulky waste - Furniture, Refrigerators, etc.
D = Demolition / construction
232
T = Tyres
1.2. Daily Activity Summary
A daily activity summary showing the amount of waste Landfilled, the daily cover used and machine
and man hours, should be completed by the site supervisor. Details to be recorded are shown in Table
2.
Table 2: Daily Activity Summary
Date Solid waste Cover Material Man
hours
Machine
hours
Site
Hours
Loads Tonnes Begin 50 000
m3 Received Used Remain Use Down
1st
2nd
3rd
etc.
TOTAL
Month Year
Date Operator Man
hours
Vehicle
Identity
Machine hours Site hours
Use Down
1st
2nd
3rd
etc.
TOTAL
Signature …………………………………..
Instructions:
233
[To be completed by the site supervisor at the end of each day. The record of cover material should
be in either tonnes or cubic meters. Today’s beginning material equals yesterday’s remaining. The
cover material on site at the end of the construction of phase 1 is approximately 50 000 m3.]
1.3. Filling
The rate of filling of the site should be monitored by surveying the site at three monthly intervals to
determine the rate of airspace utilization.
1.4. Settlement
Areas of the site that have reached the final level and have been finally covered should be monitored
for settlement (see final restoration section for their method of construction). A suggested settlement
monitoring programme is given in Table 3 below.
Table 3: Settlement Monitoring Guideline
Activity Interval
General inspection of covered areas, looking for obvious depressions,
cracks, and pools of water.
Weekly
More rigorous inspection of Landfill, looking for smaller cracks and
depressions.
Monthly
Checking of level of survey benchmarks on Landfill cover using survey
equipment.
Annual
To minimize settlement, it is necessary that good, uniform compaction of waste is achieved.
1.5. Leachate
The BOD loading of effluent from Maturation pond is to be monitored on a monthly basis. An
approved local testing authority, preferable the National Building Research Organization or the
Central Environmental Authority, is to be appointed to conduct monthly BOD loading tests on the
effluent. An effluent BOD loading level as per the facility desige standards need to be managed,
atypically < 75 mg/l.
Refer to Tables 4 and 5 for the monitoring and testing of leachate, including required parameters
and frequency as per permissible International Best Practice guidelines.
Continuous Leachate monitoring is of primary importance during operation of the Landfill site.
Table 4: Parameters Requisite for Background and Investigative Monitoring of Leachate
234
Parameters
Ammonia (NH3 as N) Electrical Conductivity (EC)
Alkalinity (Total Alkalinity) Free and Saline Ammonia as N (NH4-N)
Lead (Pb) Magnesium (Mg)
Boron (B) Mercury (Hg)
Cadmium (Cd) Nitrate (as N) (NO3-N)
Calcium (Ca) pH
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Phenolic Compounds (Phen)
Chloride (Cl) Potassium (K)
Chromium Hexavalent (Cr6+) Sodium (Na)
Chromium (Total) (Cr) Sulphate (SO4)
Cyanide (CN) Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
E-Coli Other Pathogenic Organisms
Dioxins
Table 5: Detection Monitoring Frequencies for Leachate Management- Ground Water and Surface
Water Quality
Bi-annually for: Annually for:
Ammonia (NH3 as N) Magnesium (Mg)
Alkalinity (Total Alkalinity) Calcium (Ca)
Nitrate (as N) (NO3-N) Sodium (Na)
Electrical Conductivity (EC) Sulphate (SO4)
pH E-Coli
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Dioxins
Chlorides (Cl) Other Pathogenic Organisms
Potassium (K)
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
E-Coli
235
1.6 Surface Water and Groundwater
Refer to Table 5 for the monitoring and testing requisites of surface and groundwater. The surface
water monitoring points as well as the groundwater monitoring points need to be established as per
the EIA in the Operational and Management Plan for the landfill facility.
1.7 Landfill gas
As per the design of the facility Landfill gas vents will be constructed and extended upwards as filling
progresses. Each month, or more frequently as directed, the composition of the Landfill gas should
be analysed. Other parameters, apart from composition, which are of importance, and which can be
readily monitored, are temperature, pressure and flow. Concentration measurements require greater
expense and technology. The gases to be monitored are methane, carbon dioxide and oxygen.
Composition
Catalytic oxidation units are the most suitable and the most inexpensive way of detecting flammable
gases. However, owing to their fairly coarse detection capability, they should not be used for more
than detection purposes. Carbon dioxide, another important Landfill gas, can be detected with
chemical indicator tubes. This method is uncomplicated and relatively inexpensive although it is also
important here that they not be used for anything more than detection purposes.
Pressure
A simple manometer is sufficient for measuring Landfill gas pressure levels. As suggested in the
British guideline “The Monitoring of Landfill Gas – Second Edition” released by the British IWM, a
simple U-tube with a measuring tape could be used judiciously. Pressure build up is an obvious
warning of potentially dangerous gas accumulation.
Flow
Gas flow and velocity are most easily measured by instruments using a differential pressure method,
such as a Pitot tube or orifice plate. Gas flow and velocity are important in investigating gas
migration.
Temperature
Temperature is the most readily measurable gas characteristic.
Concentration
Measuring of concentration is performed with any number of instruments, some of which are
inhibitively expensive. It is once again stressed that chemical indicator tubes and catalytic oxidation
detection units be used only for detection purposes.
Caution: Accumulations of Landfill gas can be extremely dangerous. Concentrations higher than
5% can result in fires or even explosions. Furthermore, Landfill gas can cause suffocation and
236
possibly poisoning. Extreme care should therefore be taken when entering / working in leachate
manholes. Standard confined space entry procedures should be posted at the site, and workers
should be trained in them and properly equipped.
Standard confined space entry procedures would include gas monitoring prior to entry, no smoking
or open flame, always at least two people working with one outside the confined space to rescue the
one inside, use of a harness and rope so that the person in the space can be pulled out without another
person having to enter, use of ventilating fans, and, if appropriate, use breathing equipment.
2. Post-closure monitoring
All gas and water monitoring should continue into the post-closure phase. Water monitoring should be
conducted for both surface and groundwater although emphasis should be placed on groundwater monitoring.
Post-closure monitoring should continue for some 30 years after closure to ensure that no unforeseen
contamination occurs during the closure period. The monitoring requisites need to be spaced out with time and
stipulated with a time plan in the project operational framework.
Suggested Formats for and Parameters for Standard Monitoring
Table 4: General monitoring requirements
Monitoring requirement Frequency of monitoring
At or near surface monitoring
Rainfall Daily
Runoff (Volume, quantity) Daily
Toe seepage from waste Monthly
Soil cover on waste Annually
Vegetation on waste or soil Annually
Bioassaying Annually
Within waste or unsaturated zone
Gas samplers Monthly
Leachate collectors Monthly
Groundwater monitoring
Special monitoring holes Necessary
Other holes Necessary
Groundwater levels Three monthly
Groundwater chemistry Three monthly
237
Borehole yield Annually
Groundwater usage Annually
Fountain seepage Monthly
Water balance Monthly
Table 6: Performance Evaluation
Satisfactory Not satisfactory Remarks
1 General method of working in accordance with plan and specification
2 Site security
3 Condition of site roads
4 Control of tipping area width of face
5 Compaction and formation of layers to specified
depth
6 Depth of primary cover
7 Primary cover completed each day
8 Measures for handling difficult waste
9 Litter control
10 General site tidiness
11 Arrangements for bad weather or emergency working
12 Employee’s amenities
13 Fire precautions
14 Pest control measures
15 General Remarks
Etc.
238
7.22 Annex 22: Terms of Reference for Recruitment of Contractor Environmental
Safeguard Officer
To be Included in bidding documents with respective EMP.
The contractor through an appointment of dedicated / qualified environmental safeguard officer shall be
responsible in implementation of EMP requirement by
a) Maintaining up-to-date records on actions taken by the contractor with regards to implementation of
EMP recommendations.
b) Timely (weekly) submission of reports, information and data to the Project Management Unit (PMU)
/Implementation Agency Environmental Specialist, through Supervision consultant (SC).
c) Participating in the meetings conveyed by the Engineer and
d) Any other assistance requested by the Engineer.
The Environmental Safeguard Officer will be the primary focal point of contact for the assistance with all
environmental and social issues during the pre-construction and construction phases. He/ She shall be
responsible for ensuring the implementation of Environment and Social Management Plan. The appointed
officer should be available on the site fulltime basis during the project period. In addition, Environmental
Safeguard Officer should prepare an Environmental Action Plan in line with Environment Management Plan
and submit to the Engineer along with construction method statements.
The Environmental Safeguard Officer will promptly investigate and review environmental related complaints
and implement the appropriate corrective actions to arrest or mitigate the cause of the complaints as specified
in the Environmental Management Framework of ESWMP. A register of all complaints is to be passed to the
Engineer within 24 hrs they are received, with the action taken by the Safeguard Officer on complains thereof.
In addition, Safeguard Officer required to perform following tasks as well;
1. Participation for the periodic Grievance Redress Committee Meetings at Village Level,
Implementation Agency Level and PMU Level
2. Coordinate and liaise with Implementing Agency and PMU
3. Support and coordinate with PMU Environmental and Social Safeguard team in carrying out the
monitoring assessments such as baseline surveys, progress review, mid-term review, etc
4. Take actions to mainstream project activities during the period
5. Identify the potential environment and social safeguards issues in accordance provided EA/ EMP/
EMF/
Qualifications required
Environmental Safeguard Officer preferably possessing a Bachelor Degree with minimum of 3 years
experiences in the relevant field or minimum of eight (8) years of experiences in the similar capacity. Preferably,
experience in specific project related works is required. It is essential to have both Sinhala & English language
ability (speaking) and Computer Knowledge of MS Office.
239
7.23 Annex 23: Terms of Reference for the Project Level Environmental Audit
1. Introduction to the project
To be filled
2. The Need for Environmental Assessment
All sub-projects financed under the Emergency Solid Waste Management Project (ESMP) are required to
comply with World Bank Operational and Safeguard Policies triggered, in addition to conformity with the
environmental legislation of GOSL. Thus all sub-projects are required to conform to:
a) the Environmental Management Framework (EMF) adopted by GOSL and accepted by the World Bank,
and
b) the terms of the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) as mandated by the National Environmental Act
(NEA) of Sri Lanka, where it is applicable.
According to the EAMF, each sub-projects needs to be subjected to an environmental screening using the
recommended template. Based on the screening information and concerns of the public the need to pursue
further stand-alone assessments and if so the type of assessment is determined. All screening forms are filled
by environmental officers supporting the Project implementation agencies and reviewed and cleared by the
respective Project Management Units (PMU). For a sample proposals/ sub-projects with impacts are deemed
as significant a prior review of the screening is carried out by the World Bank. When standalone assessments
and management plans are considered necessary, the project proponent is responsible for carrying them out
while the PMU reviews and clears them.
According to CEA procedures, all sub-project requiring NEA approval need to fill in a Basic Environmental
Information Questionnaire (BEIQ). Upon reviewing the BEIQ, the CEA will determine whether no further
environmental analysis is required or whether the proponent is required to prepare an Initial Environmental
Examination (IEE) or an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).
3. Objectives
The primary objective of this assignment is for the Consultant to carry out an environmental audit for ASMP.
The consultant will review the application of the EMF to the ESWMP. In particular, the consultant will
review a sample of (i) the screening forms prepared by each PMU (ii) standalone environmental
assessments/management plans (iii) application of the NEA and its clearance procedures followed by the
project, as the case be, and based on site visits ensure conformity with conditions, guidelines and comments
stipulated in these and other related documents. The Consultant is expected to be familiar with the EAMF,
the applicable safeguard policies of the WB, NEA and the approval procedure of the CEA.
4. Tasks of the Consultant
• Obtain the required information from the sub-project proponent, PMUs, on the sub-project under
implementation as well as under preparation under the ESWMP. This may include, but not be limited to,
relevant plans, drawings, screening reports, social analysis, standalone EA/EMP (if it has been necessary),
comments of the World Bank.
• Review the above documents, discuss with the sub-project proponent as well as the surrounding community
and visit the location and environs of the sub-project.
240
• Check for conformity of the sub-project in relation to the guidelines, conditions and comments stipulated
in the item above.
• Examine monitoring reports and whether standards, procedures and controls are in place to respond to
safeguards requirements stipulated in EMF.
• Examine significant new risks and propose remedial actions
• Highlight any deviations from the guidelines, conditions and comments stipulated in the aforesaid
documents and assist the sub-project proponent to improve the safeguard documents incorporating the
necessary mitigatory measures.
• Document any adverse environmental impacts that were not anticipated in the screening and follow up
assessments that may have occurred during project construction and implementation.
• Examine procedures of corrective action if monitoring parameters are out of monitoring limits and if such
incidents are actually reported, investigated and followed up
Document and submit the environmental audit report which should include (i) an Executive
Summary, (ii) Overall audit opinion on the level of compliance, (iii) for each sub-project reviewed (a) a
description of the sub-project, (b) the list of documents reviewed and persons interviewed, (c) observations
made at the site, (d) conformity and/or deviations to guidelines (CEA and EMF), clearance conditions (World
Bank and GOSL) and plans, (e) status of progress reporting and actions taken to address issues (f) actions
need to be taken to respond to negative deviations, (g) new risks and recommendations to address the risks
(mitigation actions), (h) any other relevant information to support the findings.
5. Application Procedure
Qualified consultants may apply for the assignment listed above. Applications should be submitted using the
format below:
• Title of assignment
• Name and address of the consultant/firm
• Name, designation and telephone number of contact person
• Brief consultant/company profile
• Key staff members of the firm (giving priority to assignment-specific staff; for each staff
member provide name, position in the team, number of years in the firm, relevant qualifications and
assignment-specific experience and proficiency in languages – read, write and speak)
• Relevant experience of the consultant/firm (Details of assignment-specific tasks undertaken
during the past 10 years with client references)
Expressions of interest should focus on aspects relevant to the particular assignment, and reach the PMU by
[Date].
241
7.24 Annex 24: Generic Session Plan for Project Implementation Agency Staff Training on EMF and Environmental
Safeguard Instrument Implementation, Monitoring and Reporting. Topic: Environmental Stewardship via Safeguards within the Sri Lanka Emergency Solid Waste Management Project
Objective: To introduce the project staff to the Environmental Management procedures set forth in the Environmental Management
Framework of the project, assist them in implementing environmental safeguards within the project and understand their function,
roles and responsibilities in implementation, monitoring and reporting, while gaining an overall
Duration: 1 Day
Target Group: Project Mangers, Technical Specialists, Environmental Specialists, Environmental Officers, Procurement Specialists
based in PMU, Project IAs
Training Material: A CD with the Soft Copies of all Relevant Training Material (Session Presentations, EMF, Guiding Documents
(Screening Formats, Copies of example EMPs, project safeguards instruments, etc.), and other resource material.
No Subject Purpose Time Session Structure
Materials Aids Potential Resource Person
1.1 Introduction to Safeguard Requirements and procedure within the project
to introduce the WB safeguard policies, the activities set forth in the EMF and procedures of implementation, monitoring and reporting within the project
1.5hr Brain storming, Lecture
EMF Guideline, copies of Screening Formats,
Laptop Multimedia Projector File with Training Material for whole day
1.2 Identification of Environmental impacts and deducing Mitigatory Methods
To facilitate understanding on what environmental impacts can arise from project interventions and understand the nature
1 hr Brain storming, Lecture, Group work
A Copy of a well completed Screening Form and EMP as an example. Copies of
Laptop, Multimedia projector, Flip charts & Pens
242
No Subject Purpose Time Session Structure
Materials Aids Potential Resource Person
of technical mitigation measures that can assist in curtailing these
Specifications for subprojects
1.3 Specific roles and Responsibilities in implementation and monitoring
To assist the members present to understand the roles and responsibilities of their designation. What is expected from them and how they can do the work assigned in the best manner.
1hr Lecture, Discussion
A Sheet describing the roles and responsibilities of each individual of project administrative structure.
Laptop, Multimedia projector, Flip charts & Pens
1.4 Group Activity (Details Below)
to assess the understanding post the session
2hr Group Activity followed by a discussion
Copy of the Case study, A Blank screening form and EMP
Flip charts & Pens
Group Activity for the End of Session- 1hr (30 minutes for Group Activity and 30 Minutes for Presentation and Discussion
Present the groups with copies of an example of a project specific subproject or project related scenario. Once the team has reviewing
the case study and the copies of the Screening Form and EMPs, they should discuss and note down and present on the following
areas. The Design of the intervention should be presented well with details of the surrounding area and the rational etc.
• Conduct a Screening of the Subproject with the Screening Form as an AID and deduce what sort of clearances is required and
what sort of environmental assessments will be required. Based on this indicate where the project should proceed as is
environmentally cleared.
• Identify the Environmental Impacts of the project and their severity based on its scope and design, and propose mitigatory
mechanisms for these if they can be mitigated
• Identify who will be responsible for the safeguard activities from within the project administrative structure
243
The points formulated during the discussion should then be presented group wise and discussed with the team. The Trainer should
provide technical assistance to the teams where required to direct the discussion accordingly and share experiences from within the
program.
244
7.25 Annex 25: Example of Disclosure Advertisement for Safeguards Instrument
Date
NAME OF MINISTRY/IMPLEMENTING AGENCY
NOTICE OF DISCLOSURE FOR PUBLIC COMMENTS OF THE
NAME OF INSTRUMENT
FOR THE EMERGENCY, SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PROJECT
The above-mentioned Name of Instrument has been prepared by the Name of
Ministry/Implementing Agency for the World Bank Funded Emergency Solid Waste Management
Project. The document will be available for inspection by the public at the following locations
between XX am and XX pm for a period of 30 days from the date of the advertisement (except
Weekends & Public Holidays).
Locations: (PLEASE LIST RELEVANT LOCATIONS BELOW)
1. Example: Pradeshiya Sabha, Kegalle
2. Website: www.disclosureadvert.com
3. –
4. –
5. -
Any member of the public may within 30 days from the date of this advertisement submit their
comments in writing on the above document to the Secretary, the Ministry/Implementing Agency
Secretary,
Name of Ministry/ Implementing Agency
Address
(INCLUDE ANY OTHER FEEDBACK INFO LIKE TELEPHONE NUMBERS AND EMAILS)
245
7.26 Annex 26- Example Terms of Reference to be used for guidance in preparing
terms of references for SCAs
Terms of Reference
Independent Site Contamination Audit and Remedial Action Plan Preparation (SCA) for the
Kerawalapitiya Waste Park
Introduction
The Colombo Emergency Solid Waste Management Project (CESWMP) is being prepared with support from
the World Bank and the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) under condensed procedures provided
for by the World Bank’s OP 10.00, Paragraph 12. The project includes short-term waste diversion strategies for
the Colombo Metropolitan Region (CMR) and a longer term integrated Solid Waste Management system that
covers the holistic value chain of municipal solid waste in the CMR.
On April 14, 2017, a waste slide occurred at the Meethotamulla dump site, leading to cease operation of the
only waste disposal capacity in Colombo. Emergency measures were immediately taken to maintain disposal
capacity, and a site was identified at Kerawalapitiya, North of Colombo. The development and management of
the site selected falls under the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation (SLLRDC), who
will convert the site, which is a wetland and peat bog environment, in to a Waste Park. A series of activities
such as composting and material recovery will also be developed. However, along with land reclamation work
for the establishment for these facilities, the Colombo Municipal Council had to temporarily use the site as an
open dump for Colombo waste. This uncontrolled dumping has taken place for the past 7 months, starting after
the closure of Meethotamulla. This situation has resulted in a visible contamination of the site and its
surroundings. In addition, on-going reclamation work of the site has led to siltation of wetland ecosystems,
showing signs of degradation.
While a large regional landfill will be developed at Aruwakkalu in Puttalam, in accordance with international
standards, it is recognized that this new facility will not be commissioned until at least 18 months from now.
Therefore, interim waste treatment capacity must be maintained at the Kerawalapitiya Waste Park (KWP) by
developing a multi-activity platform for composting, sorting and storage of refuse in environmentally
acceptable conditions. As this development, will be based on basic engineering standards to prevent further
wetland degradation and ensure operational safety, it is essential to assess the current degree of contamination
to ensure that adequate remedial actions are incorporated in to the Environmental Management Plan. The site
being hydrologically connected to the Muthurajawala Environmental Protection Area, designated via the
National Environmental Act, warrants for a high degree of due diligence and subsequent environmental
management.
Objective of the Assignment
The consulting services to be provided are for the completion of a Site Contamination Audit (SCA), to identify
actual and potential site contamination as well as the possible migration of contaminants beyond the limits of
the KWP. More specifically, the objective of the study is to establish the level of risk posed to public health
and to the environment and outline key actions required to manage and/or mitigate this risk.
The study will deduce the degree of contamination of the land and identify the level of soil and water
contamination by hazardous substances, as well as the level of atmospheric contamination by landfill gas
emissions etc. Potential contamination needs to be managed with proper remedial actions and environmental
246
management tools, as part of a comprehensive Remediation Action Plan, will be implemented as the first
sequence of the Environmental Management Plan for the development as a whole
D. Scope of Work
The consultant will undertake the tasks described below, as key components of the SCA.
1. Task 1- Outline of Facility Characteristics:
1.1. Present current and historical description of the site and surrounding characteristics at a radius of 1km
from the boundary of the site demarcated for the KWP, including descriptions of existing and potential
areas of concern such as contaminant sources and discharge points from the site. (Visual inspections,
facility records reviews and discussions with informed personnel may be employed for this purpose.
prior site uses and surrounding site uses are studied using the materials such as aerial photos, satellite
images and maps and presented accordingly.)
1.2. Below ground structures should be reviewed as possible sources of contaminant migration, especially
to ground water.
1.3. Prior site uses and surrounding land uses are also to be documented.
1.4. This finding should also be presented diagrammatically via the use of maps to indicate locations of
sensitive receptors with relation to the contaminated site being assessed, these include settlements,
transportation corridors, protected areas, wetlands, coastlines, surface water bodies including canals
and tributaries and other etc.
1.4.1. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1: 25,000 scale on
an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
1.5. Waste Management Activities on site
1.5.1. Provide a description of on-site operation of solid waste management activities, provide details
of incoming amounts of waste, activities practiced sequentially from weighing to final disposal
should be described in addition to the nature of the waste being disposed on site and key
characteristics of the types of waste that is managed at the site.
1.6. The site inspection should also document the natural integrity of the surrounding environment, the
condition of the facility, its set up and ancillary facilities, presence of unauthorized activities such as
waste scavenging, encroachments and conditions such presence of animals and vectors as well as any
other nuisances.
2. Task 2- Establish Baseline Physical Site Characteristics:
2.1. The ecology, geology, hydrology and hydrogeology, is to be examined using available data, in a radius
of 1km around the site. The overall aim is to provide a description and understanding of the local site
characteristics and to describe the interaction between the site and its environment.
The current physical salient features of the sight, including the following should be documented:
2.1.1. Topography
Baseline data to be given on description of existing situation of the land at the proposed project area
including topography, coastal features (lowland, beaches, littoral areas, shoal areas), terrain features,
slope and elevation. Study of land use pattern, habitation, cropping pattern, forest cover,
environmentally sensitive places etc., and through secondary data sources.
2.1.2. Geology
247
Baseline data to be provided on rock types, site lithology, regional tectonic setting (reported
fractures/faulting, folding, warping if present), and history of any associated natural hazards, mainly in
the coastal area.
2.1.3. Soil
Soil data including type, classification, characteristics, soil properties of the site should be documented.
Baseline data of the soil, results of investigations carried out to be provided for
the site.
2.1.4. Meteorological Data
Meteorological data covering the following should be incorporated in the report. The data for at least a
10-year period should be presented from the nearest meteorological station (airport), except for the
history of cyclones and tidal surges for which 100-year data is required.
• Wind speed and direction
• Rainfall
• Relative humidity
• Temperature
• History of cyclones
2.1.5. Ground water
Baseline data of ground water including data of pH, dissolved solids, BOD, DO, coli-form bacteria,
hydrocarbons, heavy metals is to be documented (see table for list of parameters). Usage purpose of
the ground water, if any, via project activities are to be indicated.
(Note: It is expected that the consultant will use existing test wells/test pits which have been established as
part of Geo Technical Investigations done on site as well as existing boreholes/test wells from the
developments around the site, where available. The consultant will identify and demarcate these sites prior
to completion of the inception report. In the event boreholes have to be established for the purpose of this
study the consultant will provide a clear justification and costing for the respective activities)
2.1.6. Surface Water
Details of Drainage of the project up to 2km radius of project area should be documented. Indications
regarding flow directions and speed should be provided. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major
river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall
data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the
river shall also be provided.
2.1.7. Flora and Fauna
Details on secondary data on the existing flora and fauna in the study area as well as shall be included
in the list of flora and fauna appropriate along with classification as per the IUCN Red List and the
National Red List of Sri Lanka- Latest edition and a statement clearly specifying whether the study
area forms a part of an ecologically sensitive area or migratory corridor of an endangered fauna.
2.1.8. Air Environment
Base line data of ambient air parameters namely suspended particulates (RSPM), nitrogen dioxide,
Sulphur dioxide, carbon monoxide, heavy metals and other harmful air pollutants should be recorded
as per EU, EPA or WHO air quality standards. This data should be collected in an area extending 1 km
248
from the project boundary by observation at three (3) locations. One station sampled should be in the
up-wind/ non-impact/ non-polluting area as a control station.
2.1.9. Noise
Baseline data on noise pollution at the project area and the neighborhood up to 1km or nearest
residential areas is to be monitored as per the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) norms.
3. Task 3-Contamination Analysis
Contaminants to air, surface water, ground water and soil that may be present at the site must be identified.
is to be estimated by visual inspections and lab tests. Sampling locations should be carefully chosen to
reflect the extent and concentration of the contamination within 1 km from site boundary.
Parameters to be testes are provided below. Visual inspections should document contamination present on
site such as visible leakage, oil stains or other signs of contamination and die-back vegetation.
Table- 1- Minimum Requirements for Contamination Testing
Study Media Items and parameters to be
tested
Minimum
Number of
Samples
Location
Atmospheric
contamination
▪ Oxygen (O2)
▪ Nitrogen (N2)
▪ Methane (CH4)
▪ Carbon dioxide (CO2)
▪ Hydrogen sulphide (H2S)
▪ Temperature
Gas monitoring
should be
conducted at least
twice a day for
about 3
consecutive days.
North, South,
East, and West
on site
perimeter, plus
center point.
Soil ▪ pH
▪ Conductivity
▪ Moisture content
▪ Organic matter
▪ Sodium
▪ Lead
▪ Cadmium
▪ Zinc
▪ Chromium
▪ Sodium
▪ Arsenic
▪ Cyanide
▪ Nickle
▪ Total hydrocarbons
5 samples at
minimum
At least 2
points on site
and 3 points
within 1 km
radius
Groundwater
Quality
▪ pH
▪ Conductivity
▪ Temperature
▪ Total dissolved solids
(TDS)
▪ Dissolved oxygen
▪ Cadmium
▪ Lead
▪ Zinc
3 samples at
minimum
3 points at
minimum
along the
permissible
study area
radius at
intervals in
addition to
onsite
249
Study Media Items and parameters to be
tested
Minimum
Number of
Samples
Location
Surface Water
Quality
▪ Chromium
▪ Sodium
▪ Arsenic
▪ Cyanide
▪ Mercury
▪ Nickle
▪ Sulfate (SO4-)
▪ Total organic carbon
(TOC)
▪ Volatile Organic
Compounds (VOCs)
▪ Chloride
▪ Chemical oxygen demand
(COD)
▪ Dioxins
6 samples at
minimum
6 points at
minimum- 3
upstream and 3
downstream of
site
3.1. Test locations should provide an adequately detailed description of the nature, extent and fate of
contamination in three dimensions. They should also provide information on potential subsurface
contaminant migration pathways.
3.2. Each sampling location should be documented with pictures and accurate GPS coordinates.
3.3. Further specific guidance with respect to the requisite assessment of ground water and soil quality are
highlighted below.
3.3.1. Groundwater
o For the site, it is recommended that 3 boreholes or test pits per potential source area at minimum
need to be studied, 1 on site and 2 at locations close to settlements or any ground water wells
within the study radius.
o Any groundwater contaminant plume(s) associated with the site should be delineated to the
minimum acceptable concentration of the contaminant.
o Sufficient test locations to determine the direction of groundwater flow on-site (minimum of 2
groundwater monitoring wells or piezometers, including at least 1 multilevel installation to
assess vertical gradients). Existing ground water wells should be used where available, please
see note under Section 2.1.5.
o Chemical analyses are to be conducted on at least one groundwater sample from each available
well including any on-site water supply wells (Note: sampling may also be required for any
nearby, off-site potable water wells).
o For groundwater samples, a blind duplicate and field blank sample should also be collected and
analyzed with each batch of samples, regardless of the number of samples tested.
3.3.2. Soil Quality
o All soil test locations should extend to the bottom of the contaminated soil zone, to the seasonal
low water level, or to bedrock, whichever is shallower.
o Soil samples may be screened in the field for vapors, staining or odor. All field observations
must be included in reports.
250
o Chemical analyses are to be conducted on at least 2 soil samples per borehole location (one
surface <1.5 m depth, one subsurface >1.5 m depth).
Note: Laboratory tests for all samples must be conducted by laboratories that have been formally recognized
as competent to perform specified tests and are nationally accredited.
3.4. The characterization of any identified contamination (i.e., degree, nature, estimated extent and media
affected) and site conditions (i.e., geological, ecological, hydrogeological and hydrological) should be
established to develop a remedial action plan including long term monitoring timelines and parameters.
3.5. Via identification of contamination characteristics, the assessment should aim to do the following:
• to target and delineate the boundaries of identified contamination;
• to define, in greater detail, site conditions to identify all contaminant pathways, particularly with
respect to possible risk assessment;
• to provide contaminant and other information necessary to finalize environmental quality
remediation criteria or risk assessment; and
• to provide all other information required to develop a remedial action plan and input to
specifications and tender documents.
Sampling and testing methods and techniques are expected to be consistent with current day professional
standards. Regardless of the method/technique used, all efforts should be made to minimize the spread of
contamination because of activities during the site assessment.
Details of testing equipment used should be presented in the report and copies of all testing reports are to be
annexed to the report.
4. Task-4 Preparation of a Remedial Action Plan
Post the assessment of the presence of degree of contamination on site the consultants should prepare a
corresponding remediation criteria determined for the site in the form of a Remedial Action Plan detailing the
methodology for achieving these criteria as well as the proposed remedial action.
The Remedial Action Plan must include the following information:
o include contact information, including names of key personnel, consultants, contractors, telephone,
mail, fax, and email contacts, physical addresses;
o summarize all data on contaminants identified during the site investigation(s) and annex test results;
o identify contaminants of concern and the media affected;
o identify the proposed cleanup/mitigation criteria and method(s) by which they have been derived;
o summarize remedial options evaluated and the method used to select the preferred remedial strategy;
o describe the selected clean up method and its technical feasibility including volumes of material to be
treated/removed, if any;
o detail an implementation plan, including a schedule;
o identify the fate of residual contaminants and risks;
251
o identify remedial verification and long-term monitoring plans, with reference to the requisite
monitoring parameters as stipulated in the World Bank Group Environmental Health and Safety
Guidelines41
o Present an estimated costing for the proposed remediation methods in Site Remediation Action Plan.
Report Structure
The environmental assessment report shall have the following suggested outline:
▪ Executive Summary
▪ Introduction
▪ Description of Facility- Historical and Ongoing Activities
▪ Baseline Physical Characteristics of Site including mapping
▪ Scope of Audit (methodology adopted, areas audited, sampling plan and locations, dates of audit
and participants)
▪ Presentation of Contamination Analysis-audit findings
▪ Site Remediation Action Plan
▪ Monitoring Plan
▪ References
▪ Appendices:
• List of Key Persons met
• Photo Log
• Maps
• Copies of geological/hydrological surveys
• Copies of official test results for all study parameters
• All other Supporting documentation
Outputs and Deliverables
The Consultant will complete the preparation of the outputs that are outlined below. The assignment would be
supervised by the PMU established for the project under the Ministry of Megapolis and Western Province. The
PMU will be the focal point for coordination with the SLRDCC all other consultants, ministries, agencies and
any other international institutions, and will also facilitate access to all existing data and to all relevant
operations and facilities. The following is a recommended time schedule to produce the reports described above.
The Consultant shall begin work upon contract signature. The Consultant should propose a clear schedule with
critical milestones, and make all possible efforts or complete the work in a shorter duration then the proposed
time schedule.
The assignment will be completed over a 2-calendar month (8 week) period with deliverables submitted directly
to the PMU as per the schedule of delivery shown below. All payments are subject to clearance of the documents
from the World Bank and client.
41World Bank Group-General EHSGs: http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/554e8d80488658e4b76af76a6515bb18/Final%2B-%2BGeneral%2BEHS%2BGuidelines.pdf?MOD=AJPERES SWM Sectoral EHSGs: http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/1cd72a00488557cfbdf4ff6a6515bb18/Final%2B-%2BWaste%2BManagement%2BFacilities.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&id=1323162538174
252
Deliverable Time Line
1 Inception Report; to include detailed methodology of
achieving tasks outlined in the TOR, including confirmed test
locations and study plan
Within 2 weeks from the date of
contract
2 Draft Site Contamination Audit Report and Remedial Action
Plan
Within 8 weeks from the date of
contract
3 Final Strategic Site Contamination Audit Report and Remedial
Action Plan
Within 10 weeks from the date of
contract
Payment Schedule
Payments will be made as per the following schedule upon the submission of key deliverables outlined below.
▪ 10% at the time of the signing of the contract
▪ 30% for the Inception Report
▪ 30 % for the Draft SCA and RAP Report
▪ 30% for the Final SCA and RAP Report
Qualifications of the Consultant Team
The Consultants should have experience, and a track record of preparing site contamination audits,
environmental quality assessments, environmental audits and/or environmental assessments. Specific work
experience in solid waste management will be a key advantage.
The consulting team should consist of the following specialists at minimum:
▪ Environmental Engineer with over 10 years of experience in environmental quality assessment,
environmental testing and management.
▪ Hydrogeologist experienced in hydrogeological field survey and modelling of contaminant release from
industrial activities.
▪ Ecologist experienced in environmental impact assessment, floral and faunal surveys and identification
▪ Field technicians with training in soil and water sampling techniques according to environmental
standards.
.